Management And Accounting Web

Main Bibliography
Section M

Provided by James R. Martin, Ph.D., CMA
Professor Emeritus, University of South Florida

A  B  C  D  E  F  G  H  I  J  K  L  M  N  O  P  Q  R  S  T  U  V  W  X Y Z

Ma, C. 1988. Unique implementation of incentive contracts with many agents. Review of Economic Studies 55(4): 555-572.

Ma, C. W. 2009. Expected life after SAB 107 and SAB 110: One approach to estimating the expected term of stock options. The CPA Journal (May): 36-41.

Ma, J. 2006. Zero-based budgeting in China: Experiences of Hubei Province. Journal of Public Budgeting, Accounting & Financial Management 18(4): 480-511.

Ma, R. 1965. A comparative review of some price level accounting systems. Abacus 1(2): 107-130.

Ma, R. 1969. Project appraisal in a divisionalized company. Abacus 5(2): 132-142.

Ma, R. 1972. Accounting for long-term leases. Abacus 8(1): 21-34.

Ma, R. 1974. On Chambers' second thoughts. Abacus 10(2): 124-129.

Ma, R. 1976. Value to the owner revisited. Abacus 12(2): 159-165.

Ma, R. 1982. A note on the use of selling prices - Some examples from the nineteenth century. Abacus 18(2): 129-138.

Ma, R. and M. Scott. 1980. Capital budgeting and discounted cash equivalents: A rejoinder. Abacus 16(1): 73-75.

Ma, R. and R. Hopkins. 1988. Goodwill - An example of puzzle-solving in accounting. Abacus 24(1): 75-85.

Ma, R. and R. Hopkins. 1992. Goodwill - An example of puzzle-solving in accounting - A reply. Abacus 28(1): 113-115.

Ma, R., P. Pandey and M. Scott. 1978. Capital budgeting and discounted cash equivalents. Abacus 14(2): 180-187.

Maafi, H. 2011. Preference reversals under ambiguity. Management Science (November): 2054-2066.

Maali, B., P. Casson and C. Napier. 2006. Social reporting by Islamic banks. Abacus 42(2): 266-289.

Maani, K. E. 1989. Productivity and profitability through quality - Myth and reality. International Journal of Quality & Reliability Management 6(3): 11-23.

Maani, K. E. 1990. Does quality pay? Incentive 164(2): 20-26,133.

Maas, J. D. and B. A. Leauby. 2005. Concept mapping - Exploring its value as a meaningful learning tool in accounting education. Global Perspectives on Accounting Education (2): 75-98. (GPOAE link).

Mabberley, J. and M. E. Austen. 1999. Activity Based Costing in Financial Institutions: How to Support Value-Based Management and Manage Your Resources Effectively. Financial Times Prentice Hall.

Mabee, Y. M. 1991. Accounting for a marina/resort. Management Accounting (May): 50-52.

Mabert, V. A. and R. C. Radcliffe. 1974. A forecasting methodology as applied to financial time series. The Accounting Review (January): 61-75. (JSTOR link).

Mabey, C. G. Salaman and J. Storey. 1998. Human Resource Management: A Strategic Introduction (Management, Organizations, and Business Series). Blackwell Publishing.

Mabie, B. L. 1958. Keeping up-to-date on "LIFO". N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 15-25.

MacArthur, J. B. 1992. Activity-based costing: How many cost drivers do you want? Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 37-41.

MacArthur, J. B. 1992. The ABC/JIT costing continuum. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 61-63.

MacArthur, J. B. 1993. Theory of constraints and activity-based costing: Friends or foes? Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 50-56. (Summary).

MacArthur, J. B. 1993. Zero-base activity-based costing. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 45-49.

MacArthur, J. B. 1996. From activity-based costing to throughput accounting. Management Accounting (April): 30, 34, 36-38. (Summary).

MacArthur, J. B. 1996. Performance measures that count: Monitoring variables of strategic importance. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 39-45.

MacArthur, J. B. 2003. Practical guidelines for activity-driver selection. Journal of Cost Management (September/October): 37-40.

MacArthur, J. B. 2006. Culture influences on German versus U.S. management accounting. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 10-16.

MacArthur, J. B. 2008. Practical guidelines for replacement cost depreciation in RCA. Cost Management (January/February): 29-34.

MacArthur, J. B. and H. A. Stranahan. 1998. Cost driver analysis in hospitals: A simultaneous equations approach. Journal of Management Accounting Research (10): 279-312. (Summary).

MacArthur, J. B., B. E. Waldrup and G. R. Fane. 2004. Caution: Fraud overhead. Strategic Finance (October): 28-32.

MacArthur, J. B., J. E. Michelman, B. E. Waldrup and D. M. Wallace. 2010. JEA: On the road to cost transparency. IMA Educational Case Journal 3(1): 1-13.

MacArthur, J. B., M. J. Brost and B. Doueck. 2004. Strategic alignment and systems control of processes: The case of JEA. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 11-24.

Macaulay, H. 1955. Responsibilities of the professional accounting firms in continuing the training of college graduates. The Accounting Review (January): 48-50. (JSTOR link).

MacCauley, F. A. 1943. Punched-card system of payroll and labor cost accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 15): 685-702.

Maccoby, M. 2004. Narcissistic leaders: The incredible pros, the inevitable cons. Harvard Business Review (January): 92-101.

Maccoby, M. 2004. Why people follow the leader: The power of transference. Harvard Business Review (September): 76-85.

Maccoby, M., G. H. Gittell and M. A. Ledeen. 2004. Leadership and the fear factor. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 14-18.

MacCormack, A. 2001. Product-development practices that work: How internet companies build software. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 75-84.

MacCormack, A., J. Rusnak and C. Y. Baldwin. 2006. Exploring the structure of complex software designs: An empirical study of open source and proprietary code. Management Science (July): 1015-1030. (JSTOR link).

MacCrimmon, K. R. and C. A. Ryavec. 1964. Analytical study of the P.E.R.T. assumptions. Operations Research (January): 16-37.

MacCrimmon, K. R. and J. K. Siu. 1974. Making trade-offs. Decision Sciences 5(4): 680-704.

MacDonald, E. 2000. What's wevenue? The Wall Street Journal (January 6): A1.

Macdonald, E. K., H. N. Wilson and U. Konus. 2012. Better customer insight - in real time. Harvard Business Review (September): 102-108.

Macdonald, I. 2008. Forethought: Finesse the visa crisis with a worker-mobility plan. Harvard Business Review (November): 27-30.

MacDonald, L. A. 2010. Fair value changes ahead. The CPA Journal (January): 24-27.

MacDonald, L. D. and A. J. Richardson. 2004. Identity, appropriateness and the construction of regulatory space: The formation of the Public Accountant's Council of Ontario. Accounting, Organizations and Society 29(5-6): 489-524.

Macdonald, R. W. 1966. A few pointers on accounting for management. Management Accounting (March): 3-8.

MacDonnell, G. J. S. and W. H. Weissman. 2008. Employment tax audits. The CPA Journal (April): 48-51.

MacDougall, C. 1954. Advertising agencies need client costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 1033-1034.

MacDougall, C. 1956. Statutory requirements as to form and content of executors' reports to courts - A rejoinder. The Accounting Review (April): 317-318. (JSTOR link).

MacDougall, C. 1960. Amortization of premiums on bonds acquired by trusts and estates. The Accounting Review (January): 137-138. (JSTOR link).

MacDuffie, J. P. and T. Fujimoto. 2010. Why dinosaurs will keep ruling the auto industry. Harvard Business Review (June): 23-25.

Mace, S. F. 1968. Accounting - Italian concept. Management Accounting (December): 52-53.

MacFarland, G. A. 1927. Accounting in the Wharton School. The Accounting Review (June): 175-177. (JSTOR link).

MacFarland, G. A. 1940. An interim report from the association's president. The Accounting Review (September): xiii-xiv. (JSTOR link).

MacGillivray, A. 1946. Accounting in a decentralized organization. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 1): 3-13. (Volume 28, issue 1).

MacGregor, J. M. and H. Van Voorhis. 1951. Cost control in the U.S. Air Force. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 302-312.

Macher, J. T. 2006. Technological development and the boundaries of the firm: A knowledge-based examination in semiconductor manufacturing. Management Science (June): 826-843. (JSTOR link).

Machinery Bldrs. Soc. 1924. A foundry cost system. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (May 15): 3-14.

Machuga, S. and K. Teitel. 2007. The effects of the Mexican corporate governance code on quality of earnings and its components. Journal of International Accounting Research 6(1): 37-55.

Macías, M. 2002. Vangermeersch manuscript award winner, 2001: Privatization and management accounting systems change: The case of the 19th century Spanish tobacco monopoly. The Accounting Historians Journal 29(2): 31-57. (JSTOR link).

Macintosh, J. C. C. 1999. The issues, effects and consequences of the Berle-Dodd debate, 1931-1932. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(2): 139-153.

Macintosh, N. 1994. Management Accounting and Control Systems. New York, NY: John Wiley & Sons.

Macintosh, N. B. 1981. A contextual model of information systems. Accounting, Organizations and Society 6(1): 39-52.

Macintosh, N. B. 1998. Management accounting in Europe: A view from Canada. Management Accounting Research (December): 495-500.

Macintosh, N. B. 2002. Accounting, Accountants and Accountability: Poststructuralist Positions (Routledge Studies in Accounting). Routledge.

Macintosh, N. B. 2006. Accounting - Truth, lies, or "Bullshit"? A philosophical investigation. Accounting and the Public Interest (6): 22-36.

Macintosh, N. B. and J. J. Williams. 1992. Managerial roles and budgeting behavior. Behavioral Research In Accounting (4): 23-48.

Macintosh, N. B. and R. L. Daft. 1987. Management control systems and departmental interdependencies: An empirical study. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(1): 49-61.

Macintosh, N. B. and R. W. Scapens. 1990. Structuration theory in management accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(5): 455-477.

Macintosh, N. B. and R. W. Scapens. 1991. Management accounting and control systems: A structuration theory analysis. Journal of Management Accounting Research (Fall): 131-158.

Macintosh, N. B. and T. Hopper, Editors. 2005. Accounting, the Social and the Political: Classics, Contemporary and Beyond. Elsevier Science.

Macintosh, N. B., T. Shearer, D. B. Thornton and M. Welker. 2000. Accounting as simulacrum and hyperreality: Perspectives on income and capital. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(1): 13-50.

Macintyre, D. K. 1983. Marketing costs: A new look. Management Accounting (March): 21-28.

Mack, J. W. 1954. Fixed asset planning - And a fleet economy study. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1606-1612.

Mackahon, A. G. 1921. Accounting for a modern hotel. Journal of Accountancy (April): 241-249.

Mackay, J. S., E. Boyd, J. R. Fogo, A. Sloan and J. Patrick. 1905. A history of accounting and accountants. T. C. & E. C. Jack. Google eBook.

Mackenzie, C. and N. Stoljar. 2000. Relational Autonomy: Feminist Perspectives on Autonomy, Agency, and the Social Self. Oxford University Press.

MacKenzie, D. 2009. Making things the same: Gases, emission rights and the politics of carbon markets. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(3-4): 440-455.

MacKenzie, D. D. F. 1924. Commercial banking - Principles and practice. Journal of Accountancy (April): 313.

Mackenzie, D. D. F. 1924. Studies in Commerce - Vol. II. The Ship and her work. Journal of Accountancy (February): 154.

Mackenzie, D. G. 1952. Industry accounting manuals today. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1354-1362.

Mackenzie, D. G. 1957. Looking around. Harvard Business Review (January-February). (A bibliography on return on capital employed).

Mackenzie, D. H. 1947. The logic of the cost and revenue approach. The Accounting Review (January): 12-18. (JSTOR link).

Mackenzie, D. H. 1949. Contemporary theories of corporate profits reporting. The Accounting Review (October): 360-368. (JSTOR link).

Mackenzie, K. D. and G. D. Frazier. 1966. Applying a model of organization structure to the analysis of a wood products market. Management Science (April): B340-B352. (JSTOR link).

MacKenzie, O. 1964. Accreditation of accounting curricula. The Accounting Review (April): 363-370. (JSTOR link).

Mackey, J. 2010. Overseeing investment managers: Ten lessons from the financial crisis. The CPA Journal (January): 48-51.

Mackey, J. and L. Välikangas. The myth of unbounded growth. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 89-92.

Mackey, J. and R. Sisodia. 2013. The kind of capitalist you want to be. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 34. (Conscious capitalism - Recognizing that all businesses operate in a broader system with interdependencies).

Mackey, J. T. 1983. Allocating opportunity costs. Management Accounting (March): 33-37.

Mackey, J. T. 1987. 11 key issues in manufacturing accounting. Management Accounting (January): 32-37.

Mackey, J. T. and H. D. Brecht. 2010. Kenco Engineering Corporation: Strategy-driven costing and lean management. IMA Educational Case Journal 3(2): 1-10.

Mackey, J. T. and H. D. Pforsich. 2006. Beating the budget. Strategic Finance (September): 47-50. (Focus on continuous improvement).

Mackey, J. T. and M. F. Thomas. 1999. Strategic Accounting for Managers: One Company's Road of Discovery. South-Western Publishing.

Mackey, J. T. and V. H. Hughes. 1993. Decision focused costing at Kenco. Management Accounting (May): 22-26.

Mackie, B. 2006. Merging GPK and ABC on the road to RCA. Strategic Finance (November): 32-39.

Mackie, B. 2011. Decision-making and information needs: The most complex questions. Cost Management (September/October): 23-33.

Mackie, J. J. and M. E. Oss. 1989. Reducing retiree health care liabilities. Management Accounting (April): 21-26.

Mackler, I. M. 1942. A suggestion for the measurement of solvency. The Accounting Review (October): 348-354. (JSTOR link).

MacLean, H. I. 1934. Unit costs of instruction at the University of Pennsylvania. The Accounting Review (March): 33-37. (JSTOR link).

Macleod, R. K. 1971. Program budgeting works in nonprofit institutions. Harvard Business Review (September-October): 45-56.

MacMillan, I. C. and A. Meshulach. 1983. Replacement versus expansion: Dilemma for mature U.S. businesses. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 708-726. (JSTOR link).

MacMillan, I. C. and L. Selden. 2008. Tool kit: The incumbent's advantage. Harvard Business Review (October): 11-116, 118, 120, 121.

MacMillan, I. C., A. van Putten, B. Alexander and R. G. McGrath. 2003. Global gamesmanship. Harvard Business Review (May): 62-71.

MacMillan, I. C., D. C. Hambrick and D. L. Day. 1982. The product portfolio and profitability - A PIMS-based analysis of industrial-product businesses. The Academy of Management Journal 25(4): 733-755. (JSTOR link).

MacMillan, O. T. 1934. Cost distribution in the telephone business. N.A.C.A Bulletin (June 1): 1163-1174.

Macnab, A. 2012. Strategic objective costing: A new tool for improving resource allocation. CGMA Magazine (Inaugural issue): 35-39.

Macnaughton, A. 1992. Fringe benefits and employee expenses: Tax planning and neutral tax policy. Contemporary Accounting Research 9(1): 113-137.

MacNeal, K. 1939. Truth in Accounting. University of Pennsylvania Press. For a discussion of this book, see Zeff, S. A. 1982. Truth in accounting: The ordeal of Kenneth MacNeal. The Accounting Review (July): 528-553. (JSTOR link).

MacNeal, K. 1939. What's wrong with accounting? The Nation (October 7): 370-372.

MacNeal, K. 1939. What's wrong with accounting? The Nation (October 14): 409-412.

MacNeal, K. 1941. Caveat investor. The Nation (February 8): 151-153.

MacNeal, K. 1941. Is our system of financial reporting sound? The Accounting Forum (April): 7-11.

Macneil, I. R. 1986. Exchange revisited: Individual utility and social solidarity. Ethics (April): 567-593.

MacNeill, J. H. 1968. [The common body of knowledge for CPAs: Some problems in analysis]: A reply. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 141. (JSTOR link).

MacNeille, J. R. 1906. Functions and organization of factory management. Journal of Accountancy (February): 283-292.

MacNeille, J. R. 1906. The management of labor. Journal of Accountancy (September): 331-344.

Macomber, J. D. 2013. Building sustainable cities. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 40-50.

Macpherson, C. B. Editor. 1978. Property: Mainstream and Critical Positions. University of Toronto Press.

Macpherson, F. H. 1901. Municipal Accounting: A comprehensive Treatise on the Subject of Municipal Accounts... The Book-keeper Publishing Company. Google eBook.

Macpherson, F. H. 1908. Corporation accounting and investigations. Journal of Accountancy (November): 19-31.

Macpherson, F. H. 1912. Sinking fund principle and practice. Journal of Accountancy (August): 113-116.

Macqueen, A. 2005. The King of Sunlight: How William Lever Cleaned Up the World. America Corgi.

MacQueen, J. 1964. A problem in making resources last. Management Science (November): 341-347. (JSTOR link).

MacQueen, J. B. 1964. Optimal policies for a class of search and evaluation problems. Management Science (July): 746-759. (JSTOR link).

Macri, D. M. 2000. An integrated cost accounting framework for multibusiness companies. Journal of Cost Management (November/December): 39-46.

Macve, R. and Y. Liu. 1995. A proposal to form a unified Chinese public accountancy profession: An academic perspective. The International Journal of Accounting 30(1): 48-61.

Macy, B. A. and P. H. Mirvis. 1976. A methodology for assessment of quality of work life and organizational effectiveness in behavioral-economic terms. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(2): 212-226. (JSTOR link).

Macy, G. and V. Arunachalam 1995. Management accounting systems and contingency theory: In Search of effective systems. Advances in Management Accounting (4): 63-86. (Summary).

Macy, J. W. Jr. 1968. The future - Management in the public interest. The Academy of Management Journal 11(2): 145-151. (JSTOR link).

Madan, D. B. 1982. Resurrecting the discounted cash equivalent flow. Abacus 18(1): 83-90.

Madan, D. B. 1985. Project evaluation and accounting income forecasts. Abacus 21(2): 197-202.

Madansky, A. 1960. Inequalities for stochastic linear programming problems. Management Science (January): 197-204. (JSTOR link).

Madansky, A. 1977. Discussion of fiscal management of American cities: Funds flow indicators. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Measurement and Evaluation of the Economic Efficiency of Public and Private Nonprofit Institutions): 100-102. (JSTOR link).

Maddala, G. S. 1991. A perspective on the use of limited-dependent and qualitative variables models in accounting research. The Accounting Review (October): 788-807. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on the use of limited-dependent variables in accounting research).

Madden, D. L. 1970. Bridging the gap between business and academic environments. The Accounting Review (January): 145-150. (JSTOR link).

Madden, D. L. 1974. The CMA examination: A step toward professionalism. Management Accounting (October): 17-20.

Madden, D. L. 1985. Quality accounting education as our continuing challenge. Issues In Accounting Education: 8-14.

Madden, D. L., L. D. McCullers and R. P. van Daniker. 1972. The materiality of research and development expenditures. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 417-420. (JSTOR link).

Madden, D. L., R. E. Baker, P. L. Gerhardt, J. B. Sanders, J. J. Schultz, Jr., L. P. Scott, G. H. Siegel, R. M. Sommerfeld and J. E. Sorenson. 1996. AAA Membership Services Committee Report 1994-95. Accounting Horizons (June): 185-190.

Madden, J. T. 1917. Accounting Practice and Auditing. Alexander Hamilton Institute. Google eBook.

Madden, J. T. 1928. Economic considerations affecting commercial budgets. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 15): 1289-1300.

Madden, J. T., R. A. Stevenson and W. R. Gray. 1928. The place of accounting in the commerce curriculum. The Accounting Review (June): 189-207. (JSTOR link).

Maddox, R. L. III. 2002. "Tracking" common stocks and the potential misuse of the two-class method of calculating earnings per share. Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 16-20.

Maddox, R. L. III. 2003. Accounting for the legal fiction called tracking stock. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 1-9.

Madeo, S. A. 1979. An empirical analysis of tax court decisions in accumulated earnings cases. The Accounting Review (July): 538-553. (JSTOR link).

Madeo, S. A. and M. Pincus. 1985. Stock market behavior and tax rule changes: The case of the disallowance of certain interest deductions claimed by banks. The Accounting Review (July): 407-429. (JSTOR link).

Madeo, S. A., A. Schepanski and W. C. Uecker. 1987. Modeling judgments of taxpayer compliance. The Accounting Review (April): 323-342. (JSTOR link).

Madhavan, R. and J. E. Prescott. 1995. Market value impact of joint ventures: The effect of industry information-processing load. The Academy of Management Journal 38(3): 900-915. (JSTOR link).

Madhavan, R., D. R. Gnyawali and J. He. 2004. Two's company, three's a crowd? Triads in cooperative-competitive networks. The Academy of Management Journal 47(6): 918-927. (JSTOR link).

Madigan, J. G. 1968. Scheduling a multi-product single machine system for an infinite planning period. Management Science (July): 713-719. (JSTOR link).

Madigan, R. M. and D. J. Hoover. 1986. Effects of alternative job evaluation methods on decisions involving pay equity. The Academy of Management Journal 29(1): 84-100. (JSTOR link).

Madison, D. 2005. Process Mapping, Process Improvement and Process Management. Paton Press.

Madison, J. 1973. The 'make or buy' decision. Management Accounting (February): 32-34.

Madison, R. L. 1979. Responsibility accounting and transfer pricing: Approach with caution. Management Accounting (January): 25-29.

Madison, R. L. and J. J. Schmidt. 2006. Survey of time devoted to ethics in accountancy programs in North American colleges and universities. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 99-109.

Madison, T. F. and D.K. Clancy. 2000. Downsizing and performance: An empirical study of the effects of competition and equity market pressure. Advances in Management Accounting (9): 91-107.

Madison, W. J. 1933. Accounting for repairs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 1): 689-704.

Madjar, N., G. R. Oldham, M. G. Pratt. 2002. There's no place like home? The contributions of work and nonwork creativity support to employees' creative performance. The Academy of Management Journal 45(4): 757-767. (JSTOR link).

Madray, J. R. 2006. New fraud guidance. Journal of Accountancy (January): 51-55.

Madsen, D. and D. Pizzano. 1999. The 401(k) gamble. Strategic Finance (December): 44-48.

Madura, J. 2005. International Financial Management (with Xtra!, World Map, and InfoTrac ). South-Western.

Maertz, C. P. Jr. and M. A. Campion. 2004. Profiles in quitting: Integrating process and content turnover theory. The Academy of Management Journal 47(4): 566-582. (JSTOR link).

Magal, S. R. and J. Word. 2010. Integrated Business Processes with ERP Systems, Preliminary Edition. Wiley.

Magee, H. C. 1907. Department store accounting. Journal of Accountancy (March): 357-363.

Magee, H. C. 1913. The accountant's relation to inventory. Journal of Accountancy (December): 443-456.

Magee, H. C. 1915. Department store accounts. Financing and controlling a division or department. Journal of Accountancy (April): 268-291.

Magee, H. C. 1918. Accounting for the import division of a department store. Journal of Accountancy (June): 433-443.

Magee, H. C. 1918. Interest and cost. Journal of Accountancy (November): 398-400.

Magee, J. F. 1954. Enter - Operations research. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1252-1260.

Magee, J. F. 1964. How to use decision trees in capital investment. Harvard Business Review (September-October): 79-96.

Magee, R. P. 1974. Cost of information and security prices: A comment. The Accounting Review (October): 788-790. (JSTOR link).

Magee, R. P. 1974. Industry-wide commonalities in earnings. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 270-287. (JSTOR link).

Magee, R. P. 1975. Cost-volume-profit analysis, uncertainty and capital market equilibrium. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 257-266. (JSTOR link).

Magee, R. P. 1975. Discussion of auditor's loss functions implicit in consumption-investment models. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Statistical Methodology in Auditing): 121-123. (JSTOR link).

Magee, R. P. 1976. A simulation analysis of alternative cost variance investigation models. The Accounting Review (July): 529-544. (JSTOR link).

Magee, R. P. 1977. Cost control with imperfect parameter knowledge. The Accounting Review (January): 190-199. (JSTOR link).

Magee, R. P. 1977. Discussion of financial distress in private colleges. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Measurement and Evaluation of the Economic Efficiency of Public and Private Nonprofit Institutions): 41-45. (JSTOR link).

Magee, R. P. 1977. The usefulness of commonality information in cost control decisions. The Accounting Review (October): 869-880. (JSTOR link).

Magee, R. P. 1980. Equilibria in budget participation. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 551-573. (JSTOR link).

Magee, R. P. 1988. Variable cost allocation in a principal/agent setting. The Accounting Review (January): 42-54. (JSTOR link).

Magee, R. P. 2001. Discussion of “Contracting theory and accounting”. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 89-96.

Magee, R. P. and J. W. Dickhaut. 1978. Effects of compensation plans on heuristics in cost variance investigations. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 294-314. (JSTOR link).

Magee, R. P. and M. Tseng. 1990. Audit pricing and independence. The Accounting Review (April): 315-336. (JSTOR link).

Magenau, J. M., J. E. Martin and M. M. Peterson. 1988. Dual and unilateral commitment among stewards and rank-and-file union members. The Academy of Management Journal 31(2): 359-376. (JSTOR link).

Mager, R. P. 1993. Valuing production using engineered costs. Management Accounting (March): 50-53.

Magid, A. 1967. Dimensions of administrative role and conflict resolution among local officials in Northern Nigeria. Administrative Science Quarterly 12(2): 321-338. (JSTOR link).

Magill, H. T. 1987. A commentary on CPAs in 1908. The Accounting Historians Journal 14(2): 109-114. (JSTOR link).

Magliolo, J. 1986. Capital market analysis of reserve recognition accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Alternative Measures of Accounting Income): 69-108. (JSTOR link).

Magliolo, J. III. 1985. Discussion of accounting earnings and security valuation: Empirical evidence of the fundamental links. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Accounting Earnings and Security Valuation: Current Research Issues): 78-80. (JSTOR link).

Magner, N. and R. B. Welker. 1994. Responsibility center manager's reactions to justice in budgetary resource allocation. Advances In Management Accounting (3): 237-253.

Magner, N., G. G. Johnson and J. Elfrink. 1994. Evidence on the relationship between procedural and distributive justice in performance appraisal and accounting faculty attitudes and performance. Journal of Accounting Education 12(4): 325-341.

Magner, N., R. B. Welker and T. L. Campbell. 1995. The interactive effect of budgetary participation and budget favorability on attitudes toward budgetary decision makers: A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 20(7-8): 611-618.

Magnes, J. 1930. The recovery of Germany's merchant marine after the war. Harvard Business Review (October): 57-68.

Magness, V. 2010. Environmental disclosure in the mining industry: A signaling paradox? Sustainability, Environmental Performance and Disclosures. Advances in Environmental Accounting & Management (4): 55-81.

Magor, D. M. 1940. Distributor accounting procedure for planned profit control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 15): 621-636.

Magor, D. M. 1942. Job evaluation for salaried positions. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 1354-1364.

Magretta, J. 1998. The power of virtual integration: An interview with Dell Computer's Michael Dell. Harvard Business Review (March-April): 72-85. (Summary).

Magretta, J. 2002. The behavior behind the buzzwords. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 89-93. (Buzzwords such as "thinking outside the box", "resource allocation", and "respect for the individual" may create behavioral problems. What's needed? - straight talk).

Magretta, J. 2002. Why business models matter. Harvard Business Review (May): 86-92. (A business model is not a strategy. "Business modeling is the managerial equivalent of the scientific method - you start with a hypothesis, which you then test in action and revise when necessary.").

Magro, A. M. 2005. Knowledge, adaptivity, and performance in tax research. The Accounting Review (April): 703-722. (JSTOR Link).

Magruder, B. F. 1951. Nature of reserve for self-insurance. The Accounting Review (July): 334-337. (JSTOR link).

Maguire, N. G. and E. Peacock. 1998. Evaluating the cost of lead-time on the supplier selection process: An ABC driven methodology. Journal of Cost Management (November/December): 27-38.

Maguire, S., C. Hardy and T. B. Lawrence. 2004. Institutional entrepreneurship in emerging fields: HIV/AIDS treatment advocacy in Canada. The Academy of Management Journal 47(5): 657-679. (JSTOR link).

Maguire, W. and D. Heath. 1997. Capacity management for continuous improvement. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 26-31.

Mahajan, V. 2013. Understanding the Arab consumer. Harvard Business Review (May): 128-133.

Mahalingam, M. S., B. V. Balachandran, and F. C. Kohli. 1999. Activity-based management for systems consulting industry. Journal of Cost Management (May/June): 4-15.

Mahama, H. 2006. Management control systems, cooperation and performance in strategic supply relationships: A survey in the mines. Management Accounting Research (September): 315-339.

Mahama, H. and M. M. Cheng. 2013. The effect of managers' enabling perceptions on costing system use, psychological empowerment, and task performance. Behavioral Research In Accounting 25(1): 89-114.

Mahany, B. H. 2009. The IRS whistleblower program: What CPAs should know. Journal of Accountancy (August): 50-54.

Mahar, J. and S. M. Mahar. 2009. The Unofficial Guide to Building Your Business in the Second Life® Virtual World: Marketing and Selling Your Product, Services, and Brand In-world. AMACOM. (According to the publisher's hype, this book provides practical tips and strategies for creating an income stream, and marketing or extending a brand including relevant examples, e.g., IBM creating a collaborative virtual work­space, start-up companies with virtual goods, and Princeton University Second Life® classrooms. It also provides proven techniques for successfully generating buzz through Second Life®-centered promotions and advertisements. This book reveals the best ways to make money using the hottest thing online).

Mahenthiran, S. and B.D. Marshall. 1999. Implementing activity-based costing and its implications for a service firm in the timeshare exchange industry. Advances in Management Accounting (7): 65-87.

Maher, C. L. 1965. Corporate acquisition - Tax accounting consequences. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 50-54.

Maher, J. J. 1987. Pension obligations and the bond credit market: An empirical analysis of accounting numbers. The Accounting Review (October): 785-798. (JSTOR link).

Maher, J. J. 1993. Developing accounting-system concepts and computer skills with a spreadsheet program and a database manager. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 404-422.

Maher, M. W. 1981. 1980 Competitive manuscript award: The impact of regulation on controls: Firms' response to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The Accounting Review (October): 751-770. (JSTOR link).

Maher, M. W. 1987. The use of relative performance evaluations in organizations. Accounting and Management Field Study Perspectives. Edited by W. J. Bruns, Jr. and R. S. Kaplan. Harvard Business School Press: 295-315.

Maher, M. W. 1995. Discussion of total quality management and the choice of information and reward systems. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Managerial Accounting): 35-40. (JSTOR link).

Maher, M. W. 1997. Cost Accounting: Creating Value for Management. Irwin/McGraw Hill.

Maher, M. W. 2000. Management accounting education at the millennium. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 335-346.

Maher, M. W. and M. L. Marais. 1998. A field study on the limitations of activity-based costing when resources are provided on a joint and indivisible basis. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 129-142. (JSTOR link).

Maher, M. W. and R. Ramanan. 1988. Does internal auditing improve managerial performance? Management Accounting (March): 54-55.

Maher, M. W. and T. J. Nantell. 1983. The tax effects of inflation: Depreciation, debt, and Miller's equilibrium tax rates. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 329-340. (JSTOR link).

Maher, M. W., K. V. Ramanathan and R. B. Peterson. 1979. Preference congruence, information accuracy, and employee performance: A field study. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 476-503. (JSTOR link).

Maher, M. W., P. Tiessen, R. Colson and A. J. Broman. 1992. Competition and audit fees. The Accounting Review (January): 199-211. (JSTOR link).

Maher, M. W., W. N. Lanen and M. V. Rajan. 2006. Fundamentals of Cost Accounting. McGraw-Hill Irwin.

Mahindra, A. G. 2008. Finding a higher gear. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 68-76.

Mahmoud, S. and C. Frampton. 1975. An evaluation of management curricula in the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 407-411. (JSTOR link).

Mahon, G. and W. P. Hilton. 1916. Interest on capital. Journal of Accountancy (October): 253-264.

Mahon, J. J. Jr. 1945. Tax effects of T-Day and V-Day. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 15): 701-719.

Mahoney, J. and K. Thelen. 2009. Explaining Institutional Change: Ambiguity, Agency, and Power. Cambridge University Press.

Mahoney, J. F. 1922. Commission problems simplified. Journal of Accountancy (April): 269-282.

Mahoney, J. J. 1970. Earnings per share and the insensitive denominator. Management Accounting (July): 15-20.

Mahoney, L. S. and J. K. Welch. 2000. PC movies get two thumbs up for computer application training. Strategic Finance (September): 74-78.

Mahoney, L. S. and J. K. Welch. 2006. Click . . . and the database loads into Excel. Journal of Accountancy (September): 53-56.

Mahoney, L. S. and P. B. Roush. 1994. When an auditor changes sides. Management Accounting (September): 56-60.

Mahoney, T. A. 1967. Managerial perceptions of organizational effectiveness. Management Science (October): B76-B91. (JSTOR link).

Mahoney, T. A. 1979. Organizational hierarchy and position worth. The Academy of Management Journal 22(4): 726-737. (JSTOR link).

Mahoney, T. A. 1983. Editorial comment. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 565. (JSTOR link).

Mahoney, T. A. 1984. Editorial comment. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 685. (JSTOR link).

Mahoney, T. A. 1997. Reflections upon a stage in the maturation of AMJ and the AOM. The Academy of Management Journal 40(6): 1432-1435. (JSTOR link).

Mahoney, T. A. and W. Weitzel. 1969. Managerial models of organizational effectiveness. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(3): 357-365. (JSTOR link).

Mahrle, B. C. 1972. Social clubs: Accounting for unrelated business income. Management Accounting (July): 21-24.

Mai-Dalton, R. R. and J. J. Sullivan. 1981. The effects of manager's sex on the assignment to a challenging or a dull task and reasons for the choice. The Academy of Management Journal 24(3): 603-612. (JSTOR link).

Maier, R. A. and P. J. Lavrakas. 1976. Lying behavior and the evaluation of lies. Perceptual and Motor Skills (42): 575-581.

Maier-Lytle, J., B. L. McGuire and C. R. Ehlen. 2010. Case study competitions give accounting students a competitive edge. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 40-47.

Maiga, A. S. 2004. Effects of management control systems on manufacturing performance: A path analytical model. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Winter): 13-28.

Maiga, A. S. 2005. Antecedents and consequences of budget participation. Advances in Management Accounting (14): 211-231.

Maiga, A. S. 2008. Interaction effects of management accounting systems and process quality management on product quality performance. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Winter): 31-46.

Maiga, A. S. and F. A. Jacobs. 2003. The effects of benchmarking and incentives on organizational performance: A test of two-way interaction. Advances in Management Accounting (11): 85-107.

Maiga, A. S. and F. A. Jacobs. 2005. Antecedents and consequences of quality performance. Behavioral Research in Accounting (17): 111-131.

Maiga, A. S. and F. A. Jacobs. 2005. The effects of benchmarking and ABCM organisational support and coherence on organisational performance: A test of two-way interaction. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Winter): 35-54.

Maiga, A. S. and F. A. Jocobs. 2006. Assessing the impact of benchmarking antecedents on quality improvement and its financial consequences. Journal of Management Accounting Research (18): 97-123.

Maiga, A. S. and F. A. Jacobs. 2007. Activity-based cost management and manufacturing, operational and financial performance: A structural equation modeling approach. Advances in Management Accounting (16): 217-260.

Maiga, A. S. and F. A. Jacobs. 2007. Budget participation's influence on budget slack: The role of fairness perceptions, trust and goal commitment. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Winter): 39-58.

Maiga, A. S. and F. A. Jacobs. 2008. Assessing JIT performance: An econometric approach. Journal of Management Accounting Research 20 (Special Issue): 47-59.

Maiga, A. S. and F. A. Jacobs. 2011. Selection bias and endogeneity issues on the relationship between information technology and firm performance. Advances in Management Accounting (19): 109-131.

Maiga, A. S. and R. A. Jacobs. 2009. JIT performance effects: A research note. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 25(2): 183-189.

Maiga, A. S. and S. P. Agrawal. 2003. Impact of the extent of management initiatives on manufacturing plant profitability, An exploratory investigation. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Summer): 9-26. (The initiatives include: just in time systems, total quality control, use of the state-of-the-art technology, capacity utilization, and developmental activities).

Maijoor, S. and A. Vanstraelen. 2012. "Research opportunities in auditing in the EU," revisited. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 31(1): 115-126.

Maijoor, S., W. Buijink, A. Witteloostuijn and M. Zinken. 1995. Long-term concentration in the Dutch audit market: The use of auditor association membership lists in historical research. Abacus 31(2): 152-177.

Main, D. and C. L. Lousteau. 1999. Don't get trapped. Strategic Finance (November): 56-60. (Project management).

Main, J. 1992. How to steal the best ideas around. Fortune (October 19): 102-106.

Maines, L. A. 1990. The effect of forecast redundancy on judgments of a consensus forecast's expected accuracy. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Judgment in Accounting and Auditing): 29-47. (JSTOR link).

Maines, L. A. and J. M. Wahlen. 2006. The nature of accounting information reliability: Inferences from archival and experimental research. Accounting Horizons (December): 399-425.

Maines, L. A. and J. R. M. Hand. 1996. Individuals' perceptions and misperceptions of time series properties of quarterly earnings. The Accounting Review (July): 317-336. (JSTOR link).

Maines, L. A. and L. S. McDaniel. 2000. Effects of comprehensive-income characteristics on nonprofessional investors' judgments: The role of financial-statement presentation format. The Accounting Review (April): 179-207. (JSTOR link).

Maines, L. A., E. Bartov, A. L. Beatty, C. A. Botosan, P. M. Fairfield, D. E. Hirst, T. E. Iannoconi, R. Mallett, M. Venkatachalam and L. Vincent. 2004. AAA Financial Accounting Standards Committee: Commentary on the IASB's exposure draft on business combinations. Accounting Horizons (March): 55-64.

Maines, L. A., E. Bartov, A. L. Beatty, C. A. Botosan, P. M. Fairfield, D. E. Hirst, T. E. Iannoconi, R. Mallett, M. Venkatachalam and L. Vincent. 2004. AAA Financial Accounting Standards Committee: Evaluation of the IASB's proposed accounting and disclosure requirements for share-based payment. Accounting Horizons (March): 65-76.

Maines, L. A., E. Bartov, P. M. Fairfield, D. E. Hirst, T. E. Iannaconi, R. Mallett, C. M. Schrand, D. J. Skinner and L. Vincent. 2003. AAA Financial Accounting Standards Committee: Evaluating concepts-based vs. rules-based approaches to standard setting. Accounting Horizons (March): 73-89.

Maines, L. A., E. Bartov, P. M. Fairfield, D. E. Hirst, T. E. Iannaconi, R. Mallett, C. M. Schrand, D. J. Skinner and L. Vincent. 2003. AAA Financial Accounting Standards Committee: Evaluation of the FASB's proposed accounting and disclosure requirements for guarantors. Accounting Horizons (March): 51-58.

Maines, L. A., E. Bartov, A. L. Beatty, C. A. Botosan, P. M. Fairfield, D. E. Hirst, T. E. Iannaconi, R. Mallett, M. Venkatachalam and L. Vincent. 2003. AAA Financial Accounting Standards Committee: Comments on the FASB's proposals on consolidating special-purpose entities and related standard-setting issues. Accounting Horizons (June): 161-173.

Maines, L. A., E. Bartov, P. M. Fairfield, D. E. hirst, T. A. Iannaconi, R. Mallett, C. M. Schrand, D. J. Skinner and L. Vincent. 2003. AAA Financial Accounting Standards Committee: Implications of accounting research for the FASB's initiatives on disclosure of information about intangible assets. Accounting Horizons (June): 175-185.

Maines, L. A., G. L. Solamon and G. B. Sprinkle 2006. An information economics perspective on experimental research in accounting. Behavioral Research in Accounting (18): 85-102.

Maines, L. A., S. G. Ryan, R. H. Herz, T. E. Iannaconi, K. G. Palepu, C. M. Schrand, D. J. Skinner and L. Vincent. 2001. AAA Financial Accounting Standards Committee: SEC auditor independence requirements. Accounting Horizons (December): 373-386.

Maines, L. A., S. G. Ryan, R. H. Herz, T. E. Iannaconi, K. G. Palepu, C. M. Schrand, D. J. Skinner and L. Vincent. 2002. AAA Financial Accounting Standards Committee: Recommendations on disclosure of nonfinancial performance measures. Accounting Horizons (December): 353-362.

Maines, L. A., L. S. McDaniel and M. S. Harris. 1997. Implications of proposed segment reporting standards for financial analysts' investment judgments. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Experts and the Application of Expertise in Accounting, Auditing, and Tax): 1-24. (JSTOR link).

Mainiero, L. A. 1986. Coping with powerlessness: The relationship of gender and job dependency to empowerment-strategy usage. Administrative Science Quarterly 31(4): 633-653. (JSTOR link).

Maira, A. 1993. Rebuilding U.S. manufacturing industries for sustainable performance acceleration. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 68-72.

Maisel, C. S. 1992. Performance measurement: The balance scorecard approach. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 47-52.

Maisel, L. S. 1990. Next generation' thinking about cost management Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 3.

Maitland, A. 2003. No hiding place for the irresponsible business: Companies are trying to pre-empt trouble over social, environmental and ethical issues. Financial Times (September 29): 2.

Maitlis, S. 2005. The social processes of organizational sensemaking. The Academy of Management Journal 48(1): 21-49. (JSTOR link).

Maitlis, S. and T. B. Lawrence. 2007. Triggers and enablers of sensegiving in organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 50(1): 57-84. (JSTOR link).

Maitre, P. 1978. The measurement of the creation and distribution of wealth in a firm by the method of surplus accounts. Accounting, Organizations and Society 3(3-4): 227-236.

Majchrzak, A., A. Malhotra, J. Stamps and J. Lipnack. 2004. Can absence make a team grow stronger? Harvard Business Review (May): 131-137. (Rules for managing far-flung teams).

Majchrzak, A., D. Logan, R. McCurdy and M. Kirchmer. 2006. Four keys to managing emergence. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 14-18. (Continuous discourse with potential participants, continuous updating of knowledge maps, blurring the boundaries between participants inside and outside the organization, and governing through reputation networks).

Majima, I. 1992. The Shift to JIT: How People Make the Difference. Productivity Press. Originally published in 1988 as JIT Kakumei by Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun, Ltd. Tokyo.

Major, B. and E. Konar. 1984. An investigation of sex differences in pay expectations and their possible causes. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 777-792. (JSTOR link).

Major, E. and A. Marques. 2009. IFRS introduction, corporate governance and firm performance: Evidence from Portugal. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Summer): 55-70.

Major, G. and K. Deaux. 1982. Individual differences in justice behavior. In Greenberg, J. and R. I. Cohen. Editors. Equity and Justice in Social Behaviour. 43-76. Academic Press.

Major, M. and T. Hopper. 2005. Managers divided: Implementing ABC in a Portuguese telecommunications company. Management Accounting Research (June): 205-229.

Majumdar, S. K. and A. A. Marcus. 2001. Rules versus discretion: The productivity consequences of flexible regulation. The Academy of Management Journal 44(1): 170-179. (JSTOR link).

Mak, Y. and M. Roush. 1994. Flexible budgeting and variance analysis in an activity-based costing environment. Accounting Horizons (June): 93-103.

Mak, Y. T. and M. L. Roush. 1996. Managing activity costs with flexible budgeting and variance analysis. Accounting Horizons (September): 141-146.

Makepeace, R. S. 1939. Control of direct labor cost variance in a metal goods factory. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 1): 839-868.

Makepeace, R. S. 1954. What happens to costs when we run overtime? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 766-771.

Makepeace, R. S. 1956. Distribution of selling and general costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 40-47.

Maklan, S. S. Know and J. Peppard. 2011. Why CRM fails - and how to fix it. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 77-85.

Makridakis, S., R. M. Hogarth and A. Gaba. 2010. Why forecasts fail. What to do instead? MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 83-90.

Maksy, M. M. 1988. Articulation problems between the balance sheet and the funds statement. The Accounting Review (October): 683-699. (JSTOR link).

Malaby, T. M. 2009. Making Virtual Worlds: Linden Lab and Second Life. Cornell University Press.

Malandro, R. 1959. Depreciation is not the problem. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 25-33.

Malandro, R. 1960. Direct costing - Not for financial reporting. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 89-90.

Malcamey, A. L. 1964. Computers, controllers and competence. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 20.

Malcolm, D. G. 1965. On the need for improvement in implementation of O.R. Management Science (February): B48-B58. (JSTOR link).

Malcolm, I. 1995. Benchmarking finance function activities. Management Accounting U.K. (February): 22.

Malcolm, R. E. 1966. Decision tables in accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 551-555. (JSTOR link). (An example using the cost-or-market rule).

Malcom, R. E. 1978. The effect of product aggregation in determining sales variances. The Accounting Review (January): 162-169. (JSTOR link).

Malcom, R. E. 1991. Overhead control implications of activity costing. Accounting Horizons (December): 69-78. (Malcom argues that traditional overhead variance analysis, i.e., spending and efficiency variances, are a waste of time and should be abandoned.)

Maletta, M. J. and T. Kida. 1993. The effect of risk factors on auditors' configural information processing. The Accounting Review (July): 681-691. (JSTOR link).

Maletta, M. J. and Y. Zhang. 2012. Investor reactions to contrasts between the earnings preannouncements of peer firms. Contemporary Accounting Research 29(2): 361-381.

Maletta, M. J., B. H. Anderson and J. P. Angelini. 1999. Experience, instruction and knowledge acquisition: A study in taxation. Journal of Accounting Education 17(4): 351-366.

Malgwi, C. A. 2006. Discerning accounting and non-accounting students' perceptions in the first course in accounting as a proxy for separate course delivery. Global Perspectives on Accounting Education (3): 67-91.

Malgwi, C. A. and C. Rakovski. 2009. Behavioral implications of evaluating determinants of academic fraud risk factors. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 1(2): 1-37.

Malhotra, A. and A. Arvind. 2005. Virtual workspace technologies. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 11-14.

Malhotra, A., C. K. Malhotra and A. See. 2012. How to get your messages retweeted. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 61-66.

Malhotra, A., C. K. Malhotra and A. See. 2013. How to create brand engagement on Facebook. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 18-20.

Malhotra, D. 2013. How to negotiate with VCs. Harvard Business Review (May): 84-90. (Venture capitalist firms).

Malhotra, D. and J. K. Murnighan. 2002. The effects of contracts on interpersonal trust. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(3): 534-559. (JSTOR link).

Malhotra, D. and M. H. Bazerman. 2007. Investigative negotiation. Harvard Business Review (September): 72-78.

Malhotra, D., G. Ku and J. K. Murnghan. 2008. When winning is everything. Harvard Business Review (May): 78-86.

Malhotra, N. K., S. S. Kim and A. Patil. 2006. Common method variance in IS research: A comparison of alternative approaches and a reanalysis of past research. Management Science (December): 1865-1883. (JSTOR link).

Malik, S. 2005. Enterprise Dashboards: Design and Best Practices. Wiley.

Malina, M. A. and F. H. Selto. 2001. Communicating and controlling strategy: An empirical study of the effectiveness of the balance scorecard. Journal of Management Accounting Research (13): 47-90.

Malina, M. A. and F. H. Selto. 2004. Choice and change of measures in performance measurement models. Management Accounting Research (December): 441-469.

Malkoff, A. R. 1979. Foreign acquisition analysis: A suggested approach. Management Accounting (June): 32-36, 41.

Mallery, G. 1969. Statistical sampling and auditing. Management Accounting (August): 51-53.

Mallet, L. C. 1937. Problems in costing airplanes. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 1152-1158.

Mallette, P. and K. L. Fowler. 1992. Effects of board composition and stock ownership on the adoption of "poison pills". The Academy of Management Journal 35(5): 1010-1035. (JSTOR link).

Malloy, C. 2012. Wall Street doesn't understand innovation. Harvard Business Review (December): 28-29.

Malloy, F. W. 1958. How we integrated the purchasing-receiving operation. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 87-91. (Case study).

Malloy, J. 1984. Making price decisions in a small business. Management Accounting (December): 50-52.

Malmi, T. 1997. Towards explaining activity-based costing failure: Accounting and control in a decentralized organization. Management Accounting Research (December): 459-480.

Malmi, T. 1999. Activity-based costing diffusion across organizations: An exploratory empirical analysis of Finish firms. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(8): 649-672.

Malmi, T. 2001. Balanced scorecards in Finnish companies: A research note. Management Accounting Research (June): 207-220.

Malmi, T. 2010. Reflections on paradigms in action in accounting research. Management Accounting Research (June): 121-123.

Malmi, T. and D. A. Brown. 2008. Management control systems as a package - Opportunities, challenges and research directions. Management Accounting Research (December): 287-300.

Malmi, T. and S. Ikaheimo. 2003. Value based management practices - Some evidence from the field. Management Accounting Research (September): 235-254.

Malmquist, D. H. 1990. Efficient contracting and the choice of accounting method in the oil and gas industry. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 173-205.

Malmstrom, D. 1977. Accommodating exchange rate fluctuations in intercompany pricing and invoicing. Management Accounting (September): 24-28.

Malnight, T. W. 2001. Emerging structural patterns within multinational corporations: Toward process-based structures. The Academy of Management Journal 44(6): 1187-1210. (JSTOR link).

Malone, D. 2002. Knowledge management: A model for organizational learning. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 3(2): 111-123.

Malone, J. D. 2003. Shooting the past: An instructional case for knowledge management. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 41-49.

Malone, T. W. 2004. Bringing the market inside. Harvard Business Review (April): 107-114.

Malone, T. W., R. Laubacher and C. Dellarocas. 2010. The collective intelligence genome. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 21-31.

Malone, T. W., R. J. Laubacher and T. Johns. 2011. The age of hyper specialization. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 56-65.

Maloney, D. M. and R. H. Sanborn. 1988. Interactions between financial and tax accounting caused by the Tax Reform Act of 1986. Accounting Horizons (December): 21-28.

Malos, S. B. and M. A. Campion. 2000. Human resource strategy and career mobility in professional service firms: A test of an options-based model. The Academy of Management Journal 43(4): 749-760. (JSTOR link).

Malsch, B. 2013. Politicizing the expertise of the accounting industry in the realm of corporate social responsibility. Accounting, Organizations and Society 38(2): 149-168.

Malsch, B. and Y. Gendron. 2011. Reining in auditors: On the dynamics of power surrounding an "innovation" in the regulatory space. Accounting, Organizations and Society 36(7): 456-476.

Maltby, J. 1997. Accounting and the soul of the middle class: Gustav Freytag's soll und haben. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(1): 69-87.

Maltby, J. 2005. Showing a strong front: Corporate social reporting and the 'business case' in Britain, 1914-1919. The Accounting Historians Journal 32(2): 145-171. (JSTOR link).

Maltz, E. and V. Chiappetta. 2002. Maximizing value in the digital world. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 77-84.

Mammano, K. A. and T. N. Tyson. 2008. Developing an operating budget for Extended Family, Inc.: A not-for-profit human service organization. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 129-144.

Mammone, J. L. 1980. A practical approach to productivity measurement. Management Accounting (July): 40-44.

Mammone, J. L. 1980. Productivity measurement: A conceptual overview. Management Accounting (June): 36-42.

Management Accounting Research. 1994. Abstracts. Management Accounting Research (September): 353-376.

Management Accounting Research. 1995. Abstracts. Management Accounting Research (March): 77-101.

Management Accounting Research. 1995. Abstracts. Management Accounting Research (September): 295-304.

Management Accounting Research. 1995. Abstracts. Management Accounting Research (December): 435-441.

Management Accounting Research. 1998. Introduction: Commentaries on management accounting in Europe. Management Accounting Research (December): 483.

Management Accounting Research. 2001. Announcement: David Solomons Prize. Management Accounting Research (September): 259.

Management Accounting Research. 2006. ENROAC - European Network for Research on Organizational and Accounting Change. Management Accounting Research (March): 123-124.

Management Accounting Research. 2006. Integrating global organisations: The role of performance measurement systems. Management Accounting Research (March): 121-122.

Management Accounting Research. 2006. Special issue on integrating global organisations: The role of performance measurement systems. Management Accounting Research (June): 222-223.

Management Accounting Research. 2006. Special issue on management accounting research: Risk management, corporate governance and management accounting. Management Accounting Research (June): 224-225.

Management Accounting Research. 2007. ENROAC - European Network for Research on Organizational and Accounting change presents. Management Accounting Research (December): 476-478.

Management Accounting Research. 2008. Inter-organizational relationships involving public administrations: The role of management control systems. Management Accounting Research (June): 208-209.

Management Accounting Research. 2009. ENROAC - European Network for Research on Organizational and Accounting Change. Management Accounting Research (December): 296-297.

Management Accounting Research. 2012. Norman Belding Macintosh - A tribute. Management Accounting Research (March): 1-2.

Management Science. 1956. Report of the second national meeting. Management Science (January): 186-194. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 1957. Report of the third annual international meeting. Management Science (January): 199-212. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 1958. The Institute of Management Sciences: Report of the fourth annual international meeting. Management Science (April): 332-343. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 1959. Correction: Scheduling the use of water power. Management Science (April): 358. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 1959. The Institute of Management Sciences: Report of the fifth annual international meeting. Management Science (April): 340-357. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 1960. Correction: A shortest route through a network. Management Science (July): 505. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 1960. The Institute of Management Sciences report of the American national meeting. Management Science (January): 215-230. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 1965. Foreword to the first issue of series B. Management Science (February): B1. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 1967. This volume is dedicated to Harold H. Cauvet in recognition of his many contributions to TIMS. Management Science (September): Not numbered. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 2006. Management insights. Management Science (January): iv-vi. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 2006. Management insights. Management Science (February): iv-v. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 2006. Management insights. Management Science (March): iv-vi. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 2006. Management insights. Management Science (April): iv-vi. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 2006. Management insights. Management Science (May): iv-vii. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 2006. Management insights. Management Science (June): iv-vi. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 2006. Management insights. Management Science (July): iv-vi. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 2006. Management insights. Management Science (August): iv-vi. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 2006. Management insights. Management Science (September): iv-vi. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 2006. Management insights. Management Science (October): v-viii. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 2006. Management insights. Management Science (November): iv-vii. (JSTOR link).

Management Science. 2006. Management insights. Management Science (December): iv-vi. (JSTOR link).

Mancheski, F. J. 1958. Employee food service - Not a loss operation. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 13-20. (Case study).

Manchester, H. R. 1972. Sales-use tax administration. Management Accounting (December): 31-34, 38.

Mande, V. and W. Kwak. 1996. Do Japanese analysts overreact or underreact to earnings announcements? Abacus 32(1): 81-101.

Mandel, B. J. 1963. A course in statistical sampling for accountants, auditors and financial managers. The Accounting Review (April): 400-406. (JSTOR link).

Mandelbrot, B. and R. L. Hudson. 2006. The Misbehavior of Markets: A Fractal view of Financial Turbulence. Basic Books.

Mandeville, M. J. 1960. The nature of authority. The Journal of the Academy of Management 3(2): 107-118. (JSTOR link).

Mandeville, M. J. 1961. The nature of authority: Comment: Reply to C. Edward Weber. The Journal of the Academy of Management 4(1): 64-66. (JSTOR link).

Mandich, D. R. 1970. Devaluation, revaluation - Re-evaluation? Management Accounting (August): 27-29.

Mandolini, A. 1977. Discussion of the municipal accounting maze: An analysis of political incentives. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Measurement and Evaluation of the Economic Efficiency of Public and Private Nonprofit Institutions): 151-155. (JSTOR link).

Manegold, J. G. 1981. Time-series properties of earnings: A comparison of extrapolative and component models. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 360-373. (JSTOR link).

Manes, N. P. 1964. The grant-in-aid system for interstate highway construction: An accounting or economic problem? The Accounting Review (July): 631-638. (JSTOR link).

Manes, R. 1966. A new dimension to breakeven analysis. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 87-100. (JSTOR link).

Manes, R. P. 1965. Comment on matrix theory and cost allocation. The Accounting Review (July): 640-643. (JSTOR link).

Manes, R. P. 1968. In a seminar on budget mix variances. The Accounting Review (October): 784-787. (JSTOR link).

Manes, R. P. 1969. The expense of expected idle capacity. Management Accounting (March): 37-41.

Manes, R. P. 1970. Birch Paper Company revisited: An exercise in transfer pricing. The Accounting Review (July): 565-572. (JSTOR link). (Examines the possibility of using shadow prices to determine transfer prices in the legendary Harvard Business transfer pricing case developed by W. Rotch and N. E. Harlan).

Manes, R. P. 1971. Rejoinder to "Breakeven analysis and capital budgeting". Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 158-159. (JSTOR link).

Manes, R. P. 1983. Demand elasticities: Supplements to sales budget variance reports. The Accounting Review (January): 143-156. (JSTOR link).

Manes, R. P. and A. C. S. Cheng. 1988. The Marginal Approach to Joint Cost Allocation: Theory and Application. Studies in Accounting Research (29). American Accounting Association.

Manes, R. P. and T. F. Schaefer. 1986. Relating financial leverage to annual report ratios. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 261-267.

Manes, R. P. and V. L. Smith. 1965. Economic joint cost theory and accounting practice. The Accounting Review (January): 31-35. (JSTOR link).

Manes, R. P., J. M. Samuels and D. J. Smyth. 1967. Inventories and sales: A cross section study. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 139-156. (JSTOR link).

Manes, R. P., S. H. Park and R. Jensen. 1982. Relevant costs of intermediate goods and services. The Accounting Review (July): 594-606. (JSTOR link).

Maness, T. S. and J. T. Zielow. 2002. Short-Term Financial Management, 2e. South-Western Educational Publishing.

Mangan, T. N. 1995. Integrating an activity-based cost system. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 5-13. (Summary).

Mangasarian, O. L. 1964. Nonlinear programming problems with stochastic objective functions. Management Science (January): 353-359. (JSTOR link).

Mangelsdorf, M. E. 2007. Beyond enterprise 2.0. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 50-55.

Mangelsdorf, M. E. 2007. How secure is the internet? MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 56-57.

Mangelsdorf, M. E. 2009. Good days for disruptors. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 67-70.

Mangurian, G. E. 2007. Realizing what you're made of. Harvard Business Review (March): 125-130. (Executive hit rock bottom and recovered).

Manicas, P. 1993. Accounting as a human science. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(2-3): 147-161.

Maniha, J. and C. Perrow. 1965. The reluctant organization and the aggressive environment. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(2): 238-257. (JSTOR link).

Maniha, J. K. 1975. Universalism and particularism in bureaucratizing organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(2): 177-190. (JSTOR link).

Mankins, M., A. Bird and J. Root. 2013. Making star teams out of star players: Here's how smart companies deploy their best people to get great results. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 74-78.

Mankins, M. C. 2004. Stop wasting valuable time. Harvard Business Review (September): 58-65. (Seven techniques to help your management team make better and faster decisions).

Mankins, M. C. and R. Steele. 2005. Turning great strategy into great performance. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 64-72. (Seven simple rules).

Mankins, M. C. and R. Steele. 2006. Stop making plans start making decisions. Harvard Business Review (January): 76-84.

Mankins, M. C., D. Harding and R. Weddigen. 2008. How the best divest. Harvard Business Review (October): 92-99.

Manley, P. S. 1973. Gerard Lee Bevan and the City Equitable Companies. Abacus 9(2): 107-115.

Manley, P. S. 1976. Clarence Hatry. Abacus 12(1): 49-60.

Manly, T. S., R. J. Walsh and C. A. McKnight. 2005. Measurement of earnings, taxes and e-commerce: The case of Calypso Communication. Global Perspectives on Accounting Education (2): 1-10.

Mann, B. M. 1989. Closing the books: On-line editing smooths the way. Management Accounting (September): 40-43.

Mann, C. D. 1971. Evaluating the cost in a lease proposal. Management Accounting (July): 56-58.

Mann, D. 2010. Creating a Lean Culture: Tools to Sustain Lean Conversions, 2nd edition. Productivity Press.

Mann, D. H. 1972. A matrix technique for finite Bayesian decision problems. Decision Sciences 3(4): 129-136.

Mann, D. H. 1975. Implications of a modal-delayed distributed lag response to advertising expenditure. Decision Sciences 6(4): 646-661.

Mann, E. J. 1953. Toward a better federal income tax. The Accounting Review (July): 356-362. (JSTOR link).

Mann, E. J. 1956. Management and industrial accounting in Western Europe. The Accounting Review (April): 244-252. (JSTOR link).

Mann, E. J. 1958. Cash flow earnings - New concept in security analysis. The Accounting Review (July): 423-426. (JSTOR link).

Mann, F. C. and L. K. Williams. 1960. Observations on the dynamics of a change to electronic data-processing equipment. Administrative Science Quarterly 5(2): 217-256. (JSTOR link).

Mann, H. 1973. Sensitivity analysis and decision making. Cost and Management (September-October): 19-24.

Mann, H. 1976. John McDonald. The Accounting Historians Journal 3(1-4): 68-72. (JSTOR link).

Mann, H. 1979. Accounting for Les Forges De Saint-Maurice 1730-1736. The Accounting Historians Journal 6(1): 63-82. (JSTOR link).

Mann, H. 1984. A worksheet for demonstrating the articulation of financial statements. The Accounting Review (October): 669-673. (JSTOR link).

Mann, H. 1984. Thus spake the rabbis - The first income tax? The Accounting Historians Journal 11(1): 125-133. (JSTOR link).

Mann, N. 1986. Keys to Excellence: The Story of the Deming Philosophy. Santa Monica, CA: Preswick.

Mann, N. R., N. D. Singpurwalla and R. Schafer. 1974. Methods for Statistical Analysis of Reliability and Life Data. John Wiley & Sons.

Mann, O. A. 1917. Depreciation and depreciation reserves. Journal of Accountancy (February): 107-113.

Mann, O. A. 1918. Working capital for rate-making purposes. Journal of Accountancy (November): 340-342.

Mann, R. B. and P. J. Decker. 1984. The effect of key behavior distinctiveness on generalization and recall in behavior modeling training. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 900-910. (JSTOR link).

Mann, R. J. 2008. Electronic Commerce. Aspen Publishers.

Manne, A. S. 1957. A note on the Modigliani-Hohn production smoothing model. Management Science (July): 371-379. (JSTOR link).

Manne, A. S. 1958. Programming of economic lot sizes. Management Science (January): 115-135. (JSTOR link).

Manne, A. S. 1960. Linear programming and sequential decisions. Management Science (April): 259-267. (JSTOR link).

Manne, A. S. 1964. Plant location under economies-of-scale-decentralization and computation. Management Science (November): 213-235. (JSTOR link).

Manne, A. S. 1968. Optimal dividend and investment policies for a self-financing business enterprise. Management Science (November): 119-129. (JSTOR link).

Manners, G. E. Jr. 1968. Use of predetermined costs in the life insurance industry. Management Accounting (October): 44-48.

Manners, G. E. Jr. 1975. Another look at group size, group problem solving, and member consensus. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 715-724. (JSTOR link).

Manners, G. E. Jr. 2006. Six levels of financial knowledge. Strategic Finance (August): 32-39.

Manninen, A. 1996. The production of knowledge in accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(7-8): 655-674.

Manning, A. B. 1919. Advantages of uniform accounting. Journal of Accountancy (August): 113-120.

Manning, K. H. 1995. Distribution channel profitability. Management Accounting (January): 44-48. (Summary).

Manning, M. R., C. N. Jackson and M. R. Fusilier. 1996. Occupational stress, social support, and the costs of health care. The Academy of Management Journal 39(3): 738-750. (JSTOR link).

Manning, M. R., J. S. Osland and A. Osland. 1989. Work-related consequences of smoking cessation. The Academy of Management Journal 32(3): 606-621. (JSTOR link).

Manning, P. K. 1979. Metaphors of the field: Varieties of organizational discourse. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(4): 660-671. (JSTOR link).

Manning, T. Y. 2010. The recovery act: An auditee's perspective. Journal of Accountancy (June): 48-54.

Mannino, L. L. 2005. No marketability discount for lottery winnings. Journal of Accountancy (November): 97-98.

Mannino, L. L. 2005. The tax is assessed, not the taxpayer. Journal of Accountancy (May): 106-108.

Mannino, P. V. and K Milani. 1992. Budgeting for and international business. Management Accounting (February): 36-41.

Manns, C. L. and J. G. March. 1978. Financial adversity, internal competition, and curriculum change in a university. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(4): 541-552. (JSTOR link).

Mano, R. M. and M. L. Mouritsen. 2004. The sensibility of principles-based accounting standards. Strategic Finance (May): 55-57.

Mano, R. M., M. Anderson, V. Nycum and K. McBeth. 1996. Fairly presented, in accordance with GAAP...What does it really mean? Management Accounting (July): 44-46, 48.

Manochin, M., S. Brignall, A. Lowe and C. Howell. 2011. Visual modes of governmentality: Traffic lights in a housing association. Management Accounting Research (March): 26-35.

Manrara, L. V. 1949. We are dragging our anchor - The drift from historical cost. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 243-252. (Accountants need to define the boundaries of accounting, adopt historical cost as the only basis of accounting, and eliminate cost or market, LIFO, the base stock valuation method, and depreciation on replacement values).

Manry, D., S. L. Tiras and C. M. Wheatley. 2003. The influence of interim auditor reviews on the association of returns with earnings. The Accounting Review (January): 251-274. (JSTOR link).

Mansfield, H. C. 1940. The reorganization of federal accounting. The Accounting Review (March): 53-61. (JSTOR link).

Mansfield, E. 1965. Rates of return from industrial R&D. American Economic Review (55): 863-73.

Mansfield, E. and H. H. Wein. 1958. A model for the location of a railroad classification yard. Management Science (April): 292-313. (JSTOR link).

Mansfield, M. D. 1983. Plugging the DP gap: Small computers for big business. Management Accounting (September): 58-61.

Mansfield, M. D. 1985. Covering the bases - Documenting your micro programs. Management Accounting (May): 44-47.

Mansfield, R. 1973. Bureaucracy and centralization: An examination of organizational structure. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(4): 477-488. (JSTOR link).

Mansfield, R. 2007. How to Do Everything with Second Life®. McGraw-Hill Osborne Media.

Mansi, S. A., W. F. Maxwell and D. P. Miller. 2004. Does auditor quality and tenure matter to investors? Evidence from the bond market. Journal of Accounting Research (September): 755-793. (JSTOR link).

Mansi, S. A., W. F. Maxwell and D. P. Miller. 2011. Analyst forecast characteristics and the cost of debt. Review of Accounting Studies 16(1): 116-142.

Mansoor, E. M. 1967. Improvement on Gutjahr and Nemhauser's algorithm for the line balancing problem. Management Science (November): 250-254. (JSTOR link).

Mansour, A. H. and H. J. Watson. 1980. The determinants of computer based information system performance. The Academy of Management Journal 23(3): 521-533. (JSTOR link).

Mansour, F. A. and J. H. Sellers. 1978. Comparing cost accounting standards with existing accounting standards. Management Accounting (April): 37-42.

Mantell, L. H. 1968. A note on systems theory and the idea of interface. The Academy of Management Journal 11(1): 126-128. (JSTOR link).

Manteuffel, C. E. 1954. A case in systematic sales forecasting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 819-828.

Manthey, P. S. 1966. Scheduling and profit planning by utilizing the ratio-analysis method of linear programming. Management Accounting (June): 33-43.

Manthey, P. S. 1967. An effective inventory control procedure. Management Accounting (May): 53-62.

Manthey, P. S. 1967. Profit planning using forecast schedules. Management Accounting (January): 13-30.

Manthey, P. S. 1970. Time task range and maintenance account technique. Management Accounting (August): 35-38.

Mantzke, K. and B. D. Clinton. 2003. Stock options analyzed from three accounting perspectives: Managerial, financial, and tax. Management Accounting Quarterly (Spring): 24-31.

Mantzke, K. and B. D. Clinton. 2004. Preserving performance pay. Strategic Finance (May): 53-54.

Manuel, W. G. 1981. Productivity experiences at Nucor. In Buehler, V. M. and Y. K. Shetty. Productivity Improvement: Case Studies of Proven Practice. AMACOM. Chapter 4.

Manuele, L. E. 1995. The impact of the ‘total quality management’ movement on management accounting. Journal of Accounting Education 13(1): 111-118.

Manville, B. and J. Ober. 2003. Beyond empowerment: Building a company of citizens. Harvard Business Review (January): 48-53. ("We're in a knowledge economy, but our managerial and governance systems are stuck in the industrial era. It's time for a whole new model." The Athenian model provides a window into how sizable groups of people can successfully govern themselves with dignity and trust, and without resorting to stifling bureaucracy. It also shows the need to combine structures, values and practices in a coherent, self-sustaining system).

Manz, C. C. and H. P. Sims, Jr. 1987. Leading workers to lead themselves: The external leadership of self-managing work teams. Administrative Science Quarterly 32(1): 106-129. (JSTOR link).

Manzano, C. 1999. Price-signal relations in an imperfectly competitive financial market with public and private information. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 451-463. (JSTOR link).

Manzoni, J. 2002. A better way to deliver bad news. Harvard Business Review (September): 114-119.

Manzoni, J. and J. Barsoux. 2002. The Set-Up-to-Fail Syndrome: How Good Managers Cause Great People to Fail. Harvard Business School Press.

Manzoni, J. and J. Barsoux. 2009. Are your subordinates setting you up to fail? MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 43-51.

Mao, J. C. T. 1966. An analysis of criteria for investment and financing decisions under certainty: A comment. Management Science (November): 289-291. (JSTOR link).

Mao, J. C. T. and B. A. Wallingford. 1968. An extension of Lawler and Bell's method of discrete optimization with examples from capital budgeting. Management Science (October): B51-B60. (JSTOR link).

Mao, J. C. T. and E. Särndal. 1966. A decision theory approach to portfolio selection. Management Science (April): B323-B333. (JSTOR link).

Mapes, L. D. 1919. Accounting of commission for relief in Belgium. Journal of Accountancy (January): 1-16.

Maples, L. 2005. Pay now or defer. Journal of Accountancy (November): 91-94. (Slotting fees - "Slotting" refers to fees paid by product manufacturers to display, pay-to-stay, failure, and presentation. This article relates to the tax treatment of these promotion allowances).

Maples, L. 2008. Tax treatment of rebates may be clearing up. Journal of Accountancy (October): 42-46.

Maples, L. and M. Turner. 2006. Matching deductions to payments. Journal of Accountancy (October): 59-63.

Maples, L., M. Turner and B. Howard. 2009. Tax considerations for buying and selling property with a burdensome lease. Journal of Accountancy (April): 51-55.

Marais, M. L. 1984. An application of the bootstrap method to the analysis of squared, standardized market model prediction errors. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Current Econometric Issues in Accounting Research): 34-54. (JSTOR link).

Marais, M. L. 1989. Discussion of post-earnings-announcement drift: Delayed price response or risk premium? Journal of Accounting Research (Current Studies on The Information Content of Accounting Earnings): 37-48. (JSTOR link).

Marais, M. L., J. M. Patell and M. A. Wolfson. 1984. The experimental design of classification models: An application of recursive partitioning and bootstrapping to commercial bank loan classifications. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Current Econometric Issues in Accounting Research): 87-114. (JSTOR link).

Marakkath, N. and T. R. Ramanan. 2012. Assessing the efficient and sustainable performance of Indian microfinance institutions. Cost Management (September/October): 6-19.

Marakkath, N. and T. R. Ramanan. 2013. What discriminates the operational self-sustainability status of Indian MFIs? Cost Management (July/August): 12, 14-26.

Marberger, D. and M. Segarra. 2012. Business is sweet: Godiva is enjoying double-digit growth, thanks in part to innovative chocolates and expansion in Asia, says its CFO. CFO (September): 36-38.

Marcell, J. A., G. M. Desmond, S. Storm and R. E. Kelly. 1993. Handbook of Small Business Valuation and Rules of Thumb. 3rd edition. Valuation Press.

Marcella, A. and R. J. Dippel. 2010. Technical, legal and internal control implications of today's digital multifunctional devices. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 2(2): 255-275.

March, J. C. and J. G. March. 1977. Almost random careers: The Wisconsin School Superintendency, 1940-1972. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(3): 377-409. (JSTOR link).

March, J. C. and J. G. March. 1978. Performance sampling in social matches. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(3): 434-453. (JSTOR link).

March, J. C. and J. G. March. 1981. Performance sampling and Weibull distributions. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(1): 90-92. (JSTOR link).

March, J. G. 1981. Footnotes to organizational change. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(4): 563-577. (JSTOR link).

March, J. G. 1987. Ambiguity and accounting: The elusive link between information and decision making. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association, edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 31-49. (Summary).

March, J. G. 1987. Reply. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association, edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 76-77. (This is a reply to discussion comments by Ashton, Biddle and Swieringa.) (Summary).

March, J. G. and H. A. Simon. 1958. Organizations. New York: John Wiley.

March, J. G. 1987. Ambiguity and accounting: The elusive link between information and decision making. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(2): 153-168.

March, J. G. 1996. Continuity and change in theories of organizational action. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(2): 278-287. (JSTOR link).

March, J. H. 1952. Applying burden by production factors. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 911-920.

March, S. T. and G. F. Smith. 1995. Design and natural science research on information technology. Decision Support Systems 15(4): 251-266.

Marchand, D. A. and J. Peppard. 2013. Why IT fumbles analytics: Tech projects should focus less on technology and more on information. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 104-112. (Five guidelines).

Marchant, G. 1989. Analogical reasoning and hypothesis generation in auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 500-513. (JSTOR link).

Marchant, G. 1990. Accounting changes and information processing: Some further empirical evidence. Behavioral Research In Accounting (2): 93-103.

Marchant, G. 1990. Discussion of determinants of auditor expertise. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Judgment in Accounting and Auditing): 21-28. (JSTOR link).

Marchione, M. J. 1970. International financing of construction projects. Management Accounting (October): 42-45, 50.

Marchionne, S. 2008. Fiat's extreme makeover. Harvard Business Review (December): 45-48.

Marcil, M. M. 1979. Replacement cost accounting: Progress or regression? Management Accounting (February): 59-60.

Marcinko, D. and E. Petri. 1984. Use of the production function in calculation of standard cost variances - An extension. The Accounting Review (July): 488-495. (JSTOR link).

Marcinko, D. and E. Petri. 1991. A clarification of certain issues arising out of nonmonetary exchanges. Journal of Accounting Education 9(2): 365-372.

Marcus, A. A. 1988. Implementing externally induced innovations: A comparison of rule-bound and autonomous approaches. The Academy of Management Journal 31(2): 235-256. (JSTOR link).

Marcus, A. A. and R. S. Goodman. 1991. Victims and shareholders: The dilemmas of presenting corporate policy during a crisis. The Academy of Management Journal 34(2): 281-305. (JSTOR link).

Marcus, L. S. 1993. Good news for corporate taxpayers. Management Accounting (January): 44-46.

Marcus, P. M. and J. S. House. 1973. Exchange between superiors and subordinates in large organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(2): 209-222. (JSTOR link).

Marcus, R. E. and G. Janken. 2009. Annuities and the other side of the retirement savings coin. Journal of Accountancy (January): 36-40.

Marczyk, G. R. 2005. Essentials of Research Design and Methodology. Wiley.

Mard, M. J., R. R. Dune, E. Osborne and J. S. Rigby. 2004. Driving the Valuation of Small to Mid-Sized Businesses. John Wiley & Sons.

Mard, M. J., R. R. Dunne, E. Osborne and J. S. Rigby Jr. 2004. Driving Your Company's Value: Strategic Benchmarking for Value. Wiley.

Mardak, D. 2002. The world of barter. Strategic Finance (July): 44-47. (Bartering unused capacity and inventory through barter exchanges).

Marden, R. E. and K. S. Brackney. 2009. Audit risk and IFRS. The CPA Journal (June): 32-36.

Marden, R. E., S. L. Schneider and G. L. Holstrum. 1996. Instructional case: Using professional judgment in control environment evaluation. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 419-441.

Marder, J. I. 1950. Welcome stranger: The control of hotel guest accounts. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1257-1265.

Marder, L. 1939. Suggestions for the final C. P. A. review. The Accounting Review (June): 177-178. (JSTOR link).

Maremont, M. 2002. Tyco reveals $8 billion of acquisitions made over three years, but not disclosed. Wall Street Journal (February 4): A3.

Maresco, P. A. and B. Lyons. 2005. Achieving growth in the luxury market. Strategic Finance (May): 47-52. (Hotel strategy).

Margavio, G. W. 1993. The savings and loan debacle: The culmination of three decades of conflicting regulation, deregulation, and re-regulation. The Accounting Historians Journal 20(1): 1-32. (JSTOR link).

Margeson, C. F. 1946. Control of printed forms. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 15): 1202-1208.

Margheim, L. and T. Kelley. 1992. The perceived effects of fixed fee audit billing arrangements. Accounting Horizons (December): 62-75.

Margheim, L., J. A. Hora and T. Kelley. 2008. The preferred stock dilemma of Appllo Technology: The impact of SFAS #150. Global Perspectives on Accounting Education (5): 55-62.

Margheim, L. L. 1986. Further evidence on external auditors' reliance on internal auditors. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 194-205. (JSTOR link).

Marginson, D. 2006. Information processing and management control: A note exploring the role played by information media in reducing role ambiguity. Management Accounting Research (June): 187-197.

Marginson, D. and B. Bui. 2009. Examining the human cost of multiple role expectations. Behavioral Research in Accounting 21(1): 59-81.

Marginson, D. and S. Ogden. 2005. Coping with ambiguity through the budget: The positive effects of budgetary targets on managers' budgeting behaviours. Accounting, Organizations, and Society 30(5): 435-456.

Marginson, D. E. W. 1999. Beyond the budgetary control system: Towards a two-tiered process of management control. Management Accounting Research (September): 203-230.

Margolis, J. 1953. The classification of sectors in the social accounts. The Accounting Review (April): 178-186. (JSTOR link).

Margolis, J. D. and J. P. Walsh. 2003. Misery loves companies: Rethinking social initiatives by business. Administrative Science Quarterly 48(2): 268-305. (JSTOR link).

Margolis, J. D. and P. G. Stoltz. 2010. How to bounce back from adversity. Harvard Business Review (January-February): 86-92.

Margret, J. 2005. Surviving financial distress: The case of too many herbs and spices. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Summer): 51-68.

Margulies, W. 1941. Controlling the costs of a credit and collection department. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 15): 67-85.

Marie, A. and A. Rao. 2010. Is standard costing still relevant? Evidence from Dubai. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 1-10.

Mariello, A. 2007. The five stages of successful innovation. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 8-9. (Idea generation and mobilization, advocacy and screening, experimentation, commercialization, and diffusion and implementation).

Marin, D. B. and B. L. Baker. 1984. How to avoid the constructive dividend trap. Management Accounting (October): 54-58.

Marino, B. D. 2006. Financial scandals: Another clarion call for educational reform - A historical perspective. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 363-381.

Mariolis, P. and M. H. Jones. 1982. Centrality in corporate interlock networks: Reliability and stability. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(4): 571-585. (JSTOR link).

Marion, T., S. Fixson and M. H. Meyer. 2012. The problem with digital design. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 63-68.

Mariotti, J. J. 1971. Comparative analysis of individuals, items, projects, products and strategies. Decision Sciences 2(3): 321-340.

Maris, T. L. and R. E. Meier. 1986. A profile of management consulting firms. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 113-117.

Maritan, C. A. 2001. Capital investment as investing in organizational capabilities: An empirically grounded process model. The Academy of Management Journal 44(3): 513-531. (JSTOR link).

Mark, R., R. A. Barra and M. E. Taylor. 2010. Internal control liability concerns post Sarbanes-Oxley: Perspectives on legal liability and reasonableness. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 2(2): 229-254.

Markandya, and M. Tamborra, Editors. 2006. Green Accounting in Europe: A comparative Study, Volume 2. Edward Elgar Publishing.

Markelevich, A. and R. Bell. 2006. RFID: Changes it will bring. Strategic Finance (August): 46-49. (Radio frequency identification's potential for inventory costing and inventory management).

Markelevich, A. and T. J. Riley. 2013. Embracing and integrating XBRL: Internal benefits for companies that go beyond the requirements. The CPA Journal (June): 70-72.

Markelevich, A., L. Shaw and H. Weihs. 2011. Conversion from national to international financial reporting standards: The case of Israel. The CPA Journal (March): 26-29.

Markell, R. A. 1955. Standards revision tells the story of trends. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1131-1137.

Markell, W. and W. A. Pemberton. 1972. Programmed instruction in elementary accounting - Is it successful? The Accounting Review (April): 381-384. (JSTOR link).

Markey, E. J. and A. Levitt Jr. 1995. An exchange between the honorable Edward J. Markey, Chairman, U.S. House of Representatives subcommittee on telecommunications and finance, Committee on Energy and Commerce and the honorable Arthur Levitt, Jr. Chairman, Securities and Exchange Commission. Accounting Horizons (March): 71-78.

Markey, R., F. Reichheld and A. Dullweber. 2009. Closing the customer feedback loop. Harvard Business Review (December): 43-47.

Markham, S. E. 1985. An investigation of the relationship between unemployment and absenteeism: A multi-level approach. The Academy of Management Journal 28(1): 228-234. (JSTOR link).

Markham, S. E. and G. H. McKee. 1991. Declining organizational size and increasing unemployment rates: Predicting employee absenteeism from within- and between-plant perspectives. The Academy of Management Journal 34(4): 952-965. (JSTOR link).

Markham, S. E. and G. H. McKee. 1995. Group absence behavior and standards: A multilevel analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 38(4): 1174-1190. (JSTOR link).

Markham, S. E., F. Dansereau, Jr. and J. A. Alutto. 1982. Group size and absenteeism rates: A longitudinal analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 25(4): 921-927. (JSTOR link).

Markides, C. 2007. In search of ambidextrous professors. The Academy of Management Journal 50(4): 762-768. (JSTOR link).

Markides, C. C. 1992. Consequences of corporate refocusing: Ex ante evidence. The Academy of Management Journal 35(2): 398-412. (JSTOR link).

Markides, C. C. 1999. All the Right Moves: A Guide to Crafting Breakthrough Strategies. Harvard Business School Press.

Markides, C. C. 2012. How disruptive will innovations from emerging markets be? MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 23-25.

Markides, C. C. and D. Oyon. 2010. What to do against disruptive business models (When and how to play two games at once). MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 27-32.

Markides, C. C. and P. J. Williamson. 1996. Corporate diversification and organizational structure: A resource-based view. The Academy of Management Journal 39(2): 340-367. (JSTOR link).

Markland, R. E. 1973. Analyzing geographically discrete warehousing networks by computer simulation. Decision Sciences 4(2): 216-236.

Markland, R. E. and D. E. Durand. 1975. Socio-psychological determinants of infant immunization. Decision Sciences 6(2): 284-297.

Markle, N. R. 1969. Customer inventory management service. Management Accounting (June): 58-59.

Markóczy, L. 1997. Measuring beliefs: Accept no substitutes. The Academy of Management Journal 40(5): 1228-1242. (JSTOR link).

Markopolos, H. 2010. No One Would Listen: A True Financial Thriller. Wiley. (Harry Markopolos and his team of financial sleuths discuss how they cracked the Madoff Ponzi scheme).

Markov, S. and A. Tamayo. 2006. Predictability in financial analyst forecast errors: Learning or irrationality? Journal of Accounting Research (September): 725-761. (JSTOR link).

Markov, Z. and D. T. Larose. 2007. Data Mining the Web: Uncovering Patterns in Web Content, Structure, and Usage. Wiley-Interscience.

Markovitch, D. G., J. H. Steckel and B. Yeung. 2005. Using capital markets as market intelligence: Evidence from the pharmaceutical industry. Management Science (October): 1467-1480. (JSTOR link).

Markowitz, H. M. 1957. The elimination form of the inverse and its application to linear programming. Management Science (April): 255-269. (JSTOR link).

Markowitz, H. M. 1966. Simulating with Simscript. Management Science (June): B396-B405. (JSTOR link).

Marks, B. 1966. Some observations on research institute administration in the U.S.A. Management Science (June): C192-C194. (JSTOR link).

Marks, B. R. and K. K. Raman. 1985. The importance of pension data for municipal and state creditor decisions: Replication and extensions. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 878-886. (JSTOR link).

Marks, B. R. and K. K. Raman. 1996. The behavior of interperiod equity-related performance measures over time. Accounting Horizons (December): 52-66.

Marks, D. 1984. Good-bye, New York; Hello, New Jersey! Management Accounting (December): 20-24.

Marks, D. 1985. Staying on top of new trends: St Louis 85'.Management Accounting (April): 48.

Marks, E. A. 2002. Business Darwinism Evolve or Dissolve: Adaptive Strategies for the Information Age. John Wiley & Sons.

Marks, H. K. 1944. Relief provisions of the excess profits tax law, including Section 722. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 1): 683-718.

Marks, J. H. 1929. How group time standards reduce costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 15).

Marks, J. T. 2011. Thirteen steps to FCPA compliance. The CPA Journal (July): 11-13. (Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 1977).

Marks J. T. 2013. Strengthening defenses in the fight against fraud: Balancing trust and skepticism. The CPA Journal (June): 6, 8.

Marks, M. R. 1962. Integrating the systems, programming and data processing functions. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 61-67.

Marks, P. A. 1988. Understanding CAD/CAM's strategic importance. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 33-38.

Marks, W. C. 1953. Better administration through better methods. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 627-634.

Markus, M. L. and J. Pfeffer. 1983. Power and the design and implementation of accounting and control systems. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(2- 3): 205-218.

Markwalder, A. S. 1974. A vote for profit forecasting. Management Accounting (December): 23-25.

Marley, J. L. 1950. Punched card installations must be planned. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 27-38.

Marley, J. L. 1952. Your tabulating installation needs attention. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 516-523.

Marlowe, J., W. C. Rivenbark and A. J. Vogt, Editor. 2009. Capital Budgeting and Finance: A Guide for Local Governments, 2nd Edition. International City/County Management Association.

Marmon, R. 2013. Taxing ministers of the gospel: The good news. The CPA Journal (May): 46-49.

Marn, M. V., E. V. Roegner and C. C. Zawada. 2004. The Price Advantage (Wiley Finance). John Wiley & Sons.

Maroney, J. J. and C. O hO'gartaigh. 2005. 20-F reconciliations and investors' perceptions of risk, financial performance, and quality of accounting principles. Behavioral Research in Accounting (17): 133-147.

Maroney, J. J. and R. E. McDevitt. 2008. The effects of moral reasoning on financial reporting decisions in a post Sarbanes-Oxley environment. Behavioral Research In Accounting 20(2): 89-110.

Maroney, J. J. and T. J. Rupert. 2001. The effects of peer influence on taxpayer's compliance decisions. Journal of Forensic Accounting (2): 237-250.

Marple, C. T. 1968. Operations control plan. Management Accounting (November): 23-26.

Marple, R. P. 1934. The sources of capital surplus. The Accounting Review (March): 75-82 . (JSTOR link).

Marple, R. P. 1943. Practice in accounting for continuous expenditures arising from wartime production. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 925-949.

Marple, R. P. 1943. Practice in depreciating and amortizing investment in machinery and equipment. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 1): 1109-1122.

Marple, R. P. 1946. Combining the forecast and flexible budgets. The Accounting Review (April): 140-148. (JSTOR link).

Marple, R. P. 1947. Research the key to improved industrial accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 2): 531-539.

Marple, R. P. 1955. Direct costing and the uses of cost data. The Accounting Review (July): 430-438. (JSTOR link).

Marple, R. P. 1956. Try this on your class, professor. The Accounting Review (July): 492-497. (JSTOR link).

Marple, R. P. 1963. The relative contribution approach to management reporting. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 3-14.

Marple, R. P. 1963. Value-itis. The Accounting Review (July): 478-482. (JSTOR link).

Marple, R. P. (ed.). 1965 National Association of Accountants on Direct Costing: Selected Papers. The Ronald Press Company. Review by G. H. Cowperthwaite. (JSTOR link).

Marple, R. P. 1967. Management accounting is coming of age. Management Accounting (July): 3-16.

Marquardt, C. and C. Wiedman. 2005. Earnings management through transaction structuring: Contingent convertible debt and diluted earnings per share. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 205-243. (JSTOR link).

Marquardt, C. A. 2002. The cost of employee stock option grants: An empirical analysis. Journal of Accounting Research (September): 1191-1217. (JSTOR link).

Marquardt, C. A. and C. I. Wiedman. 2007. Disclosure, incentives, and contingently convertible securities. Accounting Horizons (September): 281-294.

Marquardt, C. A. and C. I. Wiedman. 2007. Economic consequences of financial reporting changes: Diluted EPS and contingent convertible securities. Review of Accounting Studies 12(4): 487-523.

Marquart, S. E. 1952. Plant accounting records for an oil refinery. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 545-557.

Marques, A. 2006. SEC interventions and the frequency and usefulness of non-GAAP financial measures. Review of Accounting Studies 11(4): 549-574.

Marques, E. 1976. Human resource accounting: Some questions and reflections. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(2 & 3): 175-178.

Marques, L., J. A. Ribeiro and R. W. Scapens. 2011. The use of management control mechanisms by public organizations with a network coordination role: A case study in the port industry. Management Accounting Research (December): 269-291.

Marquette, P. 1996. The hazards of collective bargaining: A view from the other side of the table. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 219-221.

Marquette, P. 1996. Rebuttal. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 225-226.

Marquette, R. P. and R. K. Fleischman. 1992. Government/business synergy: Early American innovations in budgeting and cost accounting. The Accounting Historians Journal 19(2): 123-145. (JSTOR link).

Marquis, C. 2003. The pressure of the past: Network imprinting in intercorporate communities. Administrative Science Quarterly 48(4): 655-689. (JSTOR link).

Marquis, C. and M. Lounsbury. 2007. Vive la résistance: Competing logics and the consolidation of U.S. community banking. The Academy of Management Journal 50(4): 799-820. (JSTOR link).

Marquis, C., J. D. Margolis, C. Reum and J. Olinto. 2012. How much is sweat equity worth? Harvard Business Review (December): 121-125.

Marquis, H. A. 2006. Finishing off IT. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 12-15.

Marquis, J. D. 1950. Rounding out the information presented to the management group. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 875-876.

Marquis, L. M. and L. D. Turner. 1992. Accountants and the ADA. Management Accounting (November): 32-34. (ADA refers to the American with Disabilities Act).

Marquis, L. M., J. J. Surdick and W. R. Wood. 1992. Discretionary spending as a source of model specification bias in statistical cost estimation. Management Accounting Research (September): 229-243.

Marr, B. 2006. Strategic Performance Management: Leveraging and Measuring your Intangible Value Drivers. Butterworth-Heinemann.

Marr, B. 2008. Making the invisible visible. Journal of Accountancy (September): 64-67.

Marra, T. and J. Suijs. 2004. Going-public and the influence of disclosure environments. Review of Accounting Studies 9(4): 465-493.

Marrett, C. B. 1980. Influences on the rise of new organizations: The formation of women's medical societies. Administrative Science Quarterly 25(2): 185-199. (JSTOR link).

Marriner, S. 1980. The Ministry of Munitions 1915-19 and government accounting procedures. Accounting and Business Research, Special Accounting History Issue.

Marriott, B. 2013. Marriott's Executive Chairman on choosing the first nonfamily CEO. Harvard Business Review (May): 45-48.

Marriott, N. and P. Marriott. 2000. Professional accountants and the development of a management accounting service for the small firm: Barriers and possibilities. Management Accounting Research (December): 475-492.

Marriott, N., H. Mellett and L. Macniven. 2011. Loose coupling in asset management systems in the NHS. Management Accounting Research (September): 198-208. (National Health Service in Wales).

Marriott, P. and A. Lau. 2008. The use of on-line summative assessment in an undergraduate financial accounting course. Journal of Accounting Education 26(2): 73-90.

Marrone, J. A., P. E. Tesluk and J. B. Carson. 2007. A multilevel investigation of antecedents and consequences of team member boundary-spanning behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 50(6): 1423-1439. (JSTOR link).

Mars, R. H. 1992. CMA the Dutch way: Dutch CMAs bring value added to their global companies. Management Accounting (April): 56-57.

Marschak, J. 1955. Elements for a theory of teams. Management Science (January): 127-137. (JSTOR link).

Marschak, J. 1963. On adaptive programming. Management Science (July): 517-526. (JSTOR link).

Marschak, T. 1967. Errata: The sequential selection of approaches to a task. Management Science (May): 767. (JSTOR link).

Marschak, T. A. and J. A. Yahav. 1966. The sequential selection of approaches to a task. Management Science (May): 627-647. (JSTOR link).

Marsh, A. P. 1950. A fixed asset physical inventory procedure. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 955-956.

Marsh, C. C. 1988. A lecture on the study of book-keeping, with a balance sheet. The Accounting Historians Journal 15(2): 183-203. (JSTOR link).

Marsh, E. R. 1975. The harmonogram of Karol Adamiecki. The Academy of Management Journal 18(2): 358-364. (JSTOR link). (A theory of work harmonization referred to as a harmonogram).

Marsh, G. W. 1953. What our plant accounting program covers. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April): 1021-1030.

Marsh, H. L. 1991. SAC is back: The new systems auditability and control report. Management Accounting (July): 57-61. (Related to audit risk).

Marsh, J. A. and G. R. Henning. 1987. Some history of the debate on educational policy of accountants in Australia. Abacus 23(1): 55-68.

Marsh, R. M. 1959. Which approach to "LIFO" valuations. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 61-68. (Emphasis on dollar value LIFO).

Marsh, R. M. and H. Mannari. 1977. Organizational commitment and turnover: A prediction study. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(1): 57-75. (JSTOR link).

Marsh, R. M. and H. Mannari. 1981. Technology and size as determinants of the organizational structure of Japanese factories. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(1): 33-57. (JSTOR link).

Marsh, S. S. 1922. Accountant and banker. Journal of Accountancy (July): 20-24.

Marsh, W. P. 1940. Budgeting for the smaller company. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 1): 1233-1243.

Marshall, B. H. 2008. Classifying considerations given by a vendor to a customer. The CPA Journal (September): 22-25.

Marshall, B. O. Jr. 1967. Discussion of inventories and sales: A cross section study. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 160-163. (JSTOR link).

Marshall, C. A. and F. Y. Garrison, Jr. 1963. An order-invoice procedure to increase sales and profits. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 51-59.

Marshall, D. 1991. Time for just in time. Production & Inventory Management Review & APICS News 11(6): 20-22.

Marshall, D. C., K. M. Misiewicz and W. R. Singleton. 1987. Applications of computer-assisted tax research in academic tax programs. Journal of Accounting Education 5(2): 287-296.

Marshall, D. J. and M. A. Filoromo, III. 2010. When accountants blow the whistle. The CPA Journal (May): 58-61.

Marshall, G. and M. Johnston. 2009. Marketing Management. McGraw-Hill/Irwin.

Marshall, J. 1977. The full disclosure problem. Management Accounting (February): 24-26.

Marshall, L. 2007. Measuring assurance of learning at the degree programming academic major levels. Journal of Education for Business 83(2): 101-109.

Marshall, P. D., R. F. Dombroski, R. M. Garner and K. J. Smith. 2010. The accounting education gap. The CPA Journal (June): 6-10.

Marshall, R., J. Talbott and D. Bukovinsky. 2006. Employee empowerment works at small companies, too. Strategic Finance (September): 34-39.

Marshall, R. M. 1972. Determining an optimal accounting information system for an unidentified user. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 286-307. (JSTOR link).

Marshall, R. M. 1975. Interpreting the API. The Accounting Review (January): 99-111. (API refers to the abnormal performance index). (JSTOR link).

Marshall, R. M. 1976. Interpreting the API: A reply. The Accounting Review (January): 176-180. (JSTOR link).

Marshall, W. 1980. Discussion of the economic effects of involuntary uniformity in the financial reporting of R&D expenditures and accounting for research and development costs: The impact on research and development expenditures. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Economic Consequences of Financial and Managerial Accounting: Effects on Corporate Incentives and Decisions): 84-90. (JSTOR link).

Marshall, W. H. 1975. George's business problems. Management Accounting (August): 17-19.

Marshall, W. S. 1966. Subject performance in two six-man communication network experiments. Management Science (October): B93-B101. (JSTOR link).

Marshall, W. S. 1967. Simulating communication network experiments. Management Science (June): B656-B665. (JSTOR link).

Marston, C. and A. Polei. 2004. Corporate reporting on the internet by German companies. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 5(3): 285-311.

Martell, K. 2007. Assessing student learning: Are business schools making the grade? Journal of Education for Business 82(4): 189-195.

Martellini, L. and B. Urošević. 2006. Static mean-variance analysis with uncertain time horizon. Management Science (June): 955-964. (JSTOR link).

Martens, B. J., K. P. Scheibe and P. K. Bergey. 2012. Supply chains in sub-Saharan Africa: A decision support system for small-scale seed entrepreneurs. Decision Sciences 43(5): 737-759.

Martens, M. L., J. E. Jennings and P. D. Jennings. 2007. Do the stories they tell get them the money they need? The role of entrepreneurial narratives in resource acquisition. The Academy of Management Journal 50(5): 1107-1132. (JSTOR link).

Martens, S. C. and J. E. McEnroe. 1998. Interprofessional conflict, accommodation, and the flow of capital: The ASB vs the securities industry and its lawyers. Accounting, Organizations and Society 23(4): 361-376.

Martin, A. 1939. The control of direct and indirect labor costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 991-1012.

Martin, A. 1971. An empirical test of the relevance of accounting information for investment decisions. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 1-31. (JSTOR link).

Martin, A. 1971. [Discussion of an empirical test of the relevance of accounting information for investment decisions]: A reply. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 45-49. (JSTOR link).

Martin, A. D. Jr. 1955. Mathematical programming of portfolio selections. Management Science (January): 152-166. (JSTOR link).

Martin, B. F. 1930. The independent, et al., versus the chains. Harvard Business Review (October): 47-56. (Independent merchants problems with chain stores).

Martin, C. 2011. Logistics and Supply Chain Management, 4th edition. FT Press.

Martin, C. A. 1965. Programmed learning and the teaching of accounting. Abacus 1(1): 92-96.

Martin, C. H. 1942. Subcontracting expands the internal audit program. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 1049-1058.

Martin, C. H. 1957. Standards for control of distribution costs. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 1423-1427.

Martin, D. 2003. Gilded and gelded: Hard won lessons from the PR wars. Harvard Business Review (October): 44-54. (Lessons from AT&T's public relations battles: "Don't become hypnotized by your own buzz; understand the way the business media think; be sensitive to the emotional resonance of what seem to be straightforward facts; address simultaneously and sincerely, the needs of your stakeholders.").

Martin, D. D. 1977. Professors' home office expenses: A recent development and economic extension. The Accounting Review (April): 492-497. (JSTOR link).

Martin, D. W. 1934. The depreciation policy of the Bureau of Internal Revenue under T. D. 4422. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 1): 235-242.

Martin, E. Sr. 1954. Equipment replacement policy - And application. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 715-730.

Martin, E. N. Sr. 1951. Standard costs for control in sugar refining. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1313-1326.

Martin, E. N. Sr. 1955. We studied and applied statistics for control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 219-237. (Discussion of four levels of understanding of statistical techniques, and illustrations of how X bar and range charts are developed).

Martin, G. 1927. The industrial reconstruction of France since the war. Harvard Business Review (April): 257-268.

Martin, H. 1985. Breaking through the breakeven barriers. Management Accounting (May): 31-34.

Martin, J. 1989. Executive information systems and decision support systems: EIS helps managers gain insight into factors for success. PC Week (April 24): 54.

Martin, J. 2007. The Meaning of the 21st Century: A Vital Blueprint for Ensuring Our Future. Riverhead Trade.

Martin, J. 2009. Accounting for expenses. The CPA Journal (January): 26-31.

Martin, J. and C. Schmidt. 2010. How to keep your top talent. Harvard Business Review (May): 54-61.

Martin, J., K. Knopoff and C. Beckman. 1998. An alternative to bureaucratic impersonality and emotional labor: Bounded emotionality at the body shop. Administrative Science Quarterly 43(2): 429-469. (JSTOR link).

Martin, J., M. S. Feldman, M. J. Hatch and S. B. Sitkin. 1983. The uniqueness paradox in organizational stories. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(3): 438-453. (JSTOR link).

Martin, J. E. 1965. Justifying price differentials. Management Accounting (November): 56-62.

Martin, J. E. and M. M. Peterson. 1987. Two-tier wage structures: Implications for equity theory. The Academy of Management Journal 30(2): 297-315. (JSTOR link).

Martin, J. E. and R. D. Berthiaume. 1995. Predicting the outcome of a contract ratification vote. The Academy of Management Journal 38(3): 916-928. (JSTOR link).

Martin, J. J. 1997. Why should I pursue the CMA & CFM? Management Accounting (August Supplement): 18-20. (It will show that you have a broad knowledge base and enhance your marketability).

Martin, J. R. 1976. An Empirical Investigation into the Nature, Strength and Significance of the Relationship between Market Structure and Corporate Accounting and Discretionary Expenditure Strategy. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Alabama.

Martin, J. R. 1978. Computer timesharing applications in management accounting. Management Accounting (July): 27-38.

Martin, J. R. 1979. Timely and accurate financial statements via a computer timesharing system. The National Public Accountant (March): 24-32.

Martin, J. R. 1979. Tracing the effects of inflation and productivity with input-output accounting. Economic Planning (November-December): 3-7.

Martin, J. R. 1979. An interactive computer timesharing application for a small manufacturing firm. Cost And Management (September-October): 34-43.

Martin, J. R. 1981. Segment planning and reporting for firms with reciprocal intersegment transfers. Business Economics (May): 25-29.

Martin, J. R. 1982. Multiproduct profit analysis: Contribution margin vs. gross profit. Cost And Management (September-October): 22-27.

Martin, J. R. 1983. Management Accounting: A powerful method of influencing behavior. Cost And Management (November-December): 4-9 and in French 10-15.

Martin, J. R. 1984. Market structure and corporate accounting strategy. The American Economist (Spring): 34-43. (JSTOR Link).

Martin, J. R. 1985. The complementary techniques of profit planning and performance analysis: A microcomputer application. Cost and Management (July-August): 25-29.

Martin, J. R. 1987. Integrating the major concepts and techniques of cost and management accounting: A recommendation. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 72-84.

Martin, J. R. 1987. Dedicated microcomputer software to enhance accounting education: An illustration of the master budget. Journal Of Education For Business (March): 275-281.

Martin, J. R. 1987. Dedicated microcomputer software for the enrichment of cost and managerial accounting education. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 361-372.

Martin, J. R. 1987. Dedicated microcomputer software for accounting education: An illustration of standard costing. Kent/Bentley Review (III): 1-4.

Martin, J. R. 1989. Capital budgeting analysis with curvilinear cost and revenue functions: A microcomputer application. Kent/Bentley Journal of Accounting and Computers Volume (V): 118-129.

Martin, J. R. 1992. How The effects of company growth can reverse the LIFO/FIFO decision: A possible explanation for why many firms continue to use FIFO. Advances In Management Accounting (1): 207-232.

Martin, J. R. 1994. A controversial-issues approach to enhance management accounting education. Journal of Accounting Education 12(1): 59-75. (Summary).

Martin, J. R. 1998. Expanding the perspective of performance analysis to include the concepts of SPC, ABCM and REA database systems. Advances in Accounting Education (1): 25-41. (Summary).

Martin, J. R. 1998. Evaluating faculty based on student opinions: Problems, implications and recommendations from Deming’s theory of management perspective. Issues in Accounting Education (November): 1079-1094. (Summary).

Martin, J. R. 2000. The advantages of teaching three production volume variances. Journal of Accounting Education 18(1): 35-50. (Example of ABC variance analysis).

Martin, J. R. and E. J. Laughlin. 1988. A graphic approach to variance analysis emphasizes concepts rather than mechanics. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 351-364.

Martin, J. R. and V. Martin. 1982. How to bring down the high price of unemployment costs. Perspective (September): 36-38.

Martin, J. R. and V. Martin. 1984. Controlling unemployment costs. Association Management (May): 129-133.

Martin, J. R., W. K. Schelb, R. C. Snyder, and J. C. Sparling. 1992. Comparing the practices of U.S. and Japanese companies: The implications for management accounting. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 6-14. (Summary).

Martin, J. W. 2002. Zar, Inc.: A case in earnings quality. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 419-429.

Martin, K. D., J. B. Cullen, J. L. Johnson and K. P. Parboteeah. 2007. Deciding to bribe: A cross-level analysis of firm and home country influences on bribery activity. The Academy of Management Journal 50(6): 1401-1422. (JSTOR link).

Martin, L. A. and M. L. Wingate. 1998. Should ACME go abroad? An international accounting case. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 613-628.

Martin, L. A., C. Subramaniam and R. L. Vigeland. 2000. The effects of SFAS No. 90 on nuclear electric utilities. Accounting Horizons (June): 191-209.

Martin, L. R. 1983. How we lowered our audit fees. Management Accounting (April): 30-32.

Martin, M. K. 1960. Comparative copy costs. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 91.

Martin, M. P. 1987. The human connection in system design: Designing systems for change. Journal of Systems Management (July): 14-18.

Martin, M. P. and M. Lam. 2003. Accounting Information Systems: Cases and Readings. Prentice Hall.

Martin, M. W. and R. L. Ackoff. 1963. The dissemination and use of recorded scientific information. Management Science (January): 322-336. (JSTOR link).

Martin, O. R. 1915. Cost of producing farm crops. Journal of Accountancy (April): 245-259.

Martin, O. R. 1927. Surplus arising through revaluation. The Accounting Review (June): 111-123. (JSTOR link).

Martin, P., V. D. R. Guide, Jr. and C. W. Craighead. 2010. Supply chain sourcing in remanufacturing operations: An empirical investigation of remake versus buy. Decision Sciences 41(2): 301-324.

Martin, R. 2002. The virtue matrix: Calculating the return on corporate responsibility. Harvard Business Review (March): 68-75.

Martin, R. 2007. How successful leaders think. Harvard Business Review (June): 60-67.

Martin, R. 2010. Price protection in financing transactions may trigger fair value accounting. The CPA Journal (October): 38-39.

Martin, R. 2010. The age of customer capitalism. Harvard Business Review (January-February): 58-65.

Martin, R. and A. Kemper. 2012. Saving the planet: A tale of two strategies. Harvard Business Review (April): 48-56.

Martin, R. and T. D. Wall. 1989. Attentional demand and cost responsibility as stressors in shopfloor jobs. The Academy of Management Journal 32(1): 69-86. (JSTOR link).

Martin, R. D. and F. Phillips. 2006. Aerospace Lighting, Inc. (ALI): Linking business strategy to audit planning. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 313-321.

Martin, R. D., J. S. Rich and T. J. Wilks. 2006. Auditing fair value measurements: A synthesis of relevant research. Accounting Horizons (September): 287-303.

Martin, R. L. 2010. The execution trap. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 64-71.

Martin, R. L. 2011. The innovation catalysts. Harvard Business Review (June): 82-87.

Martin, R. L. 2013. Rethinking the decision factory. Harvard Business Review (October): 96-104. (Knowledge workers).

Martin, R. L. and M. C. Moldoveanu. 2003. Capital versus talent: The battle that's reshaping business. Harvard Business Review (July): 36-41.

Martin, R. W. 1972. Discussion of an empirical study of the role of accounting data in performance evaluation. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 187-188. (JSTOR link).

Martin, S. 2012. 98% of HBR readers love this article: Businesses are just beginning to understand the power of "social norms." Harvard Business Review (October): 23-25. ("People's behavior is largely shaped by the behavior of those around them - what behavioral scientists call social norms.").

Martin, S. O. 1915. Treatment of bank account. Journal of Accountancy (December): 473-474.

Martin, T. L. 1941. Overcapitalization has little meaning. The Accounting Review (December): 407-427. (JSTOR link).

Martin, T. N. Jr. 1979. A contextual model of employee turnover intentions. The Academy of Management Journal 22(2): 313-324. (JSTOR link).

Martin, X., A. Swaminathan and W. Mitchell. 1998. Organizational evolution in the interorganizational environment: Incentives and constraints on international expansion strategy. Administrative Science Quarterly 43(3): 566-601. (JSTOR link).

Martinelli, A. 1977. Business ventures in Genoa during the twelfth century (1156-1158). The Accounting Historians Journal 4(1): 55-68. (JSTOR link).

Martinelli, A. 1977. Notes on the origin of double entry bookkeeping. Abacus 13(1): 3-27.

Martinelli, A. 1983. The ledger of Cristianus Lomellinus and Dominicus De Garibaldo, stewards of the city of Genoa (1340-41). Abacus 19(2): 83-118.

Martinez-de-Albeniz, V. and K. Talluri. 2011. Dynamic price competition with fixed capacities. Management Science (June): 1078-1093.

Martini, J. T., R. Niemann and D. Simons. 2012. Transfer pricing or formula apportionment? Tax-induced distortions of multinationals' and production decisions. Contemporary Accounting Research 29(4): 1060-1086.

Martinkovic, P. 1995. Financial control for creative process companies. Management Accounting (March): 50-55.

Martino, G. D. 2011. Considerations on the subject of lease accounting. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 27(2): 355-365.

Martins, L. L. and A. Kambil. 1999. Looking back and thinking ahead: Effects of prior success on managers' interpretations of new information technologies. The Academy of Management Journal 42(6): 652-661. (JSTOR link).

Martins, L. L., K. A. Eddleston and J. F. Veiga. 2002. Moderators of the relationship between work-family conflict and career satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 45(2): 399-409. (JSTOR link).

Martinson, B. 2002. The power of the p-card. Strategic Finance (February): 30-35.

Martinson, O. B. 1994. Cost Accounting in the Service Industry: A Critical Assessment. Montvale, NJ: Institute of Management Accountants.

Martinson, O. B. and D. E. Ziegenfuss. 2000. Looking at what influences ethical perception and judgment. Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 41-47. (Summary).

Martinson, O. B. and E. A. Wilkening. 1984. Rural-urban differences in job satisfaction: Further evidence. The Academy of Management Journal 27(1): 199-206. (JSTOR link).

Martinson, O. B. and E. T. Cole. 2002. Improving accounting education through outcomes assessment. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 1-6 . All of the articles in this issue start on page 1.

Martinsons, M., R. Davison and D. Tse. 1999. The balanced scorecard: A foundation for the strategic management of information systems. Decision Support Systems (25): 71-88. (Summary).

Martocchio, J. J. 2002. Employee Benefits: A Primer for Human Resource Professionals. McGraw-Hill/Irwin.

Marton, F. and R. Säljö. 1997. Approaches to learning, in F. Marton, D. Hounsell, and N. Entwistle, eds., The Experience of Learning, 2nd ed., Scottish Academic Press.

Martos, B. 1965. The direct power of adjacent vertex programming methods. Management Science (November): 241-252. (JSTOR link).

Marvick, D. 1958. Expectations concerning power in a bureaucratic arena. Administrative Science Quarterly 2(4): 542-549. (JSTOR link).

Marvin, J. A. 1924. Public service of the public accountant. Journal of Accountancy (March): 187-192.

Marvin, K. E. 1960. An approach to cost estimating by formulas. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 31-42.

Marvin, K. E. 1963. Development and potentials of a formula estimating capability. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 19-29.

Marx, K. and F. Engels. 2002. The Communist Manifesto. Penguin USA.

Marx, K. and F. Engels. 2008. The Communist Manifesto. Forgotten Books. (First published in 1848. Link).

Marxen, D. E. 1990. A behavioral investigation of time budget preparation in a competitive audit environment. Accounting Horizons (June): 47-57.

Marxen, D. E. 1992. Using an unfolding technique to determine the lowballing tendency of auditors. Behavioral Research In Accounting (4): 113-126.

Marxen, D. E. 1996. The big 6 experience: A retrospective account by alumni. Accounting Horizons (June): 73-87.

Mascarenhas, B. 1989. Domains of state-owned, privately held, and publicly traded firms in international competition. Administrative Science Quarterly 34(4): 582-597. (JSTOR link).

Mascarenhas, B. 1989. Strategic group dynamics. The Academy of Management Journal 32(2): 333-352. (JSTOR link).

Mascarenhas, R. C. 1972. A conceptual framework for understanding autonomy for public enterprises in India. The Academy of Management Journal 15(1): 65-75. (JSTOR link).

Mascha, M. F. 2001. The effect of task complexity and expert system type on the acquisition of procedural knowledge: Some new evidence. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 2(2): 103-129.

Mascha, M. F. and G. Smedley. 2007. Can computerized decision aids do “damage”? A case for tailoring feedback and task complexity based on task experience. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 8(2): 73-91.

Mascha, M. F., D. Janvrin, J. Plouff and B. Kruger. 2009. XBRL tools for small- to medium-sized firms. Strategic Finance (January): 46-53.

Mascha, M. F., J. W. Harden and J. Trebby. 2009. Trading in CO2 credits: Tax issues to consider. The CPA Journal (January): 42-47.

Maschler, M. 1963. The power of a coalition. Management Science (October): 8-29. (JSTOR link).

Maschmeyer, A. R. and J. Yang. 1990. Responsibility accounting during the economic transformation in the People's Republic of China. Research in Third World Accounting (Research in Accounting in Emerging Economies) 1: 141-156.

Masheane, M. 1998. Beta Alpha Psi Award Winning Manuscript Derivatives: Accounting and Economic Issues. Journal of Accounting Education 16(3-4): 591-598.

Mashruwala, C., S. Rajgopal and T. Shevlin. 2006. Why is the accrual anomaly not arbitraged away? The role of idiosyncratic risk and transaction costs. Journal of Accounting and Economics (October): 3-33.

Masimore, R. H. 1957. A start on forward planning the accounting staff. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 75-80.

Masimore, R. N. 1954. Better utilization of the timekeeper's time. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1629-1633.

Maskell, B. 1989. Performance measurement for world class manufacturing - 3. Management Accounting UK 67(7): 48, 50.

Maskell, B. and B. Baggaley. 2000. The future of management accounting. Journal of Cost Management (September/October): 24-27.

Maskell, B. H. 1996. Making the Numbers Count: The Accountant As Change Agent on the World Class Team. Productivity Press.

Maskell, B. H. 2006. Solving the standard cost problem. Cost Management (January/February): 27-35.

Maskell, B. H. and B. Baggaley. 2003. Practical Lean Accounting: A Proven System for Measuring and Managing the Lean Enterprise. Productivity Press.

Maskell, B. H. and B. L. Baggaley. 2006. Lean accounting: What's it all about? Target Magazine 22(1): 35-43. (Note and Article link).

Maskell, B. H. and S. J. Lilly. 2006. Life's Little Lean Accounting Book: 365 Days of Self Help for Lean Thinking Accountants. BMA Publishing.

Masli, A., V. J. Richardson, J. M. Sanchez and R. E. Smith. 2011. Returns to IT excellence: Evidence from financial performance around information technology excellence awards. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 12(3): 189-205.

Masli, A., V. J. Richardson, J. M. Sanchez and R. E. Smith. 2011. The business value of IT: A synthesis and framework of archival research. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 81-116.

Maslow, A. 1943. A theory of human motivation. Psychological Review (50): 370-396.

Maslow, A. H. 2011. Hierarchy of Needs: A Theory of Human Motivation. Published by www.all-about-psychology.com.

Mason, A. K. and M. Gibbins. 1991. Judgment and U.S. accounting standards. Accounting Horizons (June): 14-24.

Mason, H. and T. Rohner. 2002. The Venture Imperative. Harvard Business School Press.

Mason, J. O. Jr. 1971. Stock valuation theories and rate of return analysis. Management Accounting (December): 46-50.

Mason, P. 1926. The use of costs in setting selling prices. The Accounting Review (June): 72-76. (JSTOR link).

Mason, P. 1928. The treatment of depreciation in the Interstate Commerce Commission valuation cases. The Accounting Review (June): 141-148. (JSTOR link).

Mason, P. 1930. Accounting for current depreciation. The Accounting Review (June): 106-110. (JSTOR link).

Mason, P. 1932. Profits and surplus available for dividends. The Accounting Review (March): 61-66. (JSTOR link).

Mason, P. 1933. Illustrations of the early treatment of depreciation. The Accounting Review (September): 209-218. (JSTOR link).

Mason, P. 1935. Depreciation and the financing of replacements. The Accounting Review (December): 318-324. (JSTOR link).

Mason, P. 1935. The financial aspects of depreciation accounting. The Accounting Review (September): 238-246. (JSTOR link).

Mason, P. 1936. The supreme court on public-utility depreciation. The Accounting Review (September): 234-270. (JSTOR link).

Mason, P. 1939. Recent trends in depreciation decisions. The Accounting Review (March): 1-14. (JSTOR link).

Mason, P. 1945. Some fundamentals of cost accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 735-746.

Mason, P. 1947. Accounting during inflation and deflation. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 933-940.

Mason, P. 1948. Problems in the handling of large sections in accounting by the lecture method. The Accounting Review (April): 179-182. (JSTOR link).

Mason, P. 1950. The 1948 statement of concepts and standards. The Accounting Review (April): 133-138. (JSTOR link).

Mason, P. 1951. Report of the 1950 president. The Accounting Review (April): 247-251. (JSTOR link).

Mason, P. 1955. The price-level study of the American Accounting Association. The Accounting Review (January): 37-44. (JSTOR link).

Mason, P. 1956. Price Level Changes and Financial Statements, Basic Concepts and Methods. American Accounting Association.

Mason, P. 1963. Observations on cash flow in the light of AICPA and NAA reports. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 21-26.

Mason, R. 2006. New rules, new ruling: The tax treatment of litigation and legal fees. Journal of Accountancy (November): 73-75.

Mason, R. and S. Pippin. 2013. Expensing vs. capitalizing business property in light of ATRA. Strategic Finance (April): 8, 10-12.

Mason, R. O. 1980. Discussion of the roles of accounting in organizations and society. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(1): 29-30.

Masoner, M. M., S. S. Lang and A. J. Melcher. 2011. A meta-analysis of information system success: A reconsideration of its dimensionality. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 12(2): 136-141.

Masonson, L. N. 1989. The cash management audit. Management Accounting (March): 40-43.

Masonson, L. N. 1990. Everything you always wanted to know about checks. Management Accounting (July): 26-30.

Masquefa, B. 2008. Top management adoption of a locally driven performance measurement and evaluation system: A social network perspective. Management Accounting Research (June): 182-207.

Mass, N. J. 2005. The relative value of growth. Harvard Business Review (April): 102-112. (Six step method for calculating the relative value of growth starting with the weighted average cost of capital).

Masse, P. and R. Gibrat. 1957. Application of linear programming to investments in the electric power industry. Management Science (January): 149-166. (JSTOR link).

Massel, M. S. 1945. Accounting training for the government service. The Accounting Review (April): 206-210. (JSTOR link).

Massey, C. and G. Wu. 2005. Detecting regime shifts: The causes of under- and overreaction. Management Science (June): 932-947. (JSTOR link).

Massey, D. W. and J. Van Hise. 2009. Walking the walk: Integrating lessons from multiple perspectives in the development of an accounting ethics course. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 481-510.

Massie, J. L. 1958. Criteria for evaluating proposed frameworks of a "general theory of management". The Journal of the Academy of Management 1(2): 58-61. (JSTOR link).

Massie, J. L. 1960. Automatic horizontal communication in management. The Journal of the Academy of Management 3(2): 87-91. (JSTOR link).

Masson, D. J. Editor. 2001. Essentials of Cash Management 7th Edition (Seventh Edition). Association for Financial Professionals.

Massoud, M. F. 2004. Earnings management and vendor allowances. Journal of Forensic Accounting (5): 225-230.

Massy, W. F. 1977. Discussion of financial distress in private colleges. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Measurement and Evaluation of the Economic Efficiency of Public and Private Nonprofit Institutions): 46-51. (JSTOR link).

Masters, J. E. 1915. Financial statements as a basis of credit. Journal of Accountancy (May): 334-343.

Masters, J. E. 1915. The accounting profession in the United States. Journal of Accountancy (November): 349-355.

Masters, J. E. 1916. Qualifications and responsibilities of public accountants. Journal of Accountancy (December): 433-442.

Masters, J. K. and G. Miles. 2002. Predicting the use of external labor arrangements: A test of the transaction costs perspective. The Academy of Management Journal 45(2): 431-442. (JSTOR link).

Masters, M. F. and B. D. Baysinger. 1985. The determinants of funds raised by corporate political action committees: An empirical examination. The Academy of Management Journal 28(3): 654-664. (JSTOR link).

Masterson, S. S., K. Lewis, B. M. Goldman, M. S. Taylor. 2000. Integrating justice and social exchange: The differing effects of fair procedures and treatment on work relationships. The Academy of Management Journal 43(4): 738-748. (JSTOR link).

Mastilak, C., L. Matuszewski, F. Miller and A. Woods. 2011. Designing honesty into your organization. Strategic Finance (December): 34-40.

Mastracchio, N. J. 1985. How to value a professional practice. The Practical Accountant. (December).

Mastracchio, N. J. Jr. 2000. Statements on Management Accounting: Business Valuation. IMA. http://www.imanet.org/PDFs/Public/Research/SMA/Business%20Valuation.pdf

Mastracchio, N. J. Jr. 2007. Value proposition. Journal of Accountancy (June): 82-84.

Mastracchio, N. J. Jr. 2008. The role of NASBA and state boards in accounting education. The CPA Journal (March): 64-68.

Mastracchio, N. J. Jr. and H. M. Lively. 2012. Multiple auditing standards intensify the dilemma of what to teach: Diverging guidance presents challenges for educators. The CPA Journal (October): 66-67.

Mastracchio, N. J. Jr. and H. M. Lively. 2013. The effect of the clarified standards on auditors' reports: Sample changes in the format and content of a single-year report. The CPA Journal (March): 24-31.

Mastro, A. J. 1967. EDP in one elementary course. The Accounting Review (April): 371-374. (JSTOR link).

Mastro, A. J. and F. R. Hartman. 1960. An evaluation of a slide-lecture method for teaching a large section of college auditing. The Accounting Review (April): 324-329. (JSTOR link).

Mastromano, F. M. 1962. Developing standard costs for company warehousing operations. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 75-86.

Mastromano, F. M. 1965. A sales digest report. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 38-42.

Mastromano, F. M. 1968. Information technology applied to profit planning. Management Accounting (October): 22-25.

Mastromano, F. M. 1970. A data based concept. Management Accounting (October): 15-18.

Mastromano, F. M. 1980. The changing nature of the EDP audit. Management Accounting (July): 27-30, 34.

Masuch, M. 1985. Vicious circles in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(1): 14-33. (JSTOR link).

Masuch, M. and P. LaPotin. 1989. Beyond garbage cans: An AI model of organizational choice. Administrative Science Quarterly 34(1): 38-67. (JSTOR link).

Masulis, R. W., C. Wang and F. Xie. 2012. Globalizing the boardroom - The effects of foreign directors on corporate governance and firm performance. Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 527-554.

Mat, T. Z. T., M. Smith and H. Djajadikerta. 2010. Management accounting and organisational change: An exploratory study in Malaysian manufacturing firms. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Summer): 51-80.

Matcham, K. 2008. X-Raying segregation of duties: Support to illuminate an enterprises' immunity to solo-fraud. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 9(2): 97-98.

Mateer, R. W. 1990. New rules for government contracts. Management Accounting (October): 60-61.

Mateer, R. W. 1990. The Byrd amendment's 'anti-influence' rules on defense consultants. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 49-51.

Mateer, W. H. 1965. Tax allocation: A macro approach. The Accounting Review (July): 583-586. (JSTOR link).

Matějka, M. 2011. Discussion of “Equity incentives and long-term value created by SG&A expenditure”. Contemporary Accounting Research 28(3): 831-836.

Matejka, M. and A. D. Waegenaere. 2005. Influence costs and implementation of organizational changes. Journal of Management Accounting Research (17): 43-52.

Materne, D. W. and R. Vangermeersch. 1973. Capitalizing personnel-retention costs. Management Accounting (November): 27-28, 34.

Matherly, C. M. 2004. Discussion of: Growing a nontraditional accounting firm: Warren and Associates. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 57-59.

Matherly, C. M. and H. A. Burton. 2005. An analysis of corporate website disclosures. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 26-33.

Matherly, C. M., L. B. McWhorter and D. M. Frizzell. 2005. Management accountants' response to SOX: A survey of controllers. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 19-23.

Matherly , M. and L. Burney. 2009. Using peer-reviewed writing in the accounting curriculum: A teaching note . Issues In Accounting Education (August): 393-413.

Matherly, M. and R. T. Shortridge. 2009. A pragmatic model to estimate journal quality in accounting. Journal of Accounting Education 27(1): 14-29.

Matherly, W. J. 1923. Proposed taxation of stock dividends. Journal of Accountancy (August): 97-103.

Mathews, G. C. 1938. Accounting in the regulation of security sales. The Accounting Review (September): 225-233. (JSTOR link).

Mathews, R. 1960. Inflation and company finance. The Accounting Review (January): 8-18. (JSTOR link).

Mathews, R. 1967. The price-level controversy: A reply. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 113-118. (JSTOR link).

Mathews, R. 1968. Price variation accounting - A rejoinder. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 284-285. (JSTOR link).

Mathews, R. 1982. Chambers and the development of accounting theory: A personal reminiscence. Abacus 18(2): 175-178.

Mathews, R. and W. Wacker. 2002. The Deviant's Advantage: How Fringe Ideas Create Mass Markets. Crown Business.

Mathews, R. L. 1965. Price-level changes and useless information. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 133-155. (JSTOR link).

Mathews, R. L. 1967. A computer programming approach to the design of accounting systems. Abacus 3(2): 133-152.

Mathews, R. L. 1968. Income, price changes and the valuation controversy in accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 509-516. (JSTOR link).

Mathieu, J. E. and R. L. Leonard, Jr. 1987. Applying utility concepts to a training program in supervisory skills: A time-based approach. The Academy of Management Journal 30(2): 316-335. (JSTOR link).

Mathieu, J. E. and W. Schulze. 2006. The influence of team knowledge and formal plans on episodic team process-performance relationships. The Academy of Management Journal 49(3): 605-619. (JSTOR link).

Mathieu, J. E., S. I. Tannenbaum and E. Salas. 1992. Influences of individual and situational characteristics on measures of training effectiveness. The Academy of Management Journal 35(4): 828-847. (JSTOR link).

Mathis, R. L. and J. H. Jackson. 2003. Human Resource Management with West Group Product Booklet, 10th. South-Western Educational Publishing.

Mathis, R. L. and J. H. Jackson. 2010. Human Resource Management 13th edition. South-Western.

Mathur, I. and D. Loy. 1981. Foreign currency translation: Survey of corporate treasurers. Management Accounting (September): 33-34, 36-38.

Matignon, R. 2007. Data Mining Using SAS Enterprise Miner. Wiley-Interscience.

Matolcsy, Z. P. 1984. Evidence on the joint and marginal information content of inflation-adjusted accounting income numbers. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 555-569. (JSTOR link).

Matousek, J. and B. Gartner. 2006. Understanding and Using Linear Programming. Springer.

Matson, D. M. 2005.Accountability and evidence evaluation in two audit tasks. Journal of Forensic Accounting 6(1): 1-22.

Matson, D. M. and W. Yu. 2011. Dr. Sterling's disability insurance claim: A case study. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 3(2): 417-439.

Matson, E. and L. Prusak. 2003. The performance variability dilemma. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 39-44. (Managers need a balance between streamlining processes and allowing employees the freedom to improve practices).

Matsuda, H. 1976. Introduction of standard cost accounting in Japan. Management Accounting (January): 25-27.

Matsumoto, D. A. 2002. Management's incentives to avoid negative earnings surprises. The Accounting Review (July): 483-514. (JSTOR link).

Matsumura, E. M. and J. Y. Shin. 2006. An empirical analysis of an incentive plan with relative performance measures: Evidence from a postal service. The Accounting Review (May): 533-566. (JSTOR link).

Matsumura, E. M. and K. Tsui. 1982. Stein-type Poisson estimators in audit sampling. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 162-170. (JSTOR link).

Matsumura, E. M. and R. R. Tucker. 1992. Fraud detection: A theoretical foundation. The Accounting Review (October): 753-782. (JSTOR link).

Matsumura, E. M., K. Tsui and W. Wong. 1990. An extended multinomial-Dirichlet model for error bounds for dollar-unit sampling. Contemporary Accounting Research 6(2): 485-500.

Matsunaga, S., T. Shevlin and D. Shores. 1992. Disqualifying dispositions of incentive stock options: Tax benefits versus financial reporting costs. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Accounting and Taxation): 37-68. (JSTOR link).

Matsunaga, S. R. 1995. The effects of financial reporting costs on the use of employee stock options. The Accounting Review (January): 1-26. (JSTOR link).

Matsunaga, S. R. and C. W. Park. 2001. The effect of missing a quarterly earnings benchmark on the CEO's annual bonus. The Accounting Review (July): 313-332. (JSTOR link).

Matta, N. E. and R. N. Ashkenas. 2003. Why good projects fail anyway. Harvard Business Review (September): 109-114. (A way to design projects that guards against failure).

Matten, D. and A. Crane. 2005. Corporate citizenship: Toward an extended theoretical conceptualization. Academy of Management Review(1): 166-179.

Matteson, M. T. 1974. Some reported thoughts on significant management literature. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 386-389. (JSTOR link).

Matteson, M. T. and J. M. Ivancevich. 1983. Note on tension discharge rate as an employee health status predictor. The Academy of Management Journal 26(3): 540-545. (JSTOR link).

Mattessich, R. 1956. The constellation of accountancy and economics. The Accounting Review (October): 551-564. (JSTOR link).

Mattessich, R. 1958. Mathematical models in business accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 472-481. (JSTOR link).

Mattessich, R. 1961. Budgeting models and system simulation. The Accounting Review (July): 384-397. (JSTOR link).

Mattessich, R. 1967. Accounting and analytical methods: A comment on Chambers' review. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 119-123. (JSTOR link).

Mattessich, R. 1971. The market value method according to Sterling: A review article. Abacus 7(2): 176-193.

Mattessich, R. 1972. Methodological preconditions and problems of a general theory of accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 469-487. (JSTOR link).

Mattessich, R. 1982. The systems approach: Its variety of aspects. Journal of the American Society for Information Science 33(6): 383-394. (Link).

Mattessich, R. 1987. Prehistoric accounting and the problem of representation: On recent archeological evidence of the Middle-East from 8000 B.C. to 3000 B.C. The Accounting Historians Journal 14(2): 71-91. (JSTOR link).

Mattessich, R. 1989. Accounting and the input-output principle in the prehistoric and ancient world. Abacus 25(2): 74-84.

Mattessich, R. 1995. Conditional-normative accounting methodology: Incorporating value judgments and means-end relations of an applied science. Accounting, Organizations and Society 20(4): 259-284.

Mattessich, R. 1998. From accounting to negative numbers: A signal contribution of medieval India to mathematics. The Accounting Historians Journal 25(2): 129-145. (JSTOR link).

Mattessich, R. 1998. In search of a framework for deprival value and other purpose-oriented valuation methods. Abacus 34(1): 4-7.

Mattessich, R. 1998. Recent insights into Mesopotamian accounting of the 3rd millennium B.C. - Successor to Token accounting. The Accounting Historians Journal 25(1): 1-27. (JSTOR link). The Accounting Historians Journal. 1998. Follow-up to: "Recent insights into Mesopotamian accounting of the 3rd millennium B.C.": Correction to table 1. The Accounting Historians Journal 25(2): 147-149. (JSTOR link).

Mattessich, R. 2001. A tale of forensic accounting before forensic accounting. Journal of Forensic Accounting (2): 293-295.

Mattessich, R. 2002. The oldest writings, and inventory tags of Egypt. The Accounting Historians Journal 29(1): 195-208. (JSTOR link).

Mattessich, R. 2003. Accounting representation and the onion model of reality: A comparison with Baudrillard's orders of simulacra and his hyperreality. Accounting, Organizations and Society 28(5): 443-470.

Mattessich, R. 2007. Two Hundred Years of Accounting Research. Psychology Press.

Matthew, D. 2001. The influence of the accountant on British business performance from the late nineteenth century to the present day. Abacus 37(3): 329-351.

Matthews, A. F. Jr. 1949. Controlling manufacturing expenses through applied flexible budgeting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 455-462.

Matthews, C. 1999. Hardball: How Politics is Played Told by One Who Knows the Game, Revised and Updated. Simon & Schuster.

Matthews, C. 2009. The Hardball Handbook: How to Win at Life. Random House Trade.

Matthews, D. 2006. From ticking to clicking: Changes in auditing techniques in Britain from the 19th century to the present. The Accounting Historians Journal 33(2): 63-102. (JSTOR link).

Matthews, J. 1916. Credit conditions in South American Countries. Journal of Accountancy (December): 443-450.

Matthews, J. 1978. Accounting, business and the economy: Undue influence and dysfunctional attitudes. Abacus 14(2): 145-153.

Matthews, R. M. Jr. 1960. Accounting for pension costs. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 19-26.

Matthias, S. C. 1952. Accounting for a bulk oil plant. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 535-544.

Matthias, S. C. 1956. Property records have heightened relevance. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 657-662.

Matthias, S. C. 1965. The message of cybernetics. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 24-26.

Mattingly, L. A. 1964. Formation and development of the Institute of Certified Public Accountants of Greece. The Accounting Review (October): 996-1003. (JSTOR link).

Mattison, A. T. 1959. Discount terms - Our problem. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 69-70.

Matulich, S. 1984. A theoretical deficiency in accounting for bonds. Journal of Accounting Education 2(2): 53-62.

Matulich, S., L. A. Nikolai and S. K. Olson. 1977. Earnings per share: A flow chart approach to teaching concepts and procedures. The Accounting Review (January): 233-247. (JSTOR link).

Matusiak, L. W. 1960. The role of educators in the American Institute's professional development program. The Accounting Review (April): 197-202. (JSTOR link).

Matz, A. 1938. The position of the German accountant. The Accounting Review (December): 392-395. (JSTOR link).

Matz, A. 1940. Accounting as a tool for economy in German business. The Accounting Review (June): 177-185. (JSTOR link).

Matz, A. 1940. Cost accounting in Germany. The Accounting Review (September): 371-379. (JSTOR link).

Matz, A. 1945. Problems in designing an accounting system. The Accounting Review (April): 216-222. (JSTOR link).

Matz, A. 1945. Uniformity in German cost methods. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 15): 59-72.

Matz, A. 1946. Electronics in accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 371-379. (JSTOR link).

Matz, A. 1948. Teaching standard costs and flexible budget with three- and two-variance methods. The Accounting Review (July): 309-313. (JSTOR link).

Matz, A. 1951. The accounting senior seminar in the Wharton School. The Accounting Review (April): 262-265. (JSTOR link).

Matz, A. 1967. International news notes. The Accounting Review (July): 613-614. (JSTOR link).

Matz, A. 1976. Edward P. Moxey, Jr. The Accounting Historians Journal 3(1-4): 63-68. (JSTOR link).

Matz, A. 1987. Letter to the editor. The Accounting Historians Journal 14(2): 133-134. (JSTOR link).

Matz, K. 2012. U.S. estate and gift taxation of nonresident aliens: An examination of the rules and regulations. The CPA Journal (April): 50-57.

Matzler, K., F. Bailom and T. A. Mooradian. 2007. Intuitive decision making. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 13-15.

Mauboussin, M. J. 2012. The true measure of success: Most companies use the wrong performance metrics. Don't be on of them. Harvard Business Review (October): 46-56. (Define your governing objective, Develop a theory of cause and effect to assess presumed drivers of the objective, Identify the specific activities that employees can do to help achieve the governing objective. Evaluate your statistics).

Mauldin, D. S., W. M. Wilder and M. H. Stocks. 2000. Does AICPA accreditation on nonaudit services add value? The case of personal financial planning. Accounting Horizons (March): 49-67.

Mauldin, E. 2003. An experimental examination of information technology and compensation structure complementarities in an expert system context. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 19-41.

Mauldin, E. and V. Arunachalam. 2002. An experimental examination of alternative forms of web assurance for business-to-consumer e-commerce. Journal of Information Systems (Spring Supplement): 33-54.

Mauldin, E. and V. Arunachalam. 2002. Reply to discussions of An experimental examination of alternative forms of web assurance for business-to-consumer e-commerce. Journal of Information Systems (Spring Supplement): 65-67.

Mauldin, E. G. 1980. How not-for-profit organizations should value investments. Management Accounting (November): 35-38.

Mauldin, E. G. and L. V. Ruchala. 1999. Towards a meta-theory of accounting information systems. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(4): 317-331.

Mauldin, E. G. and S. B. Richtermeyer. 2004. An analysis of ERP annual report disclosures. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 5(4): 395-416.

Mauldin, E. G., A. I. Nicolaou and S. E. Kovar. 2006. The influence of scope and timing of reliability assurance in B2B e-commerce. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 7(2): 115-129.

Mauldin, K. M., M. Chiasson, S. Mauldin and K. Breaux. 2010. CPAs beware: Disclosure or use of taxpayer information requirements under IRC section 7216. The CPA Journal (July): 44-49.

Mauldon, R. G., H. P. Scrapper and D. W. G. Treloar. 1968. A managerial accounting system for Australian agriculture. Abacus 4(1): 39-50.

Maunders, K. T. and B. J. Foley. 1984. Information disclosure and the role of the accountant in collective bargaining - Some comments. Accounting, Organizations and Society 9(1): 99-106.

Maupin, R. J. and C. R. Lehman. 1994. Talking heads: Stereotypes, status, sex-roles and satisfaction of female and male auditors. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(4-5): 427-437.

Maupin, R. J. and W. A. Label. 1987. Profiting from a management buyout. Management Accounting (April): 32-34.

Maurer, I. and M. Ebers. 2006. Dynamics of social capital and their performance implications: Lessons from biotechnology start-ups. Administrative Science Quarterly 51(2): 262-292. (JSTOR link).

Maurer, J. G. 1968. Work as a "Central life interest" of industrial supervisors. The Academy of Management Journal 11(3): 329-339. (JSTOR link).

Maurer, J. G., D. J. Vredenburgh and R. L. Smith. 1981. An examination of the central life interest scale. The Academy of Management Journal 24(1): 174-182. (JSTOR link).

Maurer, L. J. 1983. MNCs gain new freedom under FAS 52 flexibility. Management Accounting (December): 30-33.

Mauriel, J. and R. Anthony. 1965. Misevaluation of investment center performance. The Harvard Business Review (March-April): 98-105.

Mauriel, J. J. 1969. Evaluation and control of overseas operations. Management Accounting (May): 35-39, 52.

Mauriello, J. A. 1951. The relationship between accounting and management. The Accounting Review (April): 226-231. (JSTOR link).

Mauriello, J. A. 1954. Convertibility of direct and conventional costing. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 888-894.

Mauriello, J. A. 1962. The working capital concept - A restatement. The Accounting Review (January): 39-43. (JSTOR link).

Mauriello, J. A. 1963. Realization as the basis for asset classification and measurement. The Accounting Review (January): 26-28. (JSTOR link).

Mauriello, J. A. 1964. Management science and accounting. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 44.

Mauriello, J. A. 1964. The all-inclusive statement of funds. The Accounting Review (April): 347-357. (JSTOR link).

Maury, J. L. 1932. Mine accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October15): 243-266.

Maus, W. J. 1974. The monetary side of international trade. Management Accounting (April): 13-17.

Maus, W. J. 1980. How to calculate the cost of capital in a privately-owned company. Management Accounting (June): 20-24.

Mausaus, W. P. 1915. What is a Certified Public Accountant? Journal of Accountancy (December): 438-450.

Mautner, O. and J. A. Mauriello. 1953. Complementary accounting through the general ledger. The Accounting Review (October): 565-569. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. D. Jr. 1990. Inflation-adjusted disclosures and the determination of ability to pay in collective bargaining. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(4): 273-295.

Mautz, R. D. Jr. and T. J. Hogan. 1989. Earnings per share reporting: Time for an overhaul? Accounting Horizons (September): 21-27.

Mautz, R. D. Jr., J. B. Butler and C. D. Mecimore. 1996. JIT manufacturing and inventory management: Industry-wide evidence. Advances in Management Accounting (5): 203-228.

Mautz, R. K. 1941. Revising the "Tentative Statement". The Accounting Review (March): 66-75. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1945. Accounting and statistics. The Accounting Review (October): 399-410. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1947. Profit-sharing bonus payments in the income statement. The Accounting Review (January): 54-57. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1949. Teaching the significance of practical considerations. The Accounting Review (October): 435-438. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1949. Using practical accounting experience in teaching. The Accounting Review (July): 317-320. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1950. Accounting for enterprise growth. The Accounting Review (January): 81-88. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1951. The intermediate course in accounting. The Accounting Review (April): 239-244. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1956. Professional examinations: A department for students of accounting: Auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 520-529. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1957. Professional examinations: Auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 143-152. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1957. Professional examinations: Auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 499-508. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1957. The 1957 statement of accounting and reporting standards. The Accounting Review (October): 547-553. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1958. Professional examinations: Auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 142-151. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1958. Professional examinations: Auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 516-523. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1959. Professional examinations: Auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 148-157. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1963. Accounting as a social science. The Accounting Review (April): 317-325. (JSTOR link).

Mautz. R. K. 1965. Challenges to the accounting profession. The Accounting Review (April): 299-311. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1966. Discussion of audit recommendations and management auditing: A case study and some remarks. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 152-156. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1974. Where do we go from here? The Accounting Review (April): 353-360. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. 1987. Editorial. Accounting Horizons (March): 91-92.

Mautz, R. K. 1987. Editorial. Accounting Horizons (September): 109-111.

Mautz, R. K. 1987. Editorial: Expectations: Reasonable or ridiculous? Accounting Horizons (December): 117-120.

Mautz, R. K. 1987. Editorial: Writing to be read - Some advice for authors. Accounting Horizons (June): 87-89. (Use short sentences, use short and familiar words, avoid the passive voice, eliminate unnecessary words, use paragraphs and section headings, and include a summary of what your paper is about in the early paragraphs).

Mautz, R. K. 1988. Fifty years of accounting. Accounting Horizons (March): 126-129.

Mautz, R. K. 1988. Monuments, mistakes, and opportunities. Accounting Horizons (June): 123-128.

Mautz, R. K. 1988. Public accounting: Which kind of professionalism? Accounting Horizons (September): 121-125.

Mautz, R. K. 1988. Some thoughts on balance. Accounting Horizons (December): 136-139.

Mautz, R. K. and D. L. Mini. 1966. Internal control evaluation and audit program modification. The Accounting Review (April): 283-291. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. and F. L. Neumann. 1970. Corporate Audit Committees. Review by J. J. Schornack. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. and G. J. Previts. 1977. Eric Kohler: An accounting original. The Accounting Review (April): 300-307. (JSTOR link).

Mautz, R. K. and H. A. Sharaf. 1961. The Philosophy of Auditing. Monograph No. 6. American Accounting Association.

Mautz, R. K. and J. Winjum. 1981. Criteria For Management Control Systems. Financial Executives Institute.

Mautz, R. K. and K. F. Skousen. 1969. Some problems in empirical research in accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 447-456. (JSTOR link).

Mawhinney, T. C. 1979. Intrinsic x extrinsic motivation: Perspectives from behaviorism. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance (24): 411-440.

Maxim, L D., D. E. Cullen and F. X. Cook, Jr. 1976. Optimal acceptance sampling plans for auditing "batched" stop and go vs. conventional single-stage attributes plans. The Accounting Review (January): 97-109. (JSTOR link).

Maxwell, A. D. 1956. Answering examination questions. The Accounting Review (October): 636-645. (JSTOR link).

Maxwell, A. D. and W. H. Taylor.1942. A study of accounting curricula. The Accounting Review (April): 141-149. (JSTOR link).

Maxwell, H. A. 1964. Automated material and procurement control. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 35-40.

Maxwell, J. 2003. There's No Such Thing As "Business" Ethics: There's Only One Rule For Making Decisions. WarnerFaith.

Maxwell, J. C. 1998. The 21 Irrefutable Laws Of Leadership: Follow Them and People will Follow You. Thomas Nelson.

Maxwell, J. C. 1999. The 21 Indispensable Qualities Of A Leader: Becoming the Person that People Want to Follow. Thomas Nelson.

Maxwell, J. C. 2001. The 17 Indisputable Laws Of Teamwork: Embrace Them and Empower Your Team. Thomas Nelson.

Maxwell, J. C. 2006. The 17 Essential Qualities of a Team Player: Becoming the Kind of Person Every Team Wants. Thomas Nelson.

Maxwell, J. C. 2009. Teamwork 101: What Every Leader Needs to Know. Thomas Nelson.

May, G. O. 1906. Premiums and discounts. Journal of Accountancy (November): 32-33.

May, G. O. 1906. The proper treatment of premiums and discounts on bonds. Journal of Accountancy (July): 174-186.

May, G. O. 1915. Qualifications in certificates. Journal of Accountancy (October): 248-259.

May, G. O. 1916. Reasons for excluding interest from cost. Journal of Accountancy (June): 401-409.

May, G. O. 1915. The problem of depreciation. Journal of Accountancy (January): 1-13.

May, G. O. 1922. Taxation of capital gains. Journal of Accountancy (November): 321-333.

May, G. O. 1922. The taxation of capital gains. Harvard Business Review (October): 11-18.

May, G. O. 1924. Interest as a cost. Journal of Accountancy (June): 475-476.

May, G. O. 1925. Accrual Accounting and Reserves in Tax Practice. Journal of Accountancy (December): 470-472.

May, G. O. 1925. Taxable income and accounting bases for determining it. Journal of Accountancy (October): 248-266.

May, G. O. 1937. Principles of Accounting. Journal of Accountancy (December): 423-425. For a note on this paper see the annotated bibliography in Rappaport, A. 1965. Seminar research on uniformity. The Accounting Review (July): 643-648. (JSTOR link).

May, G. O. 1943. The nature of the financial accounting process. The Accounting Review (July): 189-193. (JSTOR link).

May, G. O. 1945. Teaching accounting to non-technical students. The Accounting Review (April): 131-138. (JSTOR link).

May, G. O. 1952. Limitations on the significance of invested cost. The Accounting Review (October): 436-440. (JSTOR link).

May, G. O. 1953. Financial Accounting: A Distillation of Experience. The Macmillan Company. For a note on this book see the annotated bibliography in Rappaport, A. 1965. Seminar research on uniformity. The Accounting Review (July): 643-648. (JSTOR link).

May, G. O 1956. A comment on Mr. Greer's benchmarks and beacons. The Accounting Review (October): 581-583. (JSTOR link).

May, G. O. 1989. The accountant and the investor. The Accounting Historians Journal 16(2): 219-238. (JSTOR link). (From The Ethical Problems of Modern Accountancy, Lectures delivered in 1932, William A. Vawter Foundation of Business Ethics, Northwestern University School of Commerce, New York: The Ronald Press Company, 1933).

May, G. S. and C. Arevalo. 1983. Integrating effective writing skills in the accounting curriculum. Journal of Accounting Education 1(1): 119-126.

May, G. S. and C. B. May. 1989. Communication instruction: What is being done to develop the communication skills of accounting students? Journal of Accounting Education 7(2): 233-244.

May, G. S. and D. K. Schneider. 1988. Reporting accounting changes: Are stricter guidelines needed? Accounting Horizons (September): 68-74.

May, G. S., F. W. Windal and J. Sylvestre. 1995. The need for change in accounting education: An educator survey. Journal of Accounting Education 13(1): 21-43.

May, I. A. 1917. Street Railway Accounting: A Manual of Operating Practice for Electric Railways. The Ronald Press Company. Google eBook.

May, P. A. 1955. Profit polygraph for product mix evaluations. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 307-318.

May, P. A. 1973. The budgeting process. Management Accounting (January): 19-25.

May, P. T. Jr. 1969. System control: Computers the weak link? The Accounting Review (July): 583-592. (JSTOR link).

May, R. A. 1923. The trade association and its place in the business fabric. Harvard Business Review (October): 84-97.

May, R. C., W. H. Stewart, Jr. and R. Sweo. 2000. Environmental scanning behavior in a transitional economy: Evidence from Russia. The Academy of Management Journal 43(3): 403-427. (JSTOR link).

May, R. G. 1971. The influence of quarterly earnings announcements on investor decisions as reflected in common stock price changes. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 119-163. (JSTOR link).

May, R. G. and G. L. Sundem. 1973. Cost of information and security prices: Market association tests for accounting policy decisions. The Accounting Review (January): 80-94. (JSTOR link).

May, R. G. and G. L. Sundem. 1974. Cost of information and security prices: A reply. The Accounting Review (October): 791-793. (JSTOR link).

May, R. G. and G. L. Sundem. 1976. Research for accounting policy: An overview. The Accounting Review (October): 747-763. (JSTOR link).

May, T. 2009. The New Know: Innovation Powered by Analytics. Wiley.

May, W. W., editor. 1990. Ethics in the Accounting Curriculum: Cases and Readings. American Accounting Association.

Maydew, E. 2005. Discussion of Firms' off-balance sheet and hybrid debt financing: Evidence from their book-tax reporting differences. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 283-290. (JSTOR link).

Maydew, E. L. 1997. Tax-induced earnings management by firms with net operating losses. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 83-96. (JSTOR link).

Maydew, E. L. 2001. Empirical tax research in accounting: A discussion. Journal of Accounting and Economics (September): 389-403.

Maydew, E. L., K. Schipper and L. Vincent. 1999. The impact of taxes on the choice of divestiture method. Journal of Accounting and Economics 28(2)(December): 117-150.

Mayer, D. and H. M. Greenberg. 2006. What makes a good salesman. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 164-171.

Mayer, H. O. 1975. Cost accounting standards. Management Accounting (October): 17-20.

Mayer, J. A. 1979. MIS at International Paper: An integrated teleprocessing network. Management Accounting (April): 24-27.

Mayer, K. J. 2006. Spillovers and governance: An analysis of knowledge and reputational spillovers in information technology. The Academy of Management Journal 49(1): 69-84. (JSTOR link).

Mayer, K. J. and R. M. Salomon. 2006. Capabilities, contractual hazards, and governance: Integrating resource-based and transaction cost perspectives. The Academy of Management Journal 49(5): 942-959. (JSTOR link).

Mayer, K. M. 1964. Accountants and economists must join forces. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 18.

Mayer, L. W. 1930. Financial aspects of mining enterprises. Harvard Business Review (July): 401-412.

Mayer, R. C. and F. D. Schoorman. 1992. Predicting participation and production outcomes through a two-dimensional model of organizational commitment. The Academy of Management Journal 35(3): 671-684. (JSTOR link).

Mayer, R. C. and M. B. Gavin. 2005. Trust in management and performance: Who minds the shop while the employees watch the boss? The Academy of Management Journal 48(5): 874-888. (JSTOR link).

Mayer, R. R. 1958. The role of the accountant in equipment replacement analyses. The Accounting Review (October): 637-644. (JSTOR link).

Mayer, R. R. 1960. Problems in the application of replacement theory. Management Science (April): 303-310. (JSTOR link).

Mayer-Sommer, A. P. 1979. Understanding and acceptance of the efficient markets hypothesis and its accounting implications. The Accounting Review (January): 88-106. (JSTOR link).

Mayer-Sommer, A. P. 1980. Public accounting in 1929. The Accounting Historians Journal 7(2): 23-44. (JSTOR link).

Mayer-Sommer, A. P. 1981. Bargaining skills: Because being right is not enough. Management Accounting (May): 28-34.

Mayer-Sommer, A. P. 1990. Substance and strategy in the accounting curriculum. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 129-142.

Mayer-Sommer, A. P. and S. E. Loeb. 1981. Fostering more successful professional socialization among accounting students. The Accounting Review (January): 125-136. (JSTOR link).

Mayer-Sommer, A. P. and S. L. Laycock. 1978. Financial reporting: Let's replace compliance with competition. Management Accounting (December): 14-19, 36.

Mayes, T. R. and T. M. Shank. 2004. Financial Analysis With Microsoft Excel, 3e. South-Western Educational Publishing.

Mayew, W. J. 2012. Disclosure outlets and corporate financial communication: A discussion of "Managers' use of language across alternative disclosure outlets: Earnings press releases versus MD&A". Contemporary Accounting Research 29(3): 838-844.

Mayhew, B. H. Jr. and L. N. Gray. 1969. Internal control relations in administrative hierarchies: A critique. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(1): 127-130. (JSTOR link).

Mayhew, B. W. 2001. Auditor reputation building. Journal of Accounting Research (December): 599-617. (JSTOR link).

Mayhew, B. W. and J. E. Pike. 2004. Does investor selection of auditors enhance auditor independence? The Accounting Review (July): 797-822. (JSTOR link).

Mayhew, W. E. 1947. Cost accounting for food processors. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 1): 647-668.

Mayhugh, J. O. 1964. On the mathematical theory of schedules. Management Science (November): 289-307. (JSTOR link).

Mayhugh, J. O. and R. E. McCormick. 1968. Steady state solution of the queue M/Ek/r. Management Science (July): 692-712. (JSTOR link).

Mayle, P. J. 1931. Machine accounting application to receivables. N.A.C.A. Bulletin Section II (December 1).

Maynard, G. P. 1952. Business income and national income: A contrast of concepts. The Accounting Review (April): 189-194. (JSTOR link).

Maynard, G. P. 1953. Modifications of accounting data in national-income estimation. The Accounting Review (April): 199-210. (JSTOR link).

Maynard, H. W. 1927. The accounting technique for standard costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 15): 542-563.

Maynard, R. 2007. Count on lean. Quality World (March): 28-33.

Mayo, A. J. and N. Nohria. 2005. Zeitgeist leadership. Harvard Business Review (October): 45-60.

Mayo, R. P. 1972. Economic expansion in 1972. Management Accounting (May): 11-13.

Mayotte, R. J. 1980. How one utility allocates steam service costs. Management Accounting (March): 26-31, 34-36.

Mayper, A. G. 1982. Consensus of auditors' materiality judgments of internal accounting control weaknesses. Journal of Accounting Research (Part II, Autumn): 773-783. (JSTOR link).

Mayper, A. G., R. J. Pavur, B. D. Merino and W. Hoops. 2005. The impact of accounting education on ethical values: An institutional perspective. Accounting and the Public Interest (5): 32-55.

Mays, R. L. Jr. 1982. Divisional performance measurement and transfer pricing. Management Accounting (April): 20-24.

Mayston, D. J. 1998. Devolved budgeting, formula funding and equity. Management Accounting Research (March): 37-54.

Mazen, A. M., L. A. Graf, C. E. Kellogg and M. Hemmasi. 1987. Statistical power in contemporary management research. The Academy of Management Journal 30(2): 369-380. (JSTOR link).

Mazur, E. and J. Montoro. 2011. Intergovernmental financial dependency: Why it matters. Journal of Accountancy (October): 48-55. (Discussion of the GAO Fiscal year 2010 Financial Report of the United States Government. GAO U.S. Government Accountability Office Link).

Mazur, M. J. 1948. Developing total and unit costs by types of work on construction projects. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 1): 1077-1086.

Mazur, P. M. 1924. Future developments in retailing. Harvard Business Review (July): 434-446.

Mazur, P. M. 1925. Is the cost of distribution too high? Harvard Business Review (October): 7-16.

Mazur, P. M. 1925. The logic of department-store organization. Harvard Business Review (April): 287-296.

Mazzucato, U. G. 1966. The case method: Some practical considerations on its implementation. The Academy of Management Journal 9(4): 349-353. (JSTOR link).

McAfee, A. 2003. When too much IT knowledge is a dangerous thing. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 83-89.

McAfee, A. 2004. Do you have too much IT? MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 18-22.

McAfee, A. 2005. Will web services really transform collaboration? MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 78-84.

McAfee, A. 2006. Mastering the three worlds of information technology. Harvard Business Review (November): 141-149.

McAfee, A. 2011. What every CEO needs to know about the cloud. Harvard Business Review (November): 124-132.

McAfee, A. and E. Brynjolfsson. 2008. Investing in the IT that makes a competitive difference. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 98-107.

McAfee, A. and E. Brynjolfsson. 2012. Big data: The management revolution: Exploiting vast new flows of information can radically improve your company's performance. But first you'll have to change your decision-making culture. Harvard Business Review (October): 60-68.

McAfee, A. and F. Oliveau. 2002. Confronting the limits of networks. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 85-87.

McAfee, A. P. 2006. Enterprise 2.0: The dawn of emergent collaboration. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 21-28.

McAllister, B. and B. Cripe. 2008. Improper release of proprietary information. The CPA Journal (March): 52-55.

McAllister, B. P. and T. R. Yoder. 2008. Advising private foundations. Journal of Accountancy (April): 36-42.

McAllister, B. P. and T. R. Yoder. 2010. Closing up shop: How to successfully shut down a private foundation. Journal of Accountancy (July): 24-29.

McAllister, D. 1970. Unprincipled administration. Abacus 6(1): 81-87.

McAllister, D. J. 1995. Affect- and cognition-based trust as foundations for interpersonal cooperation in organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 38(1): 24-59. (JSTOR link).

McAllister, D. J. and G. A. Bigley. 2002. Work context and the definition of self: How organizational care influences organization-based self-esteem. The Academy of Management Journal 45(5): 894-904. (JSTOR link).

McAllister, J. P. 2003. Transparent reporting? It doesn't equal GAAP compliance. Strategic Finance (March): 46-48.

McAninch, L. 1995. Gainsharing creates an environment that supports TQM. Management Accounting (November): 38-39.

McAnally, M. L. 2013. Introduction to the special section on teaching accounting in M.B.A programs. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 321-322.

McAnally, M. L., S. T. McGuire and C. D. Weaver. 2010. Assessing the financial reporting consequences of conversion to IFRS: The case of equity-based compensation. Accounting Horizons (December): 589-621.

McAnly, H. T. 1945. Cost accounting and business survival. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 983-993.

McAnly, H. T. 1951. Allowable costs under government contracts. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 675-687.

McAnly, H. T. 1956. Some fundamentals of costs for pricing. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 606-610.

McAnly, H. T. 1958. Bringing the budget to bear on operations. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 41-49.

McAnly, H. T. 1958. Recognizing the deficiency of depreciation provisions based on historical costs. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 5-15.

McAnly, H. T. 1961. "LIFO" for both inventory and plant assets. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 5-16.

McAnly, H. T. 1975. How LIFO began. Management Accounting (May): 24-26.

McArthur, D. S. 1975. Operations research. Management Accounting (July): 45-48, 52.

McAuley, F. D. 1949. Retail inventory method adapted to appliance merchandising in a public utility. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 1): 1119-1134.

McBarnet, D., S. Weston and C. J. Whelan. 1993. Adversary accounting: Strategic uses of financial information by capital and labour. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(1): 81-100.

McBride, H. J. 1963. Assigning tax loads to prospective projects. The Accounting Review (April): 363-370. (JSTOR link).

McBride, J. A. Jr. 1952. Programming and recording insurance. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 807-812.

McBride, S., J. Wiseman and J. R. Wiseman. 2000. Globalization and Its Discontents. Palgrave MacMillan.

McCabe, D. J., A. Dalessio, J. Briga and J. Sasaki. 1980. The convergent and discriminant validities between the IOR and the JDI: English and Spanish forms. The Academy of Management Journal 23(4): 778-786. (JSTOR link).

McCabe, G. M. and G. N. Sanders. 1984. Abandonment value in capital budgeting: Another view. Management Accounting (January): 32-36.

McCabe, T. C. 1957. Cost analysis for a beer wholesaler. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 1403-1412.

McCafferty, F. 1977. Basic elements of risk management. Management Accounting (July): 43-45.

McCaffery, J. J. 1921. Cost methods in a woodworking plant. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (September 1): 3-16.

McCaffery, J. 1977. Discussion of municipal finances in perspective: A look at interjurisdictional spending and revenue patterns. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Measurement and Evaluation of the Economic Efficiency of Public and Private Nonprofit Institutions): 202-205. (JSTOR link).

McCaffrey, D. P. 1982. Corporate resources and regulatory pressures: Toward explaining a discrepancy. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(3): 398-419. (JSTOR link).

McCaffrey, G. D. 1939. Accounting control at the New York World's Fair. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 1483-1486.

McCafferty, J. 2010. Who's in charge here? Listening to shareholders is easy. Making sense of their concerns is not. CFO (September): 42-46 .

McCain, B. E., C. O'Reilly and J. Pfeffer. 1983. The effects of departmental demography on turnover: The case of a university. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 626-641. (JSTOR link).

McCall, H., V. Arnold and S. G. Sutton. 2008. Use of knowledge management systems and the impact on the acquisition of explicit knowledge. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 77-101.

McCall, J. J. 1963. Operating characteristics of opportunistic replacement and inspection policies. Management Science (October): 85-97. (JSTOR link). 1964. Errata: Operating characteristics of opportunistic replacement and inspection policies. Management Science (April): 594. (JSTOR link).

McCall, J. J. 1965. Maintenance policies for stochastically failing equipment: A survey. Management Science (March): 493-524. (JSTOR link).

McCall, M. W. Jr. and E. E. Lawler, III. 1976. High school students' perceptions of work. The Academy of Management Journal 19(1): 17-24. (JSTOR link).

McCallum, G., J. O. Whitney, R. T. Rust and C. Zook. 2002. HBR case commentary. Harvard Business Review (February): 38-41.

McCallum, J. E. 1929. Incidental powers of national banks: A recent extension. Harvard Business Review (July): 461-466.

McCallum, J. E. 1930. Electrification of steam railroads. Harvard Business Review (January): 227-234.

McCamus, D. R. 1991. Performance measurement and the quality voyage. CMA Magazine (January): 8-12.

McCann, C. R. and S. Kim. 2002. Feminist Theory Reader: Local and Global Perspectives. Routledge.

McCann, D. 2010. An action plan for IT. CFO (May): 46-50 .

McCann, D. 2010. Be clear about the cloud. As the dominant IT paradigm continues to shift, companies need to manage critical components of the migration. CFO (December): 23-25 .

McCann, D. 2010. GRC: The solution remains elusive: Software that unites governance, risk, and compliance continues to evolve - slowly. CFO (January/February): 33-35 .

McCann, D. 2010. If you build it: Smaller companies have shied away from data-warehouse projects, but when done right such projects can stay on course and provide genuine value. CFO (April): 29-31 .

McCann, D. 2010. Round-trip cost control: As travel-expense management systems become integrated with booking systems, companies can finally see what they're spending, and reduce it. CFO (October): 37-41 .

McCann, D. 2010. The truth about SAS 70. CFO (September): 27-29 . (Auditing standards).

McCann, D. 2010. You can take it with you: In fact, you may have no choice, as technology becomes smaller and more ubiquitous than ever. CFO (November): 39-41 . (Three interesting developments: The "internet of things" (IoT), Tablet computers, and Attack of the apps).

McCann, D. 2011. Beyond the IPO. CFO (December): 32-34.

McCann, D. 2011. Measured response: Despite fervent debate about whether companies should measure the ROI of their training-and-development programs, most proceed (or not) on gut instinct. CFO (June): 21-25.

McCann, D. 2011. Rematch: Many companies that dumped their 401(k) matching contributions are rethinking that cost-cutting move. CFO (May): 54-58.

McCann, D. 2011. To the "Three R's" add one more: Writhing: Companies will feel ever more pain as the shortage of technically skilled workers intensifies. CFO (March): 33-37.

McCann, D. 2011. "You take risks and you own them." CFOs at private equity-backed companies love the challenge, and the payoff. CFO (July/August): 40-43.

McCann, D. 2011. Power from the people: Can human-capital financial statements allow companies to measure the value of their employees? CFO (November): 52-59.

McCann, D. 2012. Catching up with health reform: Companies that deferred compliance with the Affordable Care Act until the Supreme Court made its ruling have their work cut out for them. CFO (September): 26-27.

McCann, D. 2012. Human capital: Companies may win the drug war. CFO (March): 27-28.

McCann, D. 2012. No employee left behind. CFO (April): 29-30. (Teaching employees the ABCs of finance and accounting).

McCann, D. 2012. The new talent mix. CFO (January/February): 27-28.

McCann, D. 2012. Too much data, too little judgment: Financial planning and analysis staff can't help CFOs make the right moves until they learn to apply more subjectivity in their analyses. CFO (May): 32-34.

McCann, D. 2012. Training at Dell: Here, there, and everywhere. CFO (July/August): 23-24.

McCann, E. C. 1964. An aspect of management philosophy in the United States and Latin America. The Academy of Management Journal 7(2): 149-152. (JSTOR link).

McCann, H. K. 1923. The planning and preparation of an advertising campaign. Harvard Business Review (April): 308-313.

McCann, W. J. 1959. How a new-born municipality may make reliable financial decisions. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 81-91.

McCarthy, C. 1998. Using technology as a competitive tool. Management Accounting (January): 28-33.

McCarthy, E. 1924. When does a tax accrue? Journal of Accountancy (April): 268-274.

McCarthy, E. 2006. Small firm technology tips. Journal of Accountancy (May): 43-57.

McCarthy, E. 2007. Structuring for growth. Journal of Accountancy (April): 38-41.

McCarthy, G. D. and R. E. Healy. 1971. Valuing a Company: Practices and Procedures. The Ronald Press Company. Review by D. L. Crumbley. (JSTOR link).

McCarthy, P. 2006. Charts in real time. Journal of Accountancy (April): 65-67. (An application of Excel).

McCarthy, W. E. 1978. A relational model for events-based accounting systems. Doctoral dissertation, University of Massachuesetts.

McCarthy, W. E. 1979. An entity-relationship view of accounting models. The Accounting Review (October): 667-686. (JSTOR link).

McCarthy, W. E. 1982. The REA accounting model: A generalized framework for accounting systems in a shared data environment. The Accounting Review (July): 554-578. (JSTOR link). (See McCarthy's web site for this paper and many others).

McCarthy, W. E. 1987. Accounting information systems: Research directions and perspective. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 29-32.

McCarthy, W. E. 2003. The REA modeling approach to teaching accounting information systems. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 427-441.

McCarthy, W. E. 2012. Accounting craftspeople versus accounting seers: Exploring the relevance and innovation gaps in academic accounting research. Accounting Horizons (December): 833-843.

McCarthy, W. E. and E. Outslay. 1989. An analysis of the applicability of artificial intelligence techniques to problem-solving in taxation domains. Accounting Horizons (June): 14-27.

McCartney, L. 2011. Where there's smoke, there's fraud. CFO (March): 46-51. (Seven steps: 1. Start at the top to set the tone, 2. Educate employees on what constitutes fraud and how to report questionable activity, 3. Change the culture ASAP, 4. Use surprise audits, 5. Check and double check employee backgrounds, 6. Prepare a data-breach response plan, and 7. Make sure the board of directors plays a role).

McCarty, P. A. 1986. Effects of feedback on the self-confidence of men and women. The Academy of Management Journal 29(4): 840-847. (JSTOR link).

McCaskey, M. B. 1974. A contingency approach to planning: Planning with goals and planning without goals. The Academy of Management Journal 17(2): 281-291. (JSTOR link).

McClain, G. and A. J. McLelland. 2008. Shaking up financial statement presentation. Journal of Accountancy (November): 56-63.

McClary, E. S. 1933. Accident prevention. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 1): 1007-1014.

McClave, J. T., P. G. Benson and T. Sincich. 2010. Statistics for Business and Economics, 11th edition. Prentice Hall.

McCleary, R. H. 1962. Three applications of price indices in property accounting. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 35-52.

McClelland, D. C. and D. H. Burnham. 2003. Power is the great motivator. Harvard Business Review (January): 117-126. ("Contrary to popular opinion, the best managers are the ones who like power - and use it." This is a reprint of their 1976 HBR article).

McClelland, P. and P. Stanton. 2004. Forensic accounting: It's positively ancient. Journal of Forensic Accounting (5): 555-560.

McClenon, P. R. 1962. Can we pass the Chi Square test? N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 39-48.

McClenon, P. R. 1963. Cost finding through multiple correlation analysis. The Accounting Review (July): 540-547. (JSTOR link).

McClenon, P. R. 1980. Capitalization criteria: A CASB study. Management Accounting (December): 39-40, 42-43.

McClinchie, A. 1907. Classified corporation laws of all states. Journal of Accountancy (January): 257-258.

McClinchie, A. 1907. Legal department: Recent decisions. Journal of Accountancy (February): 324-325.

McClinchie, A. 1907. Legal department: Remarks on accounts stated. Journal of Accountancy (February): 322-324.

McClinchie, A. 1907. Legal department: The distinction between a guaranty of payment and guaranty of collection. Journal of Accountancy (November): 73-74.

McClinchie, A. 1907. Legal department: The new C.P.A. requirements in Pennsylvania from a lawyer's standpoint. Journal of Accountancy (March): 410.

McClinchie, A. 1908. Legal department: What is forgery? Journal of Accountancy (March): 409-410.

McClinchie, A. and M. H. Fisher. 1908. Legal department: The law of usury as applied to negotiable instruments. Journal of Accountancy (February): 334-335.

McClintock, C. C., D. Brannon and S. Maynard-Moody. 1979. Applying the logic of sample surveys to qualitative case studies: The case cluster method. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(4): 612-629. (JSTOR link).

McCloskey, D. N. 1986. The Rhetoric of Economics. The University of Wisconsin Press.

Mcclure, M. M. 1988. Internationalization of the introductory financial accounting course. Journal of Accounting Education 6(1): 159-181.

McCluskey, H. C. 1921. Anthracite mine accounting. Journal of Accountancy (July): 16-23.

McCollom, N. N., and L. T. Blank. 1990. Object-oriented programming cuts systems life cycle costs. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 58-62.

McCollum, P. 1966. Economics of consignment buying. Management Accounting (October): 16-18.

McCollum, P. 1969. Computer system audit. Management Accounting (May): 51-52.

McConnell, C., S. Brue and S. Flynn. 2008. Economics, 18th edition, McGraw-Hill.

McConnell, C. A. and C. M. Sasse. 1999. An anticipatory case for managing teams and team projects. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 41-54.

McConnell, D. K. Jr. and C. H. Schweiger. 2008. Better evidence gathering. Journal of Accountancy (April): 32-36.

McConnell, P. 2011. International adoption issues: A view from the IASB. The CPA Journal (December): 6, 8-10.

McConnell, T. P. 1969. Hidden resources in the dues dollar. Management Accounting (December): 24-26. (Related to management of cash received by associations from dues billings).

McConomy, B. J. and B. Xu. 2007. Beijing Biotechnology Company: Financial reporting issues of expansion to the west. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 675-684.

McCormick, E. T. 1960. Reporting to stockholders. The Accounting Review (April): 223-227. (JSTOR link).

McCormick, F. L. 1967. Large group instruction in elementary accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 592. (JSTOR link).

McCormick, J. A. 1955. Wage and salary administration. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1508-1515.

McCormick, S. C. 1998. The virtual HR organization. Management Accounting (October): 48-51.

McCormick, W. Jr. 1973. Trends in education for auditors. The Accounting Review (October): 801-803. (JSTOR link).

McCosh, A. M. 1967. Accounting consistency - Key to stockholder information. The Accounting Review (October): 693-700. (JSTOR link).

McCosh, A. M. 1972. Computerized cost classification system. Management Accounting (April): 42-45, 48.

McCosh, A. M. 1972. The case method of accounting instruction and microwave television. The Accounting Review (January): 161-164. (JSTOR link).

McCosh, R. B. 1957. Internship programs in accounting. The Accounting Review (April): 306-308. (JSTOR link).

McCosker, J. S. 1960. Take your top management to a picture show. N.A.A. Bulletin (April): 77-84. (Describes how to develop a slide show).

McCowen, G. B. 1937. Replacement cost of goods sold. The Accounting Review (September): 270-277. (JSTOR link).

McCowen, G. B. 1946. The accountant as an artist. The Accounting Review (April): 204-211. (JSTOR link).

McCoy, J. R. 1948. Report of Committee on Revision of the Statement of Principles: Equities. The Accounting Review (January): 23-27. (JSTOR link).

McCoy, K. J. and T. E. Riley. 2009. 'Excelsior': The pursuit of quality in the CPA profession. The CPA Journal (March): 6-11.

McCoy, R. 1995. The Best Of Deming. SPC Press Inc.

McCoy, R. E. and R. C. Robinson. 1984. Positioning for the upturn after surviving the downturn. Management Accounting (March): 24-28.

McCracken, D. E. 2001. Tie your capital budget to your strategic plan. Strategic Finance (June): 38-43.

McCracken, S., S. E. Salterio and M. Gibbins. 2008. Auditor-client management relationships and roles in negotiating financial reporting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(4-5): 362-383.

McCracken, S., S. E. Salterio and R. N. Schmidt. 2011. Do managers intend to use the same negotiation strategies as partners? Behavioral Research In Accounting 23(1): 131-160.

McCray, J. H. 1972. Present value of an annuity - A formula approach. The Accounting Review (October): 824-825. (JSTOR link).

McCray, J. H. 1973. Ratio and difference estimation in auditing. Management Accounting (December): 45-48.

McCray, J. H. 1984. A quasi-Bayesian audit risk model for dollar unit sampling. The Accounting Review (January): 35-51. (JSTOR link).

McCray, J. H. 1984. A quasi-Bayesian audit risk model for dollar unit sampling: A reply. The Accounting Review (July): 526-527. (JSTOR link).

McCrea, R. L. 1914. Treatment of mortgages and values. Journal of Accountancy (June): 479-482.

McCreary, L. 2008. What was privacy? Harvard Business Review (October): 123-131.

McCreary, L. 2010. Kaiser Permanente's innovation on the front lines. Harvard Business Review (September): 92-97.

McCredie, H. 1957. The theory and practice of accounting. The Accounting Review (April): 216-223. (JSTOR link).

McCroskey, J. C. 1970. Measures of communication-bound anxiety. Speech Monographs (37): 269-277.

McCroskey, J. C. 1977. Oral communication apprehension: A summary of recent theory and research. Human Communication Research (4): 78-96.

McCroskey, J. C. 1980. Quiet children in the classroom: On helping not hurting. Communication Education (29): 239-44.

McCroskey, J. C. 1984. The communication apprehension perspective. In Avoiding Communication: Shyness, Reticence, and Communication Apprehension. J. A. Daly and J. C. McCroskey, eds. Sage Publications.

McCuddy, M. K., K. E. Reichardt and D. L. Schroeder. 1993. Ethical pressures: Fact or fiction? Management Accounting (April): 57-61. (Survey or IMA members).

McCue, C. 2007. Data Mining and Predictive Analysis: Intelligence Gathering and Crime Analysis. Butterworth-Heinemann.

McCue, J. J. 1970. Credit union election results by computer. Management Accounting (April): 17.

McCue, S. 2004. Building E-Commerce Strategies: From Farce to Force. South-Western Educational Publishing.

McCue, W. M. 1977. Hedging soybeans in the commodities market. Management Accounting (July): 57-60.

McCullagh, P. J. 1956. A cost system for a frozen meals manufacturer. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 243-250.

McCullers, L. D. 1971. An alternative to APB Opinion No. 14. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 160-164. (JSTOR link).

McCullers, L. D. 1971. Discussion of an empirical study of the cost of convertible securities. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 116-118. (JSTOR link).

McCullers, L. D. and R. P. VanDaniker. 1972. Socio-economics and accounting education. The Accounting Review (July): 604-606. (JSTOR link).

McDaniel, E., and J. F. Feldhusen. 1971. College teaching effectiveness. Today’s Education (March): 27.

McDaniel, L., R. D. Martin and L. A. Maines. 2002. Evaluating financial reporting quality: The effects of financial expertise vs. financial literacy. The Accounting Review (Supplement: Quality of Earnings Conference): 139-167. (JSTOR link).

McDaniel, L. S. 1990. The effects of time pressure and audit program structure on audit performance. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 267-285. (JSTOR link).

McDaniel, L. S. and L. E. Simmons. 2008. Auditors' assessment and incorporation of expectation precision in evidential analytical procedures. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 27(1): 1-18.

McDaniel, L. S. and W. R. Kinney, Jr. 1995. Expectation-formation guidance in the auditor's review of interim financial information. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 59-76. (JSTOR link).

McDermott, J. F. 1982. Making a manual cost system work for you. Management Accounting (December): 40-43.

McDermott, R. and D. Archibald. 2010. Harnessing your staff's informal networks. Harvard Business Review (March): 82-89.

McDermott, R. E., K. D. Stocks and J. Ogden. 2000. Code Blue: A Tale of Romance, Murder, Mystery, Intrigue & Managed Care. Syracuse, UT: Traemus Books. (Note).

McDevitt, C. D. and H. J. Watson. 1978. An assessment of probability encoding using a probabilistic, noninteractive management game. The Academy of Management Journal 21(3): 451-462. (JSTOR link).

McDonald, B. and M. H. Morris. 1984. The relevance of SFAS 33 inflation accounting disclosures in the adjustment of stock prices to inflation. The Accounting Review (July): 432-446. (JSTOR link).

McDonald, C. 2012. Banks behaving badly: Scandals have tarnished the reputation of banks to the point where some experts are calling their viability into question. CFO (September): 29-30.

McDonald, C. L. 1973. An empirical examination of the reliability of published predictions of future earnings. The Accounting Review (July): 502-510. (JSTOR link).

McDonald, D. and A. G. Puxty. 1979. An inducement-contribution approach to corporate financial reporting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 4(1-2): 53-65.

McDonald, D. L. 1964. The balance sheet - An equal partner. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 33-35.

McDonald, D. L. 1967. Feasibility criteria for accounting measures. The Accounting Review (October): 662-679. (JSTOR link).

McDonald, D. L. 1968. A test application of the feasibility of market based measures in accounting. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 38-49. (JSTOR link).

McDonald, D. L. 1969. Discussion of toward experimental criteria for judging disclosure improvement. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 44-50. (JSTOR link).

McDonald, J. 2002. Tax fairness in eleventh century England. The Accounting Historians Journal 29(1): 173-193. (JSTOR link).

McDonald, J. A. 1913. Lumber company accounting. Journal of Accountancy (June): 433-443.

McDonald, J. E. and C. A. Johnson. 1957. Cost control budgeting which extends to daily reporting. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 53-59.

McDonald, J. F. III. 2012. Relocating assets out of state: How New Yorkers can take advantage of tax-free trusts in New Hampshire. The CPA Journal (July): 56-57.

McDonald, K. A. 2006. Meyners does a reality check. Journal of Accountancy (February): 51-54. (Related to accounting practice).

McDonald, M. J. Jr. 1968. Profit-volume and net profit percentages computed on cost. Management Accounting (June): 46-50. (Profit-volume relationships adapted to absorption costing).

McDonald, M. L. and J. D. Westphal. 2003. Getting by with the advice of their friends: CEOs' advice networks and firms' strategic responses to poor performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 48(1): 1-32. (JSTOR link).

McDonald, R. 2011. Don't leave your hand in the cookie jar. IMA Educational Case Journal 4(4): 1-4.

McDonald, R. F. 1955. An objective look at effects of income taxes on financing small business. The Accounting Review (October): 623-633. (JSTOR link).

McDonald, S. C. 2009. Materials Management: An Executive's Supply Chain Guide. Wiley.

McDonough, E. F. III and R. Leifer. 1983. Using simultaneous structures to cope with uncertainty. The Academy of Management Journal 26(4): 727-735. (JSTOR link).

McDonough, E. F. III, M. H. Zack, H. Lin and I. Berdrow. 2008. Integrating innovation style and knowledge into strategy. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 53-58.

McDonough, J. 1983. "If I end up with more responsibility and less control - forget it": A discussant's perspective. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(2- 3): 191-193.

McDonough, J. J. 1971. The accountant, data collection and social exchange. The Accounting Review (October): 676-685. (JSTOR link).

McDougal, T. and A. Barden. 1979. A sharecrop agreement of the 1830s. The Accounting Historians Journal 6(1): 92. (JSTOR link).

McDougall, F. M. 1974. Factors influencing the outcome of take-over offers. Abacus 10(2): 111-123.

McDougall, F. M. and D. K. Round. 1984. A comparison of diversifying and nondiversifying Australian industrial firms. The Academy of Management Journal 27(2): 384-398. (JSTOR link).

McDougall, F. M. and R. H. Chenhall. 1975. Shareholders and share exchange takeover offers. Abacus 11(2): 122-135.

McDougall, P. P. and B. M. Oviatt. 2000. International entrepreneurship: The intersection of two research paths. The Academy of Management Journal 43(5): 902-906. (JSTOR link).

McDowell, C. W. 1925. Examination of Bituminous coal companies. Journal of Accountancy (April): 293-298.

McDowell, E. 2008. Tax strategy patents: Truth and consequences. The CPA Journal (February): 46-50.

McDowell, E. A. and M. H. Sanchez. 2010. How to increase diversity in the profession. The CPA Journal (October): 12-14.

McEachren, J. W. 1940. Can standard costs be standardized? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 1): 681-692.

McEacharn, M. and B. Wampler. 2011. A better spreadsheet for tests of controls: Leveraging technology for more efficient audits. The CPA Journal (April): 66-71.

McEachern, W. A. 1976. The managerial revolution and corporate performance. Challenge (May-June): 36-40.

McElroy, J. C. and H. K. Downey. 1982. Observation in organizational research: Panacea to the performance-attribution effect? The Academy of Management Journal 25(4): 822-835. (JSTOR link).

McElvain, D. P. 1967. Keying the short-run capital flow to return-on-investment objectives. Management Accounting (December): 3-8.

McElvain, D. P. 1970. Profit plan pricing. Management Accounting (September): 27-31.

McElwee, L. F. 1966. Planning and launching an EFP program. Management Accounting (September): 3-11. (EFP = Error Free Performance).

McElwee, L. F. 1967. Sustaining error-free performance. Management Accounting (December): 42-50.

McEnroe, J. and M. Sullivan. 2011. Are auditors of public companies prepared for the transition to IFRS? The CPA Journal (March): 30-36.

McEnroe, J. E. 1989. Cash flow accounting revisited: A note on a partial replication of the Lee study. Abacus 25(1): 56-60.

McEnroe, J. E. 1993. An analysis of comment integration involving SAS 54. Abacus 29(2): 160-178.

McEnroe, J. E. 2002. An analysis of post-expectation gap voting behaviour by the ASB. Abacus 38(3): 350-377.

McEnroe, J. E. and M. Sullivan. 2012. CPAs' and CFOs' perceptions regarding principles-based versus rules-based accounting standards. The CPA Journal (March): 32-37.

McEnroe, J. E. and S. C. Martens. 2001. Auditors' and investors' perceptions of the "Expectation Gap". Accounting Horizons (December): 345-358.

McEnrue, M. P. 1988. Length of experience and the performance of managers in the establishment phase of their careers. The Academy of Management Journal 31(1): 175-185. (JSTOR link).

McEvoy, G. M. and W. F. Cascio. 1987. Do good or poor performers leave? A meta-analysis of the relationship between performance and turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 30(4): 744-762. (JSTOR link).

McEwen, R. A. 1990. Disclosure of major customers in the health care industry. Accounting Horizons (March): 64-68.

McEwen, R. A. and B. N. Schwartz. 1992. Are firms complying with the minimum standards for interim financial reporting? Accounting Horizons (March): 75-87.

McEwen, R. A. and J. E. Hunton. 1999. Is analyst forecast accuracy associated with accounting information use? Accounting Horizons (March): 1-16.

McEwen, R. A., T. J. Hoey and J. A. Brozovsky. 2006. The FASB's codification project: A critical step toward simplification. Accounting Horizons (December): 391-398.

McEwen, W., X. Fang, C. Zhang and R. Burkholder. 2006. Inside the mind of the Chinese consumer. Harvard Business Review (March): 68-76.

McEwen, W. J. 1956. Position conflict and professional orientation in a research organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 1(2): 208-224. (JSTOR link).

McFadden, F. R. 1972. On lead time demand distributions. Decision Sciences 3(2): 106-126.

McFadden, J. A. 1956. Organizing new product development. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 832-840.

McFadden, J. A. 1958. Accounting for the operation of nuclear reactors. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 35-45.

McFadden, J. A. Jr. 1951. Cost accounting for a research laboratory. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 822-838.

McFadden, J. A. Jr. 1953. Industrial research has accounting problems. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1327-1339.

McFadyen, M. A. and A. A. Cannella Jr. 2004. Social capital and knowledge creation: Diminishing returns of the number and strength of exchange. The Academy of Management Journal 47(5): 735-746. (JSTOR link).

McFarland, D. E. 1959. Education for management: New directions and new challenges. The Journal of the Academy of Management 2(1): 39-46. (JSTOR link).

McFarland, D. E. 1960. The emerging revolution in management education. The Journal of the Academy of Management 3(1): 7-15. (JSTOR link).

McFarland, K. R. 2008. Should you build strategy like you build software? MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 69-74.

McFarland, W. B. 1939. When is selling at a loss a profitable business policy? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 1): 328-339.

McFarland, W. B. 1939. The basic theory of standard costs. The Accounting Review (June): 151-158. (JSTOR link).

McFarland, W. B. 1940. The economics of business costs. The Accounting Review (June): 196-204. (JSTOR link).

McFarland, W. B. 1947. Cost analysis for equipment replacement. The Accounting Review (January): 58-64. (JSTOR link).

McFarland, W. B. 1961. Research in management accounting by the National Association of Accountants. The Accounting Review (January): 21-25. (JSTOR link).

McFarland, W. B. 1970. Research in management accounting by NAA. Management Accounting (March): 31-34.

McFarland, W. B. 1977. Manpower Cost and Performance Measurement. National Association of Accountants.

McFarlane, K. A. W. 1979. Tracking inflation in your company. Management Accounting (May): 42-45.

McFarlin, D. B. and P. D. Sweeney. 1992. Distributive and procedural justice as predictors of satisfaction with personal and organizational outcomes. The Academy of Management Journal 35(3): 626-637. (JSTOR link).

McFillen, J. M. 1978. Supervisory power as an influence in supervisor-subordinate relations. The Academy of Management Journal 21(3): 419-433. (JSTOR link).

McFillen, J. M. and J. R. New. 1979. Situational determinants of supervisor attributions and behavior. The Academy of Management Journal 22(4): 793-809. (JSTOR link).

McGaffey, T. N. and R. Christy. 1975. Information processing capability as a predictor of entrepreneurial effectiveness. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 857-863. (JSTOR link).

McGahan, A. M. 2004. How industries change. Harvard Business Review (October): 86-94.

McGahan, A. M. 2004. How Industries Evolve: Principles for Achieving and Sustaining Superior Performance. Harvard Business School Press.

McGahan, A. M. 2007. Academic research that matters to managers: On zebras, dogs, lemmings, hammers, and turnips. The Academy of Management Journal 50(4): 748-753. (JSTOR link).

McGahran, K. T. 1988. SEC disclosure regulation and management perquisites. The Accounting Review (January): 23-41. (JSTOR link).

McGarvey, M. G. and P. M. Herald. 1990. Telecommunications vs. SFAS 101. Management Accounting (January): 31-35.

McGaughey, N. and C. Starry. 1989. Cost/value analysis: A strategic tool. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 32-38.

McGee, R. W. 1984. Accounting for software costs. Management Accounting (February): 38-39.

McGee, R. W. 1985. FASB hearings on software accounting. Management Accounting (July): 61-63.

McGee, R. W. 1986. How the new tax law affects business. Management Accounting (October): 54-57.

McGee, R. W. 1986. How the new tax law affects individuals. Management Accounting (December): 22-26.

McGee, R. W. 1986. Eliminate the Ph.D. requirement for accounting educators. Management Accounting (April): 58, 61.

McGee, R. W., G. G. Preobragenskaya and M. Tyler. 2004. International accounting certification in the Russian language: A case study. Global Perspectives on Accounting Education (1): 59-73.

McGee, W. O. and D. T. Norman. 1976. Profit and growth through sales compensation. Management Accounting (December): 32-34.

McGeorge, R. T. 1949. "Extra work voucher" system for disclosure and control of labor variances. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September): 23-30.

McGhee, J. 1990. Knowledge-Based Systems for Industrial Control (I E E Control Engineering Series). Institution of Electrical Engineers.

McGhee, M. and J. Giermanski. 2007. How SOX and C-TPAT impact global supply chain security. Strategic Finance (April): 32-38.

McGhee, W., M. D. Shields and J. G. Birnberg. 1978. The effects of personality on a subject's information processing. The Accounting Review (July): 681-697. (JSTOR link).

McGinn, D. 2010. A new will to win. Harvard Business Review (September): 110-112. (How NASCAR team owner Rich Hendrick got his company back on track).

McGinn, D. 2010. Battling back from betrayal. Harvard Business Review (December): 130-131.

McGinn, D. 2010. Changing gender on the job. Harvard Business Review (November): 134-136.

McGinn, K. L. and A. T. Keros. 2002. Improvisation and the logic of exchange in socially embedded transactions. Administrative Science Quarterly 47(3): 442-473. (JSTOR link).

McGinnis, E. C. and L. G. Maglione. 1984. Taking VisCalc to the limit. Management Accounting (January): 41-45.

McGinty, P. 1987. Cost accounting revisited: A manufacturing survey. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 35-44.

McGladrey, I. B. 1947. Problems in assuming proper responsibility. The Accounting Review (July): 273-280. (JSTOR link).

McGladrey, I. B. 1951. The audit report. The Accounting Review (April): 197-208. (JSTOR link).

McGlory, K. 2000. Time well spent? Strategic Finance (November): 76-79. (Meetings should be organized, efficient and productive).

McGough, E. F. 1993. Anatomy of a stock split. Management Accounting (September): 58-61. (Guide to determining if a company should offer a stock dividend or a stock split).

McGough, P. 1988. The legal significance of the par value of common stock: What accounting educators should know. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 330-350.

McGovern, G. and J. Quelch. 2005. Outsourcing marketing. Harvard Business Review (March): 22-26.

McGovern, G. and Y. Moon. 2007. Companies and the customers who hate them. Harvard Business Review (June): 78-84.

McGovern, G. J., D. Court, J. A. Quelch and G. Crawford. 2004. Bringing customers into the boardroom. Harvard Business Review (November): 70-80.

McGowan, A. 1999. Impacts of ABCM on job performance and environment. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 32-36. (Summary).

McGowan, A. S. 1998. Perceived benefits of ABCM implementation. Accounting Horizons (March): 31-50.

McGowan, A. S. and T. P. Klammer. 1997. Satisfaction with activity-based cost management implementation. Journal of Management Accounting Research (9): 217-237.

McGowan, A. S. and V. P. Vendrzyk. 2002. The relation between cost shifting and segment profitability in the defense-contracting industry. The Accounting Review (October): 949-969. (JSTOR link).

McGowan, J. and B. Nissing. 1989. Coping with another tax year. Management Accounting (December): 23-26.

McGowan, J. R. 2009. New rules and penalties for disclosure of tax data could land tax preparers in jail. The CPA Journal (May): 46-51.

McGowen, G. B. 1962. The flow of assets through a business enterprise and the accounting flow equation based thereon. The Accounting Review (January): 105-110. (JSTOR link).

McGrail, G. R. and D. R. Furlong. 1973. Absorption break-even. Management Accounting (October): 31-35.

McGrath, C. and D. Zell. 2009. Profiles of trust: Who to turn to, and for what. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 75-80.

McGrath, J. E. 1991. Time, interaction, and performance (TIP): A theory of groups. Small Group Research (22): 147-174.

McGrath, J. E., J. Martin, and R. A. Kulka. 1982. Some quasi-rules for making judgment calls in research. Chapter 4 in Judgment Calls in Research. Edited by J. E. McGrath, J. Martin, and R. A. Kulka. Sage.

McGrath, J. E., J. R. Kelly and J. E. Rhodes. 1993. A feminist perspective on research methodology: Some metatheoretical issues, contrasts, and choices. Chapter 2 in Gender Issues in Contemporary Society. Edited by S. Oskamp, and M. Costanzo. Sage.

McGrath, R. G. 2001. Exploratory learning, innovative capacity and managerial oversight. The Academy of Management Journal 44(1): 118-131. (JSTOR link).

McGrath, R. G. 2007. No longer a stepchild: How the management field can come into its own. The Academy of Management Journal 50(6): 1365-1378. (JSTOR link).

McGrath, R. G. 2011. Failing by design. Harvard Business Review (April): 76-83.

McGrath, R. G. 2012. How the growth outliers do it. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 110-116.

McGrath, R. G. 2013. Transient advantage. Harvard Business Review (June): 62-70. (Strategy).

McGrath, R. G. and I. MacMillan. 2000. The Entrepreneurial Mindset: Strategies for Continuously Creating Opportunity in an Age of Uncertainty. Harvard Business School Press.

McGrath, R. G. and I. C. MacMillan. 2005. Market busting: Strategies for exceptional business growth. Harvard Business Review (March): 80-89. ("A company can't outperform its rivals if it competes the same way they do. Reconceive your business's profit drivers, and you can change from copycat to king of the jungle.").

McGrath, R. G. and I. C. MacMillan. 2009. How to rethink your business during uncertainty. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 25-30.

McGrath, R. G. and T. Keil. 2007. The value captor's process: Getting the most out of your new business ventures. Harvard Business Review (May): 128-136.

McGrath, R. G., T. Keil and T. Tukiainen. 2006. Extracting value from corporate venturing. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 50-56.

McGraw, K. O. 1978. The detrimental effects of reward on performance: A literature review and prediction model. In M. R. Lepper, and D. Green. Eds. The Hidden Costs of Reward. Lawrence Erlbaum: 33-60.

McGraw, K. O. and J. c. McCullers. 1979. Evidence of a detrimental effect of extrinsic incentives on breaking a mental set. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology (15): 285-294.

McGregor Jr., C. C., L. Killough and R. M. Brown. 1989. An investigation of organizational professional conflict in management accounting. Journal of Management Accounting Research (1): 104 - 118.

McGregor, D. M. 1957. The human side of enterprise. Management Review (November): 22-28. Reprinted from the Proceedings of the Fifth Anniversary Convocation of the School of Industrial Management, MIT, April 9, 1957. (Summary).

McGregor, D. 1960. The Human Side of Enterprise: 25th Anniversary Printing. McGraw Hill.

McGregor, J. 2007. One Billion Customers: Lessons from the Front Lines of Doing Business in China. Free Press.

McGregor, W. 1999. An insider's view of the current state and future direction of international accounting standard setting. Accounting Horizons (June): 159-168.

McGrew, H. 1949. A case study in the budgeting of airline revenue, expense, and capital outlay. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 15): 833-847.

McGroarty, J. S. and C. T. Horngren. 1993. Functional costing for better teamwork and decision support. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 24-36.

McGuigan, N., S. H. Weil, T. Kern and B. Hu. 2012. Industry perspective workshop program: An instructional case used to integrate transferable skills in introductory accounting. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 157-186.

McGuire, B. L. 2000. What your business should know about internet security. Strategic Finance (November): 50-54.

McGuire, B. L. 2011. Increasing the ROI of CMA certification. Strategic Finance (August): 6 and 61.

McGuire, B. L., M. C. Kocakulah, and J. J. Vorst. 1998. Determining the cost of quality in the poultry industry. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 39-45.

McGuire, B. L., M. C. Kocakulah, and J. W. Dague. 1997. Using ABC to identify cost drivers in a manufacturing environment. Journal of Cost Management (September/October): 22-28.

McGuire, B. L., S. J. Okesson and L. A. Watson. 2006. Second-wave benefits of XBRL. Strategic Finance (December): 43-47.

McGuire, C. B. 1961. Some team models of a sales organization. Management Science (January): 101-130. (JSTOR link).

McGuire, J. and E. Matta. 2003. CEO stock options: The silent dimension of ownership. The Academy of Management Journal 46(2): 255-265. (JSTOR link).

McGuire, J., T. Schneeweis and J. Naroff. 1988. Effects of top managers' cabinet appointments on shareholders' wealth. The Academy of Management Journal 31(1): 201-212. (JSTOR link).

McGuire, J. B., A. Sundgren and T. Schneeweis. 1988. Corporate social responsibility and firm financial performance. The Academy of Management Journal 31(4): 854-872. (JSTOR link).

McGurr, F. J. 1960. The integration of statistics and accounting. The Accounting Review (January): 60-63. (JSTOR link).

McHugh, A. J. 1976. Relationship between accounting and the internal rate of return measures. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 181-186. (JSTOR link).

McHugh, M. E. III and P. W. Polinski. 2012. Audit firm changes post-Sarbanes Oxley: Impact on the market for public company audits. The CPA Journal (May): 24-31.

McHugh, W. J. 1976. ERISA - A new audit headache for management. Management Accounting (April): 21-28.

McIlhattan, R. D. 1987. How cost management systems can support the JIT philosophy. Management Accounting (September): 20-26. (Summary).

McIlhattan, R. D. 1987. The path to total cost management. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 5-10.

McIlwain, A. P. 1967. Utilizing EDP for stock material inventory transactions. Management Accounting (August): 28-34.

McInerney, D. M. and S. Van Etten. 2004. Big Theories Revisited (Research on Sociocultural Influences on Motivation and Learning). Information Age Publishing.

McInnes, M. and L. Shaw. 2008. Teranga West Africa: Building business controls in a developing country environment - Case study. Global Perspectives on Accounting Education (5): 27-41.

McInnis, J. and D. W. Collins. 2011. The effect of cash flow forecasts on accrual quality and benchmark beating. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 219-239.

McIntire, L. B. 1945. Income taxes and capital investment. The Accounting Review (October): 415-420. (JSTOR link).

McIntosh, G. 1922. Stockbrokers' accounts. Journal of Accountancy (August): 81-90.

McIntosh, J. G. 1916. Need of uniform accounting in the lumber industry. Journal of Accountancy (July): 10-15.

McIntosh, M. C. 1943. Government policies in cost definitions under cost-plus-fixed-fee contracts. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 891-901.

McIntosh, R. I., S. J. Culley, A. R. Mileham and G. W. Owen. 2001. Improving Changeover Performance: A Strategy for becoming a Lean, Responsive Manufacturer. Butterworth Heinemann.

McIntyre, E. V. 1973. Current-cost financial statements and common-stock investments decisions. The Accounting Review (July): 575-585. (JSTOR link).

McIntyre, E. V. 1974. An algebraic aid in teaching the differences between direct costing and full-absorption costing models: An extension. The Accounting Review (October): 839-840. (JSTOR link).

McIntyre, E. V. 1975. The effects of restating financial statements for price-level changes: A reply. The Accounting Review (October): 815-817. (JSTOR link).

McIntyre, E. V. 1976. A note on the joint variance. The Accounting Review (January): 151-155. (JSTOR link).

McIntyre, E. V. 1977. Present value depreciation and the disaggregation problem. The Accounting Review (January): 162-171. (JSTOR link).

McIntyre, E. V. 1978. The joint variance: A reply. The Accounting Review (April): 534-537. (JSTOR link).

McIntyre, E. V. 1982. Interaction effects of inflation accounting models and accounting techniques. The Accounting Review (July): 607-618. (JSTOR link).

McIntyre, S., D. J. Moberg and B. Z. Posner. 1980. Preferential treatment in preselection decisions according to sex and race. The Academy of Management Journal 23(4): 738-749. (JSTOR link).

McIsaac, C. M. and J. F. Sepe. 1996. Improving the writing of accounting students: A cooperative venture. Journal of Accounting Education 14(4): 515-533.

McIvor, R. 2000. Partnership sourcing: An organization change management perspective. Journal of Supply Chain Management (Summer): 12-20.

McKague, W. A. 1945. Canadian examinations. The Accounting Review (April): 204-206. (JSTOR link).

McKean, D. C. 1915. Shipbuilding accountancy. Journal of Accountancy (February): 162.

McKee, A. J. 2004. Customized multimedia software for teaching managerial accounting. Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 47-59.

McKee, A. J. and K. Lantz. 2009. The ABC simulator: A new approach to teaching traditional topics. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 28-33.

McKee, A. J. Jr., T. B. Bell and J. R. Boatsman. 1984. Management preferences over accounting standards: A replication and additional tests. The Accounting Review (October): 647-659. (JSTOR link).

McKee, F. V. 1959. Accounting education and E.D.P. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 93.

McKee, L. J. B. and T. E. McKee. 2010. Proposed tax gap legislation erodes individual privacy and protections. The CPA Journal (April): 6-9.

McKee, L. J. B. and T. E. McKee. 2011. Helping taxpayers who are victims of identity theft. The CPA Journal (July): 46-50.

McKee, R. 2003. Storytelling that moves people. Harvard Business Review (June): 51-55.

McKee, R. W. 1923. Cost apportionment in flour milling. Journal of Accountancy (January): 22-25.

McKee, R. W. 1923. Oil refinery costs and accounts. Journal of Accountancy (October): 247-267.

McKee, R. W. 1923. Value in crude-oil production. Journal of Accountancy (April): 258-275.

Mckee, T. C. and R. G. Laverdiere. 1987. Maximizing depreciation benefits. Management Accounting (June): 35-38.

McKee, T. E. 1979. An 1870 corporate audit committee. The Accounting Historians Journal 6(2): 61-68. (JSTOR link).

McKee, T. E. 1986. Why can't accountants deal with uncertainty about enterprise continuity? Management Accounting (July): 24-29.

McKee, T. E. 2005. Earnings Management: An Executive Perspective. South-Western.

McKee, T. E. 2007. Altman's 1968 bankruptcy prediction model revisited via genetic programming: New wine from an old bottle or a better fermentation process? Journal of Emerging Technologies in Accounting (4): 87-101.

McKee, T. E. 2009. A meta-learning approach to predicting financial statement fraud. Journal of Emerging Technologies in Accounting (6): 5-26.

McKee, T. E. 2010. The 'cry wolf' problem in current fraud auditing standards. The CPA Journal (January): 60-62.

McKee, T. E. and L. J. B. McKee. 2008. Problems and prospects for Schedule C preparers. The CPA Journal (October): 50-55.

McKee, T. E. and L. J. B. McKee. 2013. Using learning curves for revenue recognition: How to apply a different approach under FASB's proposed standard. The CPA Journal (April): 60-64.

McKee, W. W. 1972. Small business can be computerized. Management Accounting (April): 49-52.

McKell, L. J. and K. D. Stocks. 1986. An evaluation of computerized accounting practice sets. Journal of Accounting Education 4(1): 177-190.

McKelvey, B. 1975. Guidelines for the empirical classification of organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(4): 509-525. (JSTOR link).

McKelvey, B. 1979. Comment on the biological analog in organizational science, on the occasion of Van de Ven's review of Aldrich. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(3): 488-493. (JSTOR link).

McKelvey, B. and H. Aldrich. 1983. Populations, natural selection, and applied organizational science. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(1): 101-128. (JSTOR link). (Part of a special section on the utilization of organizational research, part 2).

McKelvey, B. and R. H. Kilmann. 1975. Organization design: A participative multivariate approach. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(1): 24-36. (JSTOR link).

McKelvey, B. and U. Sekaran. 1977. Toward a career-based theory of job involvement: A study of scientists and engineers. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(2): 281-305. (JSTOR link).

McKelvey, W. W. 1969. Expectational noncomplementarity and style of interaction between professional and organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(1): 21-32. (JSTOR link).

McKendrick, D. G., J. Jaffee, G. R. Carroll and O. M. Khessina. 2003. In the bud? Disk array producers as a (possibly) emergent organizational form. Administrative Science Quarterly 48(1): 60-93. (JSTOR link).

McKenna, E. F. 1980. An analysis of leadership patterns in the finance function. Accounting, Organizations and Society 5(3): 297-310.

McKenna, J. A. 1916. Ascertainment of value and profits from books of account. Journal of Accountancy (March): 192-205.

McKenna, R. 2002. Total Access: Giving Customers What They Want in an Anytime Anywhere World. Harvard Business School Press.

Mckenna, W. C. 1958. Card-a-type as an accounting data process. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 75-88.

McKenney, J. L. 1962. Simultaneous processing of jobs on an electronic computer. Management Science (April): 344-354. (JSTOR link).

McKenzie, F. C. and M. D. Shilling. 1998. Avoiding performance measurement traps: Ensuring effective incentive design and implementation. Compensation and Benefits Review (July/August): 57-64.

McKenzie, J. L. and G. L. Melling. 2001. Skills-based human capital budgeting: A strategic initiative, not a financial exercise. Journal of Cost Management (May/June): 30-36.

McKenzie, P. B. 1987. An alternative learning curve formula. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 383-387.

McKenzie, R. 1975. The economic effects of grade inflation on instructor evaluations: A theoretical approach. Journal of Economic Education 6(2): 99-105.

McKenzie, W. M. 1944. Controlling bank costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 15): 39-54.

McKeon, A. and G. Ranney. 2013. Ongoing Discussion "Thought Piece". Thinking about management from a climate change perspective. Presentation at Aerojet Rocketdyne's InThinking Network. (September): 1-29. (Note).

Mckeon, J. M. Jr. and W. N. Bockanic. 1984. Integration of law with accounting: A more comprehensive learning experience. Journal of Accounting Education 2(2): 127-141.

McKeown, J. C. 1971. An empirical test of a model proposed by Chambers. The Accounting Review (January): 12-29. (JSTOR link).

McKeown, J. C. 1972. Additivity of net realizable values. The Accounting Review (July): 527-532. (JSTOR link).

McKeown, J. C. 1973. An effective and practical tool for conveying test deck concepts. The Accounting Review (January): 172-174. (JSTOR link).

McKeown, J. C. 1973. A brief exploration of the goal congruence of net realizable value. The Accounting Review (April): 386-388. (JSTOR link).

McKeown, J. C. 1973. Comparative application of market and cost based accounting models. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 62-99. (JSTOR link).

McKeown, J. C. 1976. Computer-assisted instruction for elementary accounting. The Accounting Review (January): 123-130. (JSTOR link).

McKeown, J. C. 1987. Understanding accounting changes in an efficient market: Analysis of variance issues. The Accounting Review (July): 597-600. (JSTOR link).

McKernan, J. F. 2007. Objectivity in accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 32(1-2): 155-180.

McKibbin, R. C. 1947. Valuing flour mill inventories. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 1): 1076-1085.

McKie, S. 1997. Client/Server Accounting: Reengineering Financial Systems. John Wiley & Sons.

McKie, S. 2001. E-Business Best Practices: Leveraging Technology for Business Advantage. John Wiley & Sons.

McKinley, J. M. 2000. Planning for success after "go live". Strategic Finance (April): 54-58. (Implementing an ERP system).

McKinley, S., K. Pany and P. M. J. Reckers. 1985. An examination of the influence of CPA firm type, size, and MAS provision on loan officer decisions and perceptions. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 887-896. (JSTOR link).

McKinley, W. 1987. Complexity and administrative intensity: The case of declining organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 32(1): 87-105. (JSTOR link).

McKinley, W., J. L. C. Cheng and A. G. Schick. 1986. Perceptions of resource criticality in times of resource scarcity: The case of university departments. The Academy of Management Journal 29(3): 623-632. (JSTOR link).

McKinley, W., L. A. Ponemon and A. G. Schick. 1996. Auditors' perceptions of client firms: The stigma of decline and the stigma of growth. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(2-3): 193-213.

McKinnon, J. L. 1984. Application of Anglo-American principles of consolidation to corporate financial disclosure in Japan. Abacus 20(1): 16-33.

McKinnon, S. M. and W. J. Bruns Jr. 1984. Evaluating tasks for operational control. Management Accounting (October): 60-63.

McKinnon, S. M. and W. J. Bruns, Jr. 1992. Management information and accounting information: What do managers want? Advances In Management Accounting (1): 55-80.

McKinnon, S. M. and W. J. Bruns Jr. 1993. What production managers really want to know. Management Accounting (January): 29-35. (Survey of 73 non accounting managers).

McKinnon, W. L. 1950. Planned control of costs in the research division of an oil company. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1197-1211.

McKinsey & Company Inc., T. Copeland, T. Koller and J. Murrin. 2000. Valuation: Measuring and Managing the Value of Companies, 3rd edition. John Wiley & Sons.

McKinsey, J. O. 1923. Municipal accounting. Journal of Accountancy (February): 81-94.

McKinsey, J. O. 1925. Modern tendencies in accounting practice. Journal of Accountancy (April): 299-308.

McKinsey & Company Inc., T. Copeland, T. Koller, J. Murrin and W. Foote. 2000. Valuation WorkBook: Step-by-Step Exercises and Test to Help You Master Valuation. John Wiley & Sons.

McKinsey, J. O. 1922. Relation of budgetary control to cost accounting. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (January 15): 3-14.

McKinstry, S. 1996. Designing the annual reports of Burton PLC from 1930 to 1994. Accounting, Organizations and Society 21(1): 89-111.

McKinstry, S. 1997. Status building: Some reflections on the architectural history of chartered accountants' hall, London, 1889-1893. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(8): 779-798.

McKinstry, S. and M. Fletcher. 2002. The personal account books of Sir Walter Scott. The Accounting Historians Journal 29(2): 59-89. (JSTOR link).

McKittrick, T. H. 1925. A comparison of British and American practice in issuing investment securities. Harvard Business Review (January): 185-193.

McKnight, C. A. and W. F. Wright. 2011. Characteristics of relatively high-performance auditors. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 30(1): 191-206.

McKnight, D. H. 2011. Good science, bad science: Preventing paradigm paralysis and method-bias malaise. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 12(2): 84-89.

McLain, D. L. 1995. Responses to health and safety risk in the work environment. The Academy of Management Journal 38(6): 1726-1743. (JSTOR link).

McLain, R. K. 1960. The pool method of setting overhead rates. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 75-83.

McLain, R. K. 1963. Transfer pricing can contribute to divisional performance evaluation. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 29-32.

McLain, R. K. 1967. Divisional profit measurement using return on capital employed. Management Accounting (October): 36-39.

McLaney, J. P. 1969. Asset forecasting: A defense industry technique. Management Accounting (September): 33-35.

McLaney, J. P. 1973. Actionable-asset reporting. Management Accounting (May): 37-39.

McLaughlin, E. J. and R. L. Hunt. 2011. Medical billing fraud at Tenet Healthcare Corporation. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 3(1): 306-319.

McLaughlin, F. J. 1960. Depreciation provisions in standard costs. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 74.

McLaughlin, F. J. Jr. 1957. A cost system for a synthetic fiber plant. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 671-679.

McLaughlin, F. J. Jr. 1961. Cost standards - On what basis? N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 89-90.

McLaughlin, K. P. 2011. Strategies for compromising tax debts. Journal of Accountancy (June): 50-54.

McLaughlin, T. A. 1995. Streetsmart Financial Basics for Nonprofit Managers. John Wiley & Sons.

McLaughlin, T. D. 1992. Accommodating the disabled. Management Accounting (November): 35-37.

McLaughlin, T. D. and E. A. Doty Jr. 1993. The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA): An emerging challenge to accounting education. Journal of Accounting Education 11(1): 101-112.

McLaughlin, W. J. 1963. Allocating administrative costs. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 54.

McLaughlin, W. J. 1966. Data processing in a manufacturing industry - A case study. Management Accounting (July): 41-51.

McLaughlin, W. T. 1970. What have you done for yourself lately? Management Accounting (January): 15, 36.

McLawhon, A. 1959. Profits and the economics of credit sales. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 25-39.

McLean, J. G. 1958. How to evaluate capital investments. Harvard Business Review (November-December):.

McLean, J. G. 1960. Measuring the return on capital - Relating calculations to uses. N.A.A. Bulletin -1960 Conference Proceedings III (September): 31-51.

McLean, J. H. 1965. Planning in corporate liquidations. The Accounting Review (April): 448-450. (JSTOR link).

McLean, J. H. and C. H. Buckner Jr. 1965. An analysis of arguments against the capitalization of leases. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 46-48.

McLean, T. 1996. Bureaucratic and craft administration of the production process: The formation of accounting and non-accounting control arrangements. Management Accounting Research (March): 119-134.

McLean, T. 1997. Agent's reputation, accounting and costing in organisational control structures. The Accounting Historians Journal 24(1): 1-23. (JSTOR link).

McLeay, S. 1983. Value added: A comparative study. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(1): 31-56.

McLeay, S. 2006. Forum: International financial reporting: Introduction. Abacus 42(3-4): 291-295.

McLeay, S. 2008. Forum guest editorial. Abacus 44(2): 137-138.

McLeay, S. and D. Trigueiros. 2002. Proportionate growth and the theoretical foundations of financial ratios. Abacus 38(3): 297-316.

McLeay, S., D. Ordelheide and S. Young. 2000. Constituent lobbying and its impact on the development of financial reporting regulations: Evidence from Germany. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(1): 79-98.

McLennan, K. 1967. A reply to the unconvinced universalists. The Academy of Management Journal 10(4): 422-423. (JSTOR link).

McLennan, K. 1967. The manager and his job skills. The Academy of Management Journal 10(3): 235-245. (JSTOR link).

Mclver, R. 2005. Asset management companies, state-owned commercial bank debt transfers and contingent claims: Issues in the valuation of China’s non-performing loan. Managerial Finance 31(12): 11-28.

McMahan, J. L. 1973. Controlling corporate insurance costs. Management Accounting (March): 39-42.

McMahon, G. 2011. Mark-to-market's real role in the crisis: How accounting standards helped build the 'super bubble'. The CPA Journal (February): 46-55.

McMahon, J. T. and G. W. Perritt. 1971. The control structure of organizations: An empirical examination. The Academy of Management Journal 14(3): 327-340. (JSTOR link).

McMahon, J. T. and G. W. Perritt. 1972. The control structure of organizations: An empirical examination: Reply. The Academy of Management Journal 15(4): 544-546. (JSTOR link).

McMahon, J. T. and G. W. Perritt. 1973. Toward a contingency theory of organizational control. The Academy of Management Journal 16(4): 624-635. (JSTOR link).

McMahon, J. T. and J. M. Ivancevich. 1976. A study of control in a manufacturing organization: Managers and nonmanagers. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(1): 66-83. (JSTOR link).

McMahan, J. W. 1946. Basic education for accounting in business. The Accounting Review (April): 135-140. (JSTOR link).

McMahon, R. F. 1960. Organizing a forecast and budget program - Basic considerations. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 41-52.

McMann, P. and A. J. Nanni Jr. 1994. Is your company really measuring performance? Management Accounting (November): 55-58.

McMann, P. J. and A. J. Nanni Jr. 1995. Means versus ends: A review of the literature on Japanese management accounting. Management Accounting Research (December): 313-346.

McManus, L. 2007. The construction of a segmental customer profitability analysis. Journal of Applied Management Accounting Research (Summer): 59-74.

McMath, H. K. On the correct calculation of present value-based measurements in accounting. Journal of Accounting Education 18(1): 51-54.

McMickle, P. L. 1984. Young man's companion of 1737: America's first book on accounting? Abacus 20(1): 34-51.

McMillan, C. Jr. and D. R. Plane. 1973. Education: Resource allocation decisions via 0, 1 programming. Decision Sciences 4(1): 119-132.

McMillan, C. J., D. J. Hickson, C. R. Hinings and R. E. Schneck. 1973. The structure of work organizations across societies. The Academy of Management Journal 16(4): 555-569. (JSTOR link).

McMillan, E. J. 2010. Not-for-Profit Budgeting and Financial Management, 4th edition. Wiley.

McMillan, J. 2002. Reinventing the Bazaar: The Natural History of Markets. W.W. Norton and Company.

McMillan, J. J. 1994. Identifying and closing gaps in the judgment and behavior of auditing students and staff auditors. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 282-300.

McMillan, J. J. and R. A. White. 1993. Auditors' belief revisions and evidence search: The effect of hypothesis frame, confirmation bias, and professional skepticism. The Accounting Review (July): 443-465. (JSTOR link).

McMillan, K. P. 1998. 1997 Vangermeersch Manuscript Award winner: The science of accounts: Bookkeeping rooted in the ideal of science. The Accounting Historians Journal 25(2): 1-33. (JSTOR link).

McMillan, T. E. Jr. 1955. State-municipal relations in financial control. The Accounting Review (October): 592-599. (JSTOR link).

McMullen, D. A. and M. H. Sanchez. 2010. A preliminary investigation of the necessary skills, education requirements, and training requirements for forensic accountants. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 2(2): 30-48.

McMullen, D. A., K. Raghunandan and D. V. Rama. 1996. Internal control reports and financial reporting problems. Accounting Horizons (December): 67-75.

McMullen, D. A., M. H. Sanchez and D. E. Stout. 2011. Initial public offerings and the role of the management accountant. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 11-23.

McMullen, J. E. 1941. The controller as co-ordinator. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 1): 1121-1135.

McMullen, K. E. 1961. Effective overhead budgeting. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 49-61.

McMullen, K. E. 1968. The management accountant and program control. Management Accounting (February): 35-42. (Discussion of the concept of program management).

McMullen, S. Y. 1951. Clarifying the balance sheet: An analysis and interpretation of Supplementary Statement No. 1 on "Reserves and Retained Income" by a member of the Committee on Concepts and Standards. The Accounting Review (April): 157-166. (JSTOR link).

McMullen, T. A. 1947. Operating a systems department. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 1): 819-828.

McMunn, H. E. and R. DePasquale. 1997. Everyone an internal auditor. Management Accounting (March): 40-44.

McMurray, A. R. 1959. Plant re-location expenses - Identification and control. N.A.A. Bulletin (March): 51-60.

McMurray, R. 1961. Where out-of-pocket costs make the best transfer price. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 33-34.

McMurry, R. N. 1958. Recruitment, dependency, and morale in the banking industry. Administrative Science Quarterly 3(1): 87-117. (JSTOR link).

McNaboe, E. J. 1966. Flexible budgeting through electronic data processing. Management Accounting (March): 9-16.

McNair, C. J. 1990. Interdependence and control: Traditional vs. activity-based responsibility accounting. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 15-23. (Summary).

McNair, C. J. 1990. Responsibility redefined: Activity accounting and the learning organization. CAM-I Research Paper.

McNair, C. J. 1991. Proper compromises: The management control dilemma in public accounting and its impact on auditor behavior. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(7): 635-653.

McNair, C. J. 1993. Form over function: Toward an architecture of costs. Advances In Management Accounting (2): 1-26.

McNair, C. J. 1994. The hidden costs of capacity. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 12-24. (Summary).

McNair, C. J. 1996. To serve the customer within. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 40-43.

McNair, C. J. 1996. Responsibility accounting and controllability networks. Chapter E4. Handbook of Cost Management. Warren, Gorham & Lamont: E4-1-E4-33.

McNair, C. J. 2000. Defining and shaping the future of cost management. Journal of Cost Management (September/October): 28-32.

McNair, C. J. 2000. Value Quest: Driving Profit and Performance by Integrating Strategic Management Processes. CAM-I.

McNair, C. J. 2007. Beyond the boundaries: Future trends in cost management. Cost Management (January/February): 10-21.

McNair, C. J. and B. Richards. 2008. Unintended consequences: Death of the teacher-scholar. Cost Management (January/February): 21-28. (Summary).

McNair, C. J. and K. Leibfried. 1992. Benchmarking: A Tool for Continuous Improvement. Essex Junction, Texas: Omneo.

McNair, C. J. and L. P. Carr. 1994. Responsibility redefined: Changing concepts of accounting-based control. Advances in Management Accounting (3): 85-117. (Summary).

McNair, C. J. and L. Polutnik. 2001. Closing the cost-value gap. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 5-11.

McNair, C. J. and R. Vangermeersch. 1998. Total Capacity Management: Optimizing at the Operational, Tactical, and Strategic Levels. CRC Press.

McNair, C. J. and T. Watts. 2009. The integration of balanced scorecard models. Cost Management (September/October): 5-12.

McNair, C. J., and W. Mosconi. 1987. Measuring performance in an advanced manufacturing environment. Management Accounting (July): 28-31.

McNair, C. J., L. Polutnik and R. Silvi. 2000. Outside-in cost and the creation of customer value. Advances in Management Accounting (9): 1-41.

McNair, C. J., L. Polutnik and R. Silvi. 2006. Customer-driven lean cost management. Cost Management (November/December): 9-21.

McNair, C. J., L. Polutnik, H. H. Johnston, J. Augustyn and C. R. Thomas. 2003. Shifting perspectives: Accounting, visibility, and management action. Advances in Management Accounting (11): 1-38. (Related to capacity measurement, utilization and cost).

McNair, C. J., R. Lynch and K. Cross. 1990. Do financial and nonfinancial performance measures have to agree? Management Accounting (November): 28-36.

McNair, C. J., W. Mosconi and T. Norris. 1988. Meeting The Technology Challenge: Cost Accounting In A JIT Environment. Montvale, NJ: National Association of Accountants.

McNair, C. J., W. Mosconi and T. F. Norris. 1989. Beyond Bottom Line: Measuring World Class Performance. National Association of Accountants.

McNair, F. and E. E. Milam. 1994. The limited liability company: An idea whose time has come. Management Accounting (December): 30-33.

McNair, F. E. and C. R. Pryor. 2006. Tax reporting for houses of worship. Journal of Accountancy (May): 71-76.

McNair, M. P. 1922. Significance of stock-turn in retail and wholesale merchandising. Harvard Business Review (October): 87-96.

McNair, M. P. 1923. A selling price method of merchandise accounting. Harvard Business Review (October): 49-59.

McNair, M. P. 1927. Some recent books on retailing. Harvard Business Review (April): 366-374.

McNair, M. P. 1929. The feasibility of protective hedging for a cotton grey goods manufacturer. Harvard Business Review (April): 288-300.

McNair, M. P. 1935. Some proposed changes in department store accounting procedure. The Accounting Review (March): 50-63. (JSTOR link).

McNair-Connolly, C. J., B. Richards and T. Watts. 2012. The snowball effect: Variation and its impact on organizational performance. Cost Management (July/August): 13-14 and 16-21.

McNally, G. M. and L. H. Eng. 1980. Management accounting practices and company characteristics. Abacus 16(2): 142-150. (Study of 92 companies on the New Zealand Stock Exchange).

McNally, J. S. 2005. Assessing company-level controls. Journal of Accountancy (June): 65-68.

McNally, J. S. 2013. The 2013 COSO framework & SOX compliance. Strategic Finance (June): 45-52.

McNamara, C. R. 1979. Management productivity: How to uncover a hidden corporate asset. Management Review, (December): 20-23.

McNamara, G. and P. Bromiley. 1997. Decision making in an organizational setting: Cognitive and organizational influences on risk assessment in commercial lending. The Academy of Management Journal 40(5): 1063-1088. (JSTOR link).

McNamara, G. and P. Bromiley. 1999. Risk and return in organizational decision making. The Academy of Management Journal 42(3): 330-339. (JSTOR link).

McNamara, G., H. Moon and P. Bromiley. 2002. Banking on commitment: Intended and unintended consequences of an organization's attempt to attenuate escalation of commitment. The Academy of Management Journal 45(2): 443-452. (JSTOR link).

McNamara, J. P. 1950. The tax side of pension planning. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1319-1331.

McNamarna, B., G. Danziger and E. Barton. 1990. An appraisal of executive information and decision support systems. Journal of Systems Management (May): 14-18.

McNatt, D. B. and T. A. Judge. 2004. Boundary conditions of the Galatea effect: A field experiment of constructive replication. The Academy of Management Journal 47(4): 550-565. (JSTOR link). (The Galatea effect is where high self-expectations leads to high performance. The Pygmalion effect is where one person's high expectations of another person leads to high performance for that person).

McNaughton, R. 1959. Scheduling with deadlines and loss functions. Management Science (October): 1-12. (JSTOR link).

McNay, L. 2000. Gender and Agency: Reconfiguring the Subject in Feminist and Social Theory. Polity Press.

McNeal, A. 2009. What's your fraud IQ? Journal of Accountancy (May): 52-56.

McNeal, A. 2009. What's your fraud IQ? Journal of Accountancy (September): 48-52.

McNeal, A. 2010. What's your fraud IQ? Journal of Accountancy (January): 34-38.

McNeal, A. 2010. What's your fraud IQ? Journal of Accountancy (May): 50-52.

McNeal, A. 2012. What's your fraud IQ? Journal of Accountancy (August): 32-37.

McNeal, A. 2012. What's our fraud IQ? Journal of Accountancy (December): 42-46.

McNeal, A. and C. Lofland. 2013. What's your fraud IQ? Journal of Accountancy (March): 46-51.

McNeil, J. F. 1964. Program cost control. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 11-20. (PERT).

McNeil, K. 1978. Understanding organizational power: Building on the Weberian legacy. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(1): 65-90. (JSTOR link).

McNeil, K. and E. Minihan. 1977. Regulation of medical devices and organizational behavior in hospitals. Administrative Science Quarterly 22(3): 475-490. (JSTOR link).

McNeil, K. and R. E. Miller. 1980. The profitability of consumer protection: Warranty policy in the auto industry. Administrative Science Quarterly 25(3): 407-427. (JSTOR link).

McNeill, I. E. and F. Collins. 1975. Personality tendencies and learning modes in elementary accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 888-897. (JSTOR link).

McNeill, W. I. 1945. Standards - Can they be swallowed whole? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 1): 294-298.

McNellis, C. J. 2013. How to tell the 'accounting story': Balancing competing objectives in accounting communication. The CPA Journal (April): 6, 8-9.

McNelis, L. K. and G. Whitsett. 2003. The visual scorecard. Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 17-21.

McNerney, C. H., C. E. Landes and M. P. Glynn. 2010. Changes on tap for compilation and review standards. Journal of Accountancy (May): 32-36.

McNichols, C. W., M. J. Stahl and T. R. Manley. 1978. A validation of Hoppock's job satisfaction measure. The Academy of Management Journal 21(4): 737-742. (JSTOR link).

McNichols, G. R. and K. A. Longman. 1967. Marketing science. Management Science (December): B259-B263. (JSTOR link).

McNichols, M. 1985. Discussion of the ex ante information content of accounting information systems. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Accounting Earnings and Security Valuation: Current Research Issues): 140-143. (JSTOR link).

McNichols, M. 1988. A comparison of the skewness of stock return distributions at earnings and non-earnings announcement dates. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 239-273.

McNichols, M. 1989. Evidence of informational asymmetries from management earnings forecasts and stock returns. The Accounting Review (January): 1-27. (JSTOR link).

McNichols, M. 1990. Discussion of analyst following and institutional ownership. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Judgment in Accounting and Auditing): 77-82. (JSTOR link).

McNichols, M. 2000. Research design issues in earnings management studies. Journal of Accounting and Public Policy (19): 313-345.

McNichols, M. and B. Trueman. 1994. Public disclosure, private information collection, and short-term trading. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 69-94.

McNichols, M. and G. P. Wilson. 1988. Evidence of earnings management from the provision for bad debts. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Management's Ability and Incentives to Affect the Timing and Magnitude of Accounting Accruals): 1-31. (JSTOR link).

McNichols, M. and J. G. Manegold. 1983. The effect of the information environment on the relationship between financial disclosure and security price variability. Journal of Accounting and Economics (5): 49-74.

McNichols, M. and P. C. O'Brien. 1997. Self-selection and analyst coverage. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Experts and the Application of Expertise in Accounting, Auditing, and Tax): 167-199. (JSTOR link).

McNichols, M. F. 2002. The quality of accruals and earnings: The role of accrual estimation errors: Discussion. The Accounting Review (Supplement: Quality of Earnings Conference): 61-69. (JSTOR link).

McNichols, M. F. 2003. Discussion of “Why are earnings kinky? An examination of the earnings management explanation”. Review of Accounting Studies 8(2-3): 385-391.

McNichols, T. J. and F. V. Boyd. 1954. Adjustment of fixed assets to reflect price level changes. The Accounting Review (January): 106-113. (JSTOR link).

McNiece, T. M. 1925. Cost accounting and foreman's departmental activities. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (July 1): 3-13.

McNiece, T. M. 1928. Analysis of wholesalers' operating costs. Harvard Business Review (October): 20-34.

McNiece, T. M. 1929. Measurement and control of selling distribution costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 1).

McNitt, D. B. 1955. A standard hour incentive in a service company. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January): 715-721.

McNulty, E. 2003. They bought in. Now they want to bail out. Harvard Business Review (December): 28-38. (Case study).

McNulty, E. 2005. Just in time for the holidays. Harvard Business Review (December): 39-49. (Case study).

McNulty, E. 2007. Boss, I think someone stole our customer data. Harvard Business Review (September): 37-40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50. (Case study).

McNulty, E., K. Calcidise, D. Benton, D. D. Cohen and N. Aversano. 2002. Welcome aboard (But don't change a thing). Harvard Business Review (October): 32-40. (Case study).

McNulty, E. J. and R. Davis. 2010. Should the C-suite have a "green" seat? Harvard Business Review (December): 133-137.

McNulty, E. J., J. J. Dunne III and L. J. Marcus. 2010. The CEO can't afford to panic. Harvard Business Review (March): 121-125.

McNulty, J. E. 1962. Organizational change in growing enterprises. Administrative Science Quarterly 7(1): 1-21. (JSTOR link).

McNulty, J. J., T. D. Yeh, W. S. Schulze and M. H. Lubatkin. 2002. What's your real cost of capital? Harvard Business Review (October): 114-121. (Replacing the capital asset pricing model with the market-derived capital pricing model).

McNulty, J. P. 1963. Over-controlled controllers. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 58-59.

McNulty, M. S. 1975. A question of managerial legitimacy. The Academy of Management Journal 18(3): 579-588. (JSTOR link).

McPeak, D., K. V. Pincus and G. L. Sundem. 2012. The International Accounting Education Standards Board: Influencing global accounting education. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 743-750.

McPhail, K. and D. Walters. 2009. Accounting and Business Ethics: An Introduction. Routledge.

McPherson. M. 2006. Determinants of how students evaluate teachers. Journal of Economic Education 37(1): 3-20.

McPhie, D. 2000. AICPA/CICA SYSTRUST™ principles and criteria. Journal of Information Systems (Supplement): 1-7.

McQuade, R. J. and R. J. Levesque. 1990. Making college education affordable. Management Accounting (September): 41-45.

McQueary, G. M. II and M. P. Risdon. 1979. How we comply with the foreign corrupt practices act. Management Accounting (November): 39-43.

McQueen, M. W. 1941. Accounting for air transportation. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 1): 345-369.

McQuillan, R. G. 1959. Equipping the accounts payable department to handle all its functions. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 30-32.

McRae, A. 1971. Credit review analysis. Management Accounting (June): 28-32.

McRae, T. W. 1965. Accountancy training in Scotland. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 255-260. (JSTOR link).

McRae, T. W. 1968. Financial control of R. & D. activity - A study in applied accounting. Abacus 4(2): 124-141.

McRae, T. W. 1970. Opportunity and incremental cost: An attempt to define in systems terms. The Accounting Review (April): 315-321. (JSTOR link).

McRae, T. W. 1970. The evaluation of investment in computers. Abacus 6(1): 56-70.

McRae, T. W. 1974. A citational analysis of the accounting information network. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 80-92. (JSTOR link).

McRae, T. W. 1974. A further note on the definition of incremental and opportunity cost. The Accounting Review (January): 124-125. (JSTOR link).

McRoberts, H. A. and J. Hudson. 1985. Auditing program evaluations: The Canadian case. Accounting, Organizations and Society 10(4): 493-502.

McSwain, D. N., T. K. Patton and D. C. Benco. 2008. Intangibles: Governments' forgotten capital assets. The CPA Journal (April): 40-43.

McSweeney, B. 1997. The unbearable ambiguity of accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(7): 691-712.

McSweeney, B. 2000. Looking forward to the past. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(8): 767-786.

McSweeney, B. 2009. The roles of financial asset market failure denial and the economic crisis: Reflections on accounting and financial theories and practices. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(6-7): 835-848.

McTague, E. 1985. Capitalizing interest cost: How to make the computations. The Practical Accountant (November): 59-63.

McVay, S., V. Nagar and V. W. Tang. 2006. Trading incentives to meet the analyst forecast. Review of Accounting Studies 11(4): 575-598.

McVay, S. E. 2006. Earnings management using classification shifting: An examination of core earnings and special items. The Accounting Review (May): 501-531. (JSTOR link).

McVicker, J. L. 1921. Securing effective work from labor. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (November 15): 3-14.

McWatters, C. 1993. The evolution of the profit concept: One organization's experience. The Accounting Historians Journal 20(2): 31-65. (JSTOR link).

McWatters, C. S. 2000. Review: The Role of Accounting in the Economic Development of England by James Ole Winjum; Securities Regulation and the New Deal by Michael E. Parrish; Cost Terminology and Cost Theory: A Study of its Development and Present State in Central Europe by Hanns-Martin W. Schoenfeld; Lord Byron Accounts Rendered by Doris Langley Moore. The Accounting Historians Journal 27(2): 199-200. (JSTOR link).

McWatters, C. S. 2011. Baskerville, P. 2008. A Silent Revolution? Issues In Accounting Education (November): 883-884. (Book review).

McWatters, C. S. and Y. Lemarchand. 2006. Accounting representation and the slave trade: The Guide Du Commerce of Gaignat De L'Aulnais. The Accounting Historians Journal 33(2): 1-37. (JSTOR link).

McWhinney, W. H. 1965. On the geometry of organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(3): 347-363. (JSTOR link).

McWhorter, L. B. 2003. Does the balanced scorecard reduce information overload? Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 23-27.

McWhorter, L. B., M. Matherly and D. M. Frizzell. 2006. The connection between performance measurement and risk management. Strategic Finance (February): 50-55.

McWilliams, A. and D. Siegel. 1997. Event studies in management research: Theoretical and empirical issues. The Academy of Management Journal 40(3): 626-657. (JSTOR link).

McWilliams, G. F. 1960. Burden rate applications in project evaluations. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 92-93.

McWilliams, V. B. and M. F. Peters. 2012. An integrated approach to beginning financial accounting and finance courses. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 299-336.

Mead, D. M. 2008. SEA performance reporting: GASB's focus on accountability for results stirs controversy. The CPA Journal (January): 6-12.

Mead, G. 1960. Auditing, management advisory services, social service, and the profit motive. The Accounting Review (October): 659-666. (JSTOR link).

Mead, G. C. 1967. Certification in management accounting: Should we jump on the British bandwagon? Management Accounting (June): 16-20.

Mead, R. 1989. Europe 1992: The single market. Management Accounting (August): 25-27.

Mead, R. 1998. International Management: Cross-Cultural Dimensions. Blackwell Publishers.

Mead, S. B. 1952. The disposition of special post-war reserves at the close of World War II. The Accounting Review (October): 496-501. (JSTOR link).

Mead, S. B. 1955. The machine-graded test for accounting courses. The Accounting Review (January): 133-134. (JSTOR link).

Mead, S. B. 1957. A federal tax course for non-accounting students. The Accounting Review (October): 652-653. (JSTOR link).

Mead, S. B. and J. W. Ruswinckel. 1959. The lecture system in elementary accounting. The Accounting Review (January): 130-131. (JSTOR link).

Meade, E. S. 1906. The cost of American railroads compared with their capitalization. Journal of Accountancy (March): 379-385.

Meade, E. S. 1907. Establish preliminary examinations in law and economics. Journal of Accountancy (January): 193-195.

Meade, J. A. 1990. The impact of different capital gains tax regimes on the lock-in effect and new risky investment decisions. The Accounting Review (April): 406-431. (JSTOR link).

Meade, J. A. 1995. The effects of income and consumption tax regimes and future tax rate uncertainty on proportional savings and risk-taking. The Accounting Review (October): 635-653. (JSTOR link).

Meade, J. A., editor. 2001. Methods, Topics, and Issues in Tax Education: A Year 2001 Perspective. American Accounting Association.

Meade, J. A. 2009. Overtime pay requirements for salaried employees. The CPA Journal (July): 60-63.

Meade, J. A. 2010. Tax benefits of converting a C corporation with undervalued assets. The CPA Journal (April): 42-44.

Meade, J. A. and C. J. Reichert. 2012. Tax matters. Journal of Accountancy (October): 62-65.

Meade, J. A. and C. J. Reichert. 2012. Tax matters. Journal of Accountancy (November): 64-68.

Meade, J. A., C. S. A. Cheng and C. W. Chow. 1996. The yellow brick company: An instructional case for integrating the teaching of tax and managerial accounting. Journal of Accounting Education 14(3): 385-400.

Meadows, D. 1981. New targeting for executive pay. Fortune (May 4): 176-184.

Meadows, D. H. 2008. Thinking in Systems: A Primer. Chelsea Green Publishing.

Meadows, D. K. 1964. Inventory-taking in a department store. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 17-21.

Meadows, M. S. 2008. I Avatar: The Culture and consequences of Having a Second Life. New Riders Press.

Meagher, G. M. 1979. Motivating accountants. Management Accounting (March): 27-30.

Means, E. H. 1968. More on football strategy. Management Science (October): B15-B16. (JSTOR link).

Means, K. M. 1994. Effective interest ... On what basis? Accounting Horizons (June): 71-79.

Means, K. M. and P. M. Kazenski. 1987. Improving internal control can cut audit costs. Management Accounting (January): 48-51.

Means, K. M. and P. M. Kazenski. 1987. SFAS 91. New dilemmas. Accounting Horizons (December): 63-67.

Means, K. M. and P. M. Kazenski. 1988. SFAS 34: A recipe for diversity. Accounting Horizons (September): 62-67.

Mear, R. and M. Firth. 1987. Assessing the accuracy of financial analyst security return predictions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(4): 331-340.

Mear, R. and M. Firth. 1987. Cue usage and self-insight of financial analysts. The Accounting Review (January): 176-182. (JSTOR link).

Mears, P. K. 1966. Discussion of financial ratios as predictors of failure. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 119-122. (JSTOR link).

Mechanic, D. 1962. Sources of power of lower participants in complex organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 7(3): 349-364. (JSTOR link).

Mecimore, C. D. 1968. Classifying and selecting financial ratios. Management Accounting (February): 11-17.

Mecimore, C. D. 1969. Integrating EDP into the elementary accounting course - One approach. The Accounting Review (October): 837-839. (JSTOR link).

Mecimore, C. D. 1968. Some empirical distributions of financial ratios. Management Accounting (September): 13-16.

Mecimore, C. D. 1970. Locating and evaluating unprofitable products or segments of a business firm. Management Accounting (July): 57-60, 64.

Mecimore, C. D. 1987. Investment justification: State of the art. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 65-67.

Mecimore, C. D. 1988. The difference between a cost accounting and a cost management system. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 66-68.

Mecimore, C. D. 1988. Product costing in a high-tech environment. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 50-52.

Mecimore, C. D. and A. T. Bell. 1995. Are we ready for fourth-generation ABC? Management Accounting (January): 22-26. (Summary).

Mecimore, C. D. and M. F. Cornick. 1982. Banks should use management accounting models. Management Accounting (February): 13-18.

Mecimore, C. D. and R. G. Morgan. 1983. Flowcharting: An effective teaching tool. Journal of Accounting Education 1(2): 163-167.

Meckling, W. H. 1966. Relevant thinking for investment decisions. Management Accounting (February): 8-11.

Meckling, W. H. 1985. Three reflections on performance rewards and higher education. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 247-251.

Medawar, C. 1976. The social audit: A political view. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(4): 389-394.

Meddaugh, E. J. 1975. The bias of cost control charts toward type II errors. Decision Sciences 6(2): 376-382.

Meder, A., S. T. Schwartz, E. E. Spires and R. A. Young. 2011. Structured finance and mark-to-model accounting: A few simple illustrations. Accounting Horizons (September): 559-576.

Medford, W. L. 1969. Key item reporting. Management Accounting (August): 21-26.

Medina, J. J. 2008. The science of thinking smarter: A conversation with brain expert John J. Medina. Harvard Business Review (May): 51-54.

Medsker, L. L. 1940. Qualifications required by law of C. P. A. candidates. The Accounting Review (March): 100-102 . (JSTOR link).

Mee, J. F. 1965. Pater Familiae et Magister. The Academy of Management Journal 8(1): 14-23. (JSTOR link).

Meek, C. E. 1914. Credit granting. Journal of Accountancy (December): 427-434.

Meek, G. 1984. Competition spurs worldwide harmonization. Management Accounting (August): 47-49.

Meek, G. K. 1983. U.S. securities market responses to alternate earnings disclosures of non-U.S. multinational corporations. The Accounting Review (April): 394-402. (JSTOR link).

Meek, G. K. 1985. Adding an international dimension to the introductory managerial accounting course. Journal of Accounting Education 3(1): 57-68.

Meek, G. K. and S. J. Gray. 1988. The value added statement: An innovation for U.S. companies? Accounting Horizons (June): 73-81.

Meek, G. K. and W. B. Thomas. 2004. A review of markets-based international accounting research. Journal of International Accounting Research 3(1): 21-41.

Meeker, R. 1930. The dependability and meaning of unemployment and employment statistics in the United States. Harvard Business Review (July): 385-400.

Meeks, G. and J. G. Buckland. 2001. The loser's curse: Accounting for the transaction costs of takeover and the distortion of takeover motives. Abacus 37(3): 389-400.

Meeks, G. and J. G. Meeks. 2009. Self-fulfilling prophecies of failure: The endogenous balance sheets of distressed companies. Abacus 45(1): 22-43.

Meeting, D. T. and R. W. Luecke. 1999. The case for capitalizing strategic planning costs. Journal of Cost Management (November/December): 37-40.

Meeting, D. T., M. Cornick and C. Alvis. 2010. Medicare Part B premiums: A hidden income tax. The CPA Journal (December): 42-45.

Mefford, R. N. 1989. The productivity nexus of new inventory and quality control techniques. Engineering Costs & Production Economics 17(1-4): 21-28.

Megginson, L. C. 1958. The pressure for principles: A challenge to management professors. The Journal of the Academy of Management 1(2): 7-12. (JSTOR link).

Megginson, L. C. 1963. Automation: Our greatest asset - Our greatest problem? The Academy of Management Journal 6(3): 232-244. (JSTOR link).

Mehl, A. G. and L. E. Lammers. 1979. A report and analysis of the accountancy faculty recruiting surveys of 1975-1978. The Accounting Review (July): 609-617. (JSTOR link).

Mehler, E. W. 1976. Capital budgeting: Theory and practice. Management Accounting (September): 32-38.

Mehra, A., M. Kilduff and D. J. Brass. 1998. At the margins: A distinctiveness approach to the social identity and social networks of underrepresented groups. The Academy of Management Journal 41(4): 441-452. (JSTOR link).

Mehra, A., M. Kilduff and D. J. Brass. 2001. The social networks of high and low self-monitors: Implications for workplace performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(1): 121-146. (JSTOR link). 2001. Errata: The social networks of high and low self-monitors: Implications for workplace performance. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(2): 376. (JSTOR link).

Mehrez, A., J. R. Brown and M. Khouja. 1992. Aggregate efficiency measures and Simpson's Paradox. Contemporary Accounting Research 9(1): 329-342.

Mehta, D. 1968. The formulation of credit policy models. Management Science (October): B30-B50. (JSTOR link).

Mehta, D. 1972. Markov process and credit collection policy. Decision Sciences 3(2): 27-43.

Mehta, D. R. and H. Fung. 2003. International Bank Management. Blackwell Publishing.

Mehta, M. 2009. A + E = Lean: Process improvement calculates activity efficiency. Industrial Engineer (June): 28-33.

Mehta, N. H. and D. J. Maher. 1977. Hospital Accounting Systems and Controls. Prentice-Hall.

Mehta, D. R. and V. L. Andrews. 1968. A note on installment reporting of income, profitability, and fund flows. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 50-57. (JSTOR link).

Meier, D. M. 1980. Developing a reserve for loan losses. Management Accounting (February): 36-38.

Meier, R. L. 1963. Communications overload: Proposals from the study of a university library. Administrative Science Quarterly 7(4): 521-544. (JSTOR link).

Meier, R. S., and J. F. Feldhusen. 1979. Another look at Dr. Fox: Effect of stated purpose for evaluation, lecture expressiveness, and density of lecture content on student ratings. Journal of Educational Psychology (June): 339-345.

Meiers, D. H. 2006. The MD&A challenge. Journal of Accountancy (January): 59-63. (Management discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations).

Meigs, W. B. 1951. The expanding field of internal auditing. The Accounting Review (October): 518-523. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. 1959. Professional examinations: Examination in auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 491-505. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. 1960. Professional examinations: Auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 150-159. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. 1960. Professional examinations: Examination in auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 538-550. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. 1961. Professional examinations: Examination in auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 148-155. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. 1961. Professional examinations: Examination in auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 501-510. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. 1962. Professional examinations: Examination in auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 135-145. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. 1962. Professional examinations: Examination in auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 575-588. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. 1963. Professional examinations: Examination in auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 184-195. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. 1963. Professional examinations: Examination in auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 645-656. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. 1964. Professional examinations: Examination in auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 195-207. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. 1965. Professional examinations: Examination in auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 251-265. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. 1965. CPA examination: Auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 675-689. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. 1966. CPA examination: Auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 160-172. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. 1966. CPA examination: Auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 575-587. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. and E. J. Larsen. 1964. Professional examinations: Examination in auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 788-803. (JSTOR link).

Meigs, W. B. and E. J. Larsen. 1967. CPA examination: Auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 157-173. (JSTOR link).

Meindl, J. R. 1982. The abundance of solutions: Some thoughts for theoretical and practical solution seekers. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(4): 670-685. (JSTOR link). (Part of a special section on the utilization of organizational research, part 1).

Meindl, J. R. 1983. Erratum: An abundance of solutions: Some thoughts for theoretical and practical solution seekers. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(1): 152. (JSTOR link).

Meindl, J. R. 1989. Managing to be fair: An exploration of values, motives, and leadership. Administrative Science Quarterly 34(2): 252-276. (JSTOR link).

Meindl, J. R. and S. B. Ehrlich. 1987. The romance of leadership and the evaluation of organizational performance. The Academy of Management Journal 30(1): 91-109. (JSTOR link).

Meindl, J. R., S. B. Ehrlich and J. M. Dukerich. 1985. The romance of leadership. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(1): 78-102. (JSTOR link).

Meindl, J. R., S. B. Ehrlich and J. M. Dukerich. 1985. Erratum: The romance of leadership. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(2): 294. (JSTOR link).

Meinhardt, H. S. 1922. Accounting for a Portland cement mill. Journal of Accountancy (September): 190-197.

Meinhart, W. A. 1966. Artificial intelligence, computer simulation of human cognitive and social processes, and management thought. The Academy of Management Journal 9(4): 294-307. (JSTOR link).

Meinhart, W. A. and L. M. Delionback. 1968. Project management: An incentive contracting decision model. The Academy of Management Journal 11(4): 427-434. (JSTOR link).

Meinholz, R. S. 1956. Product testing costs of a mill laboratory. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1364-1370.

Meisky, E. C. 1953. Tax planning involves the cost accountant. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 853-860.

Meister, J. C. and K. Willyerd. 2010. Mentoring millennials. Harvard Business Review (May): 68-72.

Meixner, W. F. and R. B. Welker. 1988. Judgment consensus and auditor experience: An examination of organizational relations. The Accounting Review (July): 505-513. (JSTOR link).

Melancon, B. C. 1998. The changing strategy for the profession, the CPA and the AICPA: What this means for the education community. Accounting Horizons (December): 397-406.

Melancon, B. C. 2005. In support of CPA financial planners. Journal of Accountancy (February): 30-32.

Melang, T. E. 1971. Accounting controls for professional service firms. Management Accounting (July): 26-30, 51.

Melanson, F. G. 1957. Controlling research and development. N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 1509-1520.

Melberg, W. F. Jr. 1972. Benishayan time series as models for debt processes over time. The Accounting Review (January): 116-133. (JSTOR link).

Melcher, A. J. and R. Beller. 1967. Toward a theory of organization communication: Consideration in channel selection. The Academy of Management Journal 10(1): 39-52. (JSTOR link).

Melcher, P. J. 2011. In-plan Roth conversions. Journal of Accountancy (May): 48-52.

Melis, F. 1950. Sroria della Ragioneria, Cesare Zuffi.

Mellman, M. 1962. Marketing cost analysis - A rejoinder. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 29-32.

Mellman, M. 1962. Marketing cost analysis - Its relationship to factory costing methods. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 25-33.

Mellman, M. 1963. Marketing cost analysis - Development and current practices. The Accounting Review (January): 118-123. (JSTOR link).

Mellon, M. J. and R. Marley. 2013. Roger's dilemma: A situational examination of ethical behavior in the presence of internal control deficiencies. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 337-351.

Melnick, E. L. 1972. The probability distribution of order statistics from discrete populations. Decision Sciences 3(2): 139-143.

Melnick, E. L. and J. Moussourakis. 1975. Seasonal adjustment for the decision maker. Decision Sciences 6(2): 252-258.

Melnyk, S. A., E. W. Davis, R. E. Spekman and J. Sandor. 2010. Outcome-driven supply chains. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 33-38.

Melnyk, Z. L. 1970. Cost of capital as a function of financial leverage. Decision Sciences 1(3-4): 327-356.

Melton, E. P. and B. W. Brooks Jr. 1978. Impact of GAAP on the profitability of mortgage bankers. Management Accounting (December): 37-43.

Meltzer, H. and W. R. Nord. 1981. Making Organizations Humane and Productive: A Handbook for Practitioners. John Wiley & Sons.

Melumad, N. and L. Thoman. 1990. An equilibrium analysis of optimal audit contracts. Contemporary Accounting Research 7(1): 22-55.

Melumad, N., D. Mookherjee and S. Reichelstein. 1992. A theory of responsibility centers. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 445-484.

Melumad, N. D. and A. Ziv. 1997. A theoretical examination of the market reaction to auditors' qualifications. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 239-256. (JSTOR link).

Melumad, N. D. and L. Thoman. 1990. On auditors and the courts in an adverse selection setting. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 77-120. (JSTOR link).

Melumad, N. D. and S. Reichelstein. 1987. Centralization versus delegation and the value of communication. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Stewardship Uses of Accounting Information): 1-18. (JSTOR link).

Melumad, N. D. and T. Shibano. 1994. The Securities and Exchange Commission and the Financial Accounting Standards Board: Regulation through veto-based delegation. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 1-37. (JSTOR link).

Melumad, N. D., G. Weyns and A. Ziv. 1999. Comparing alternative hedge accounting standards: Shareholders' perspective. Review of Accounting Studies 4(3-4): 265-292.

Melzer, J. T. S. 1988. The rise in the price of wheat for the "Bakery in the street of the Fishmarket" in the city of Lima 1812-1821. The Accounting Historians Journal 15(1): 89-118. (JSTOR link).

Menasce, D. A. and V. A. F. Almeida. 2001. Capacity Planning for Web Services: Metrics, Models, and Methods. Prentice Hall.

Menasce, D. A., L. W. Dowdy and V. A. F. Almeida. 2004. Performance by Design: Computer Capacity Planning By Example. Prentice Hall.

Mendelsonn, L. E. 1919. A woman's mind as applied to accountancy. Journal of Accountancy (February): 107-110.

Menden, M. A. 2012. The basics of S corporation stock basis. Journal of Accountancy (January): 55-58.

Mendenhall, R. R. 1991. Evidence on the possible underweighting of earnings-related information. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 170-179. (JSTOR link).

Mendenhall, R. R. 2002. How naïve is the market's use of firm-specific earnings information? Journal of Accounting Research (June): 841-863. (JSTOR link).

Mendenhall, R. R. and D. H. Fehrs. 1999. Option listing and the stock-price response to earnings announcements. Journal of Accounting and Economics (February): 57-87.

Mendenhall, R. R. and W. D. Nichols. 1988. Bad news and differential market reactions to announcements of earlier-quarters versus fourth-quarter earnings. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Management's Ability and Incentives to Affect the Timing and Magnitude of Accounting Accruals): 63-86. (JSTOR link).

Mendenhall, W. 1915. An accounting system for a small city. Journal of Accountancy (December): 421-423.

Mendes, H. E. 1944. The development of uniform examinations. The Accounting Review (April): 139-142. (JSTOR link).

Mendlowitz, E. 2005. Tax season defanged. Journal of Accountancy (January): 39-44.

Mendlowitz, E. 2006. The Adviser's Guide to Family Business Succession Planning. AICPA.

Mendlowitz, E. 2011. Maximizing tax season efficiency. Journal of Accountancy (January): 28-31.

Mendlowitz, E. 2011. Mining tax clients for new business opportunities. Journal of Accountancy (April): 40-44.

Mendlowitz, E. 2012. Pricing, billing and collecting fees. Journal of Accountancy (February): 24-29.

Mendlowitz, E. and J. Drew. 2012. Carousel of progress: 1887, 1938, 1983, 2012: Four years mark profession's transformation. Journal of Accountancy (June): 15-20.

Menees, E. L. 1978. Macroaccounting: Why not? Management Accounting (February): 29-32.

Mengel, C. E. 1941. Anthracite production costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 15): 893-898.

Mengel, M. E. 1946. A simplified method for figuring payrolls. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 1020-1026.

Mengen, A. 2013. Being more successful in sales and marketing with customer value controlling. Cost Management (January/February): 32-43.

Menges, D. J. 1947. Verification of traffic and transportation functions. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 1271-1279.

Menkes, J. 2005. Hiring for smarts. Harvard Business Review (November): 100-109. (How to find the people with the intelligence to become business stars - Use an executive intelligence test).

Mennecke, B. E., J. L. Triplett, L. M. Hassall, Z. J. Conde and R. Heer. 2011. An examination of a theory of embodied social presence in virtual worlds. Decision Sciences 42(2): 413-450.

Mennerick, L. A. 1975. Organizational structuring of sex roles in a nonstereotyped industry. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(4): 570-586. (JSTOR link).

Mennicken, A. 2008. Connecting worlds: The translation of international auditing standards into post-Soviet audit practices. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(4-5): 384-414.

Mennicken, A. 2010. From inspection to auditing: Audit and markets as linked ecologies. Accounting, Organizations and Society 35(3): 334-359.

Menninger, D. 2003. Information on demand. Strategic Finance (September): 50-53. (Using online analytical processing (OLAP) to manipulate data in ERP systems for real-time information).

Menon, K. and D. D. Williams. 1991. Auditor credibility and initial public offerings. The Accounting Review (April): 313-332. (JSTOR link).

Menon, K. and D. D. Williams. 1994. The insurance hypothesis and market prices. The Accounting Review (April): 327-342. (JSTOR link).

Menon, K. and D. D. Williams. 2004. Former audit partners and abnormal accruals. The Accounting Review (October): 1095-1118. (JSTOR link).

Menon, T. and L. Thompson. 2010. Envy at work. Harvard Business Review (April): 74-79.

Menon, T., L. Thompson and H. Choi. 2006. Tainted knowledge vs. tempting knowledge: People avoid knowledge from internal rivals and seek knowledge from external rivals. Management Science (August): 1129-1144. (JSTOR link).

Mensah, N. and L. Velocci. 2006. Market reaction to e-commerce impairments evidenced by website outages: Discussant comments. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 7(2): 82-86.

Mensah, Y. M. 1981. A financial reporting model for dependent market economies. Abacus 17(2): 161-173.

Mensah, Y. M. 1982. A dynamic approach to the evaluation of input-variable cost center performance. The Accounting Review (October): 681-700. (JSTOR link).

Mensah, Y. M. 1983. The differential bankruptcy predictive ability of specific price level adjustments: Some empirical evidence. The Accounting Review (April): 228-246. (JSTOR link).

Mensah, Y. M. 1984. An examination of the stationarity of multivariate bankruptcy prediction models: A methodological study. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 380-395. (JSTOR link).

Mensah, Y. M. and G. S. Chhatwal. 1987. Accounting for shrinkage in continuous flow industries: An expository note. Abacus 23(1): 31-42.

Mensah, Y. M. and S. Li. 1993. Measuring production efficiency in a not-for-profit setting: An extension. The Accounting Review (January): 66-88. (JSTOR link).

Mensah, Y. M., J. M. Considine and L. Oakes. 1994. Statutory insolvency regulations and earnings management in the prepaid health-care industry. The Accounting Review (January): 70-95. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on accounting for not-for-profit organizations).

Mensah, Y. M., M. P. Schoderbek and R. H. Werner. 2009. A methodology for evaluating the cost-effectiveness of alternative management tools in public-sector institutions: An application of public education. Journal of Management Accounting Research (21): 203-239.

Mensah, Y. M., N. R. Hwang and D. Wu. 2004. Does managerial accounting research contribute to related disciplines? An examination using citation analysis. Journal of Management Accounting Research (16): 163-181.

Mensel, D. E. 2007. Using computers to detect fraud. Journal of Forensic Accounting 8(1-2): ?.

Menssen, M. D. 1981. Eliminating low profit product lines. Management Accounting (March): 24-25, 33.

Menssen, M. D. 1988. A contract price policy for multinationals. Management Accounting (October): 27-31.

Menzano, R. J. 1991. Activity-based costing for information systems. Journal of Cost Management (Spring): 35-39.

Menzefricke, U. 1983. On sampling plan selection with dollar-unit sampling. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 96-105. (JSTOR link).

Menzefricke, U. 1984. Using decision theory for planning audit sample size with dollar unit sampling. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 570-587. (JSTOR link).

Menzefricke, U. and W. Smieliauskas. 1984. A simulation study of the performance of parametric dollar unit sampling statistical procedures. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 588-604. (JSTOR link).

Menzel, H. E. 1961. Inventory control of engineering work-in-process - A case study. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 87-90.

Meonske, N. R. 1982. Accounting interns to the rescue. Management Accounting (November): 42-47.

Mepham, M. J. 1975. A payback interpretation of the annuity tables. The Accounting Review (October): 869-870. (JSTOR link).

Mepham, M. J. 1983. Robert Hamilton's contribution to accounting. The Accounting Review (January): 43-57. (JSTOR link).

Mepham, M. J. 1986. Accounting control: An historical note. The Accounting Historians Journal 13(1): 103-107. (JSTOR link).

Mepham, M. J. 1988. Accounting in Eighteenth-Century Scotland. Garland Publishing.

Mepham, M. J. 1988. The eighteenth-century origins of cost accounting. Abacus 24(1): 55-74.

Mepham, M. J. 1988. The Scottish enlightenment and the development of accounting. The Accounting Historians Journal 15(2): 151-176. (JSTOR link).

Mercer, M. 2004. How do investors assess the credibility of management disclosures? Accounting Horizons (September): 185-196.

Mercer, M. 2005. The fleeting effects of disclosure forthcomingness on management's reporting credibility. The Accounting Review (April): 723-744. (JSTOR Link).

Mercer, Z. C. 2011. Buy-sell agreements: Business owners benefit from planning ahead. The CPA Journal (June): 62-67. ("Buy-sell agreements govern how ownership will change hands if and when something significant, often called a trigger event, happens to one or more of the owners.").

Mercer, Z. C. and T. W. Harms. 2007. Business Valuation: An Integrated Theory, 2nd Edition. Wiley.

Merchant, K. 1982. The control function of manage-ment. Sloan Management Review (Summer): 43-55.

Merchant, K. and J. Manzoni. 1989. Achievability of budget targets in profit centers: A field study. The Accounting Review (July): 539-558.

Merchant, K. and R. Simons. 1986. Research and control in complex organizations: An overview. Journal of Accounting Literature (5): 183-203.

Merchant, K. A. 1981. The design of the corporate budgeting system: Influences on managerial behavior and performance. The Accounting Review (October): 813-829. (JSTOR link).

Merchant, K. A. 1984. Influences on departmental budgeting: An empirical examination of a contingency model. Accounting, Organizations and Society 9(3-4): 291-307.

Merchant, K. A. 1985. Budgeting and the propensity to create budgetary slack. Accounting, Organizations and Society 10(2): 201-210.

Merchant, K. A. 1985. Organizational controls and discretionary program decision making: A field study. Accounting, Organizations and Society 10(1): 67-85.

Merchant, K. A. 1987. How and why firms disregard the controllability principle. Accounting and Management Field Study Perspectives. Edited by W. J. Bruns, Jr. and R. S. Kaplan. Harvard Business School Press: 316-338.

Merchant, K. A. 1989. Instructional case: Bedlington Federal Savings. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 359-374.

Merchant, K. A. 1989. Rewarding Results: Motivating Profit Center Managers. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.

Merchant, K. A. 1990. How challenging should profit budget targets be? Management Accounting (November): 46-48.

Merchant, K. A. 1990. The effects of financial controls on data manipulation and management myopia. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(4): 297-313.

Merchant, K. A. 2010. Paradigms in accounting research: A view from North America. Management Accounting Research (June): 116-120.

Merchant, K. A. 2012. ERM: Where to go from here. Journal of Accountancy (September): 32-34, 36. (Enterprise risk management).

Merchant, K. A. and A. Riccaboni. 1990. Performance-based management incentives at the Fiat Group: A field study. Management Accounting Research (December): 281-303.

Merchant, K. A. and J. Manzoni. 1989. The achievability of budget targets in profit centers: A field study. The Accounting Review (July): 539-558. (JSTOR link).

Merchant, K. A. and M. D. Shields. 1993. Commentary on when and why to measure costs less accurately to improve decision making. Accounting Horizons (June): 76-81.

Merchant, K. A. and T. Sandino. 2009. Four options for measuring value creation: Strategies for managers to avoid potential flaws in accounting measures of performance. Journal of Accountancy (August): 34-38. (The correlation between annual accounting profit measures and annual changes in shareholder value ranges from 2% to 10%. Alternatives to accounting profit measurements include: Using market measures, improved non-GAAP profit measures, extending the measurement window to several years, and using combinations of measures).

Merchant, K. A. and W. A. Van der Stede. 2006. Field-based research in accounting: Accomplishments and prospects. Behavioral Research in Accounting (18): 117-134.

Merchant, K. A. and W. Van der Stede. 2007. Management Control Systems: Performance Measurement, Evaluation and Incentives, 2nd edition. Prentice Hall.

Merchant, K. A., W. A. Van der Stede and L. Zheng. 2003. Disciplinary constraints on the advantage of knowledge: The case of organizational incentive systems. Accounting, Organizations and Society 28(2-3): 251-286.

Merchant, K. A., W. Chow and C. A. Wu. 1995. Measurement, evaluation and reward of profit center managers: A cross-cultural field study. Accounting, Organizations and Society 20(7-8): 619-638.

Merchant, N. 2013. When TED lost control of its crowd. Harvard Business Review (April): 78-83.

Meredith, C. C. 1944. Some problems of labor union auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 290-293. (JSTOR link).

Meredith, J. 1988. New justification approaches for CIM. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 15-20.

Meredith, J. E. Jr. 1963. Essentials in organizing for systems study. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 41-45.

Meredith, J. E. Jr. 1968. Accounting's contribution to the selection of business investments. Management Accounting (April): 3-11. (Related to acquisitions and mergers).

Meredith, J. R. and U. Akinc. 2012. Dynamic pricing and demand estimation for a single unique asset. Decision Sciences 43(4): 711-728.

Merens, M. 1991. Beware the increasing complexities of payroll. Management Accounting (October): 42-44.

Merhout, J. W. 2010. Discussion of "Factors associated with IT audits by the internal audit function". International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 11(3): 152-154.

Merino, B. D. 1975. Joseph E. Sterrett (1870-1934). The Accounting Historians Journal 2(1-4): 62-64. (JSTOR link).

Merino, B. D. 1986. William M. Lybrand, a cost accounting pioneer. Management Accounting (September): 61-62.

William M. Lybrand (1867 to 1960) founded the accounting firm known as Coopers and Lybrand. He was the second president of the National Association of Cost Accountants and promoted integrated cost systems in the early 1900s. He believed that the profession of accounting depended on education and was instrumental in encouraging the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania to establish a degree program in accounting.

Merino, B. D. 1987. Capsule comments: Research sources. The Accounting Historians Journal 14(1): 145-146. (JSTOR link).

Merino, B. D. 1987. Review essay: Historical methods - Post modernist analysis. History & Criticism by Dominick LaCapra; The Emergence of the Past -A Theory of Historical Explanation by Dale L. Porter. The Accounting Historians Journal 14(1): 137-140. (JSTOR link).

Merino, B. D. 1993. An analysis of the development of accounting knowledge: A pragmatic approach. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(2-3): 163-185.

Merino, B. D. and A. G. Mayper. 1993. Accounting history and empirical research. The Accounting Historians Journal 20(2): 237-267. (JSTOR link).

Merino, B. D. and G. J. Previts. 1979. History of Accounting in America. John Wiley & Sons.

Merino, B. D., B. S. Koch and K. L. MacRitchie. 1987. Historical analysis - A diagnostic tool for "events" studies: The impact of the Securities Act of 1933. The Accounting Review (October): 748-762. (JSTOR link).

Merlino, J. E. and A. Raman. 2013. Health care's service fanatics. Harvard Business Review (May): 108-116.

Merlo, J. 1969. Management accounting in the airlines with optical reading computers. Management Accounting (July): 35-37.

Merrick, J. F. 1950. An application of a basic standard rate to direct labor. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1475-1486.

Merrifield, D. E. 1949. Keying the sales budget to customer buying needs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 1): 547-550.

Merrifield, R., J. Calhoun and D. Stevens. 2008. The next revolution in productivity. Harvard Business Review (June): 72-80.

Merrill, A. P. 1991. The inefficient politics of standard setting. Journal of Accounting Education 9(2): 399-404.

Merrill, J. N. 1959. Let's stamp out "bootleg" figures. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 83-89.

Merrill, W. W. 1956. The effect of yield in foundry cost estimating. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 750-753.

Merriman, D. D. 1961. Preparation of a monthly "president's letter". N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 89-93.

Merrett, D. and K. Houghton. 1999. Takeovers and corporate governance: Whose interests do directors serve? Abacus 35(2): 223-240.

Merritt, L. A. 1945. Office centralization for greater efficiency. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 966-977.

Mertins, L. and J. H. Long. 2012. The influence of information presentation order and evaluation time horizon on the outcome effect. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 28(2): 243-253.

Merton, R. C. 2005. You have more capital than you think. Harvard Business Review (November): 84-94. (Free up equity capital and get it working to create value).

Merton, R. C. 2013. Innovation risk. Harvard Business Review (April): 48-56.

Merton, R. K. 1968. On sociological theories of the middle range. In Social Theory and Social Structure: 39-53. The Free Press.

Merville, L. J. and J. W. Petty. 1978. Transfer pricing for the multinational firm. The Accounting Review (October): 935-951. (JSTOR link).

Merz, C. M. 1975. Measuring sales forecast accuracy. Management Accounting (July): 53-54, 58.

Merz, C. M. 1989. Accountants: Mind your bedside manner. Management Accounting (July): 35-38. (How to communicate with managers).

Merz, C. M. and A. Hardy. 1993. ABC puts accountants on design team at HP. Management Accounting (September): 22-27.

Merz, C. M. and D. F. Groebner. 1981. Toward a code of ethics for management accountants. Management Accounting (December): 60-61.

Merz, G. L. 1983. How to plan for a small business tax audit. Management Accounting (October): 68-71.

Merz, M. and D. F. Groebner. 1982. Ethics and the CPA industry. Management Accounting (September): 44-48.

Mesch, D. J. and D. R. Dalton. 1992. Unexpected consequences of improving workplace justice: A six-year time series assessment. The Academy of Management Journal 35(5): 1099-1114. (JSTOR link).

Meschke, M. F. 1984. Keeping track of office assets via computer. Management Accounting (July): 38-41.

Mescon, M. H. 1958. The dynamics of industrial leadership. The Journal of the Academy of Management 1(2): 13-20. (JSTOR link).

Mescon, M. H. 1959. Scoiodrama and sociometry: Tools for a modern approach to leadership. The Journal of the Academy of Management 2(1): 21-28. (JSTOR link).

Meservy, R. D., M. Romney and M. F. Zimbelman. 2006. Certified fraud examiners: A survey of their training, experience and curriculum recommendations. Journal of Forensic Accounting 7(1): 163-184.

Meservy, R. D., N. L. Ball and M. B. Romney. 2009. Importing data into Microsoft Excel 2007 from databases and web sites. Journal of Accountancy (June): 36-41.

Mesko, J. J. 1982. How we valued our closely held corporation. Management Accounting (February): 41-43.

Messer, J. F. and L. W. McDaniel. 1971. Accounting for country clubs. Management Accounting (June): 21-23.

Messer, R. 2009. Death of a budget: Replacing a business icon. Cost Management (November/December): 34-40. (Messer recommends replacing the budget with the prior years' actual results).

Messere, C. J. and G. J. Zuckerman. 1981. An alternative approach to depreciation switches. The Accounting Review (July): 642-652. (JSTOR link).

Messier, S. A. and R. A. Bernardi. 2012. Demonstrating the need to include multiple firms in forensic accounting research. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 4(1): 84-121.

Messier, W. F. Jr. 1983. The effect of experience and firm type on materiality/disclosure judgments. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 611-618. (JSTOR link).

Messier, W. F. Jr. 1990. Discussion of a cognitive computational model of risk hypothesis generation. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Judgment in Accounting and Auditing): 104-109. (JSTOR link).

Messier, W. F. Jr., C. A. Simon and J. L. Smith. 2013. Two decades of behavioral research on analytical procedures: What have we learned? Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 32(1): 139-181.

Messier, W. F. Jr., T. M. Kozloski and N. Kochetova-Kozloski. 2010. An analysis of SEC and PCAOB enforcement actions against engagement quality reviewers. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 29(2): 233-252.

Messina, F. 2012. A tax quality control template for avoiding risk. The CPA Journal (March): 52-55.

Messina, F. M. 2010. Tax-free medical student loans revisited. The CPA Journal (July): 52-55.

Messina, F. M. and S. Singh. 1995. Executive information systems: Not just for executives anymore! Management Accounting (July): 60-63. (EIS, also known as enterprise information systems, can provide on-line status access, trend analysis, exception reporting, drill-down for lower level data, extract, filter, and track critical data, integrate a broad range of internal and external data, and present graphical, tabular, and textual information).

Messinger, P. R., E. Stroulia, K. Lyons, M. Bone, R. H. Niu, K. Smirnov and S. Perelgut. 2009. Virtual worlds - Past, present, and future: New directions in social computing. Decision Support Systems (June): 204-228.

Messmer, M. 1990. Who's really the boss? Management Accounting (May): 30-32.

Messmer, M. 1991. Conducting a career audit. Management Accounting (June): 32-34.

Messmer, M. 1992. Strategic staffing. Management Accounting (June): 28-30.

Messmer, M. 1995. Rejuvenate your accounting staff. Management Accounting (June): 36-39.

Messmer, M. 1996. How JIT staffing can add value to your accounting department. Management Accounting (October): 28-31.

Messmer, M. 1997. Career strategies for accounting graduates. Management Accounting (August Supplement): 4-10.

Messmer, M. 1998. Pay per project. Management Accounting (June): 36, 38-41. (Temporary financial executives).

Messmer, M. 2001. Earning a certification. Strategic Finance (March): 8, 10.

Messmer, M. 2006. Seven strategies for negotiating success. Journal of Accountancy (August): 34-37.

Messner, M. 2009. The limits of accountability. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(8): 918-938.

Metcalf, H. C. ed. 1927. Business Management as a Profession. W. Shaw Company. (A compilation of lectures that represent "a unique effort to analyze the fundamentals of business administration and help to develop the professional status of business management." From a review in Harvard Business Review. 1928. (January): 254-255).

Metcalf, H. E. 1957. Factors to be considered in designing a production control system. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 893-898.

Metcalf, R. W. 1964. The "basic postulates" in perspective. The Accounting Review (January): 16-21. (JSTOR link).

Metcalf, R. W. and G. D. Welch. 1968. Basic accounting theory: A set of three postulates. Management Accounting (June): 3-7. (Time, horizon, unity, and monetary expression).

Metcalf, R. W. and H. I. Wolk. 1971. Applied fixed overhead accounting: A proposal. Management Accounting (February): 25-27. (Comparison of two methods of three-variance analysis).

Methé, D. T. 1987. Review: Strategic vs. Evolutionary Management: A U.S.-Japan Comparison of Strategy and Organization, by T. Kagono, I. Nonaka, K. Sakakibara, A. Okumura, S. Sakamoto and J. K. Johansson. Administrative Science Quarterly 32(3): 450-452. (JSTOR link).

Metrejean, C. 2005. Lottery winnings taxable under foreign treaties. Journal of Accountancy (February): 76-77.

Metters, R. D., K. H. King-Metters and M. Pullman. 2003. Successful Service Operations Management with CD-ROM. South-Western Educational Publishing.

Mettler, F. L. 1951. Before-the-fact control of capital outlay. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1242-1250.

Metzger, A. 1931. Mechanical cost accounting for color printing. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October 15): 225-241.

Metzger, L. 2009. The past as prologue: Connecting history to accounting ethics. Management Accounting Quarterly (Spring): 51-57.

Metzger, L. M. 1990. Process costing and LIFO: A dollar value approach. Journal of Accounting Education 8(1): 115-126.

Metzger, L. M. 1990. Using PERT in the budgeting process. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 20-27.

Metzger, L. M. 2009. Derivative measurement and reporting for governments. The CPA Journal (November): 24-29.

Metzler, J. C. 2005. How the AICPA helps members serve small business. Journal of Accountancy (March): 26-28.

Metzler, J. C. 2006. Taking care of small business. Journal of Accountancy (March): 39-41.

Metzler, J. C. 2006. The small firm advantage. Journal of Accountancy (July): 61-63.

Mey, B. 1966. Theodore Limperg and his theory of values and costs. Abacus 2(1): 3-23.

Meyer, A. D. 1982. Adapting to environmental jolts. Administrative Science Quarterly 27(4): 515-537. (JSTOR link).

Meyer, A. D. and J. B. Goes. 1988. Organizational assimilation of innovations: A multilevel contextual analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 31(4): 897-923. (JSTOR link).

Meyer, A. D., A. S. Tsui and C. R. Hinings. 1993. Configurational approaches to organizational analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 36(6): 1175-1195. (JSTOR link).

Meyer, C. and A. Schwager. 2007. Understanding customer experience. Harvard Business Review (February): 116-126.

Meyer, C. and J. Kirby. 2010. Leadership in the age of transparency. Harvard Business Review (April): 38-46.

Meyer, C. and J. Kirby. 2012. Runaway capitalism. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 66-75.

Meyer, C. F. 1967. A model for production-distribution networks with transit billing. Management Science (December): B204-B218. (JSTOR link).

Meyer, C. H. 2009. Accounting and Finance for Lawyers in a Nutshell, 4th edition. West Law School.

Meyer, D. and G. M. Thibadoux. 1996. The treatment of direct labor in cost/managerial texts. Journal of Accounting Education 14(4): 535-543.

Meyer, E. M. 1921. Lumber costs. Journal of Accountancy (August): 113-119.

Meyer, E. M. 1921. Lumber freight. Journal of Accountancy (December): 444-449.

Meyer, E. M. 1924. Capital-stock stamp tax hallucinations. Journal of Accountancy (October): 275-278.

Meyer, G. D. 1971. Review: Management and the environment. Reviewed works: Ecology and Resource Management by K. E. F. Watt; Environmental Quality in a Growing Economy by H. Jarrett; Environment: A Challenge to Modern Society by L. K. Caldwell; and Business, Society, Environment by K. Davis and R. Blomstrom. The Academy of Management Journal 14(1): 119-128. (JSTOR link).

Meyer, H. G. 1933. The systems course. The Accounting Review (December): 350-351. (JSTOR link).

Meyer, H. G. 1933. The use of problems, cases and practice sets in the elementary course. The Accounting Review (March): 33-35. (JSTOR link).

Meyer, H. G. 1961. Some aspects of accounting education. The Accounting Review (April): 209-212. (JSTOR link).

Meyer, J., W. R. Scott and D. Strang. 1987. Centralization, fragmentation, and school district complexity. Administrative Science Quarterly 32(2): 186-201. (JSTOR link).

Meyer, J. W. 1983. On the celebration of rationality: Some comments on Boland and Pondy. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(2-3): 235-240.

Meyer, J. W. 1986. Social environments and organizational accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(4-5): 345-356.

Meyer, J. W. 1990. Sources and effects of decisions: A comment on Brunsson. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(1-2): 61-65.

Meyer, K. L. and W. H. Waddell. 2007. Evolving Excellence: Thoughts on Lean Enterprise Leadership. iUniverse, Inc.

Meyer, M. and J. T. Rigsby. 2001. A descriptive analysis of the content and contributors of behavioral research in accounting 1989-1998. Behavioral Research In Accounting (13): 253-279.

Meyer, M. J. and D. McMahon. 2004. An examination of ethical research conduct by experienced and novice accounting academics. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 413-442.

Meyer, M. J. and J. Bagwell. 2012. The non-impact of paper color on exam performance. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 691-706.

Meyer, M. J. and P. L. Titard. 2000. Those who can ... teach. Want to exchange your Palm Pilot for a blackboard, get a PhD and go back to college as a teacher? The time to do it is now. Journal of Accountancy. (July): 49-58. (Note).

Meyer, M. W. 1968. The two authority structures of bureaucratic organization. Administrative Science Quarterly 13(2): 211-228. (JSTOR link).

Meyer, P. E. 1974. The APB's independence and its implications for the FASB. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 188-196. (JSTOR link).

Meyer, P. E. 1976. A framework for understanding "substance over form" in accounting. The Accounting Review (January): 80-89. (JSTOR link).

Meyer, R. L. 1956. Installing a job evaluation program. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1518-1527.

Meyers, G. U. 1964. Accounting problems related to price-level changes. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 3-6.

Meyers, G. U. and E. S. Koval. 1994. Proud of The Past: 75 Years of Excellence Through Leadership 1919-1994. Institute of Management Accountants. (Link to pdf file).

Meyers, R. 2006. Teaching for the love of it. Journal of Accountancy (June): 30-38.

Meyers, S. L. 1973. Accounting for long-term notes. Management Accounting (July): 49-51.

Meyers, S. L. 1973. An examination of the relationship between interperiod tax allocation and present-value depreciation. The Accounting Review (January): 44-49. (JSTOR link).

Meyers, S. L. 1973. Discussion of relationship between accounting changes and stock prices: Problems of measurement and some empirical evidence. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 55-59. (JSTOR link).

Meyers, S. L. 1973. The stationarity problem in the use of the market model of security price behavior. The Accounting Review (April): 318-322. (JSTOR link).

Meyers, S. L. 1974. Present value models and the multi-asset problem: A comment. The Accounting Review (October): 816-818. (JSTOR link).

Meyerson, A. 2005. The dollars and cents of green construction. Journal of Accountancy (May): 47-50.

Meyerson, D. E. 1994. Interpretations of stress in institutions: The cultural production of ambiguity and burnout. Administrative Science Quarterly 39(4): 628-653. (JSTOR link).

Meyerson, D. E. 2001. Tempered Radicals: How People Use Difference to Inspire Change at Work. Harvard Business School Press.

Mezias, S. J. 1990. An institutional model of organizational practice: Financial reporting at the Fortune 200. Administrative Science Quarterly 35(3): 431-457. (JSTOR link).

Mezias, S. J. 1994. Financial meltdown as normal accident: The case of the American savings and loan industry. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(2): 181-192.

Mezias, S. J. and E. Boyle. 2005. Blind trust: market control, legal environments, and the dynamics of competitive intensity in the early American film industry, 1893-1920. Administrative Science Quarterly 50(1): 1-34. (JSTOR link).

Mezias, S. J. and M. Scarselletta. 1994. Resolving financial reporting problems: An institutional analysis of the process. Administrative Science Quarterly 39(4): 654-678. (JSTOR link).

Meznar, M. B. and D. Nigh. 1995. Buffer or bridge? Environmental and organizational determinants of public affairs activities in American firms. The Academy of Management Journal 38(4): 975-996. (JSTOR link).

Meznar, M. B., D. Nigh and C. C. Y. Kwok. 1994. Effect of announcements of withdrawal from South Africa on stockholder wealth. The Academy of Management Journal 37(6): 1633-1648. (JSTOR link).

Meznar, M. B., D. Nigh and C. C. Y. Kwok. 1998. Announcements of withdrawal from South Africa revisited: Making sense of contradictory event study findings. The Academy of Management Journal 41(6): 715-730. (JSTOR link).

Mezner, E. 1958. Procedure manuals program - The work. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 51-57.

Mia, L. 1988. Managerial attitude, motivation and the effectiveness of budget participation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(5): 465-475.

Mia, L. 1989. The impact of participation in budgeting and job difficulty on managerial performance and work motivation: A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 14(4): 347-357.

Mia, L. and B. Clarke. 1999. Market competition, management accounting systems and business unit performance. Management Accounting Research (June): 137-158.

Mia, L. and R. H. Chenhall. 1994. The usefulness of management accounting systems, functional differentiation and managerial effectiveness. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(1): 1-13.

Mian, S. L. and C. W. Smith Jr. 1990. Incentives associated with changes in consolidated reporting requirements. Journal of Accounting and Economics (October): 249-266.

Mian, S. L. and C. W. Smith Jr. 1990. Incentives for unconsolidated financial reporting. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 141-171.

Miccio, J. V. 1948. Objectives and fundamentals of wage incentive plans. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 15): 59-68.

Miccio, J. V. 1949. Quality maintenance features of wage incentive plans. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July 1): 1243-1254.

Miceli, M. P. and J. P. Near. 1992. Situation variables affecting the whistle-blowing decision: A review of the literature. Advances In Management Accounting (1): 109-139.

Miceli, M. P. and J. P. Near. 1984. The relationships among beliefs, organizational position, and whistle-blowing status: A discriminant analysis. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 687-705. (JSTOR link).

Michael, G. C. 1972. A review of heuristic programming. Decision Sciences 3(3): 74-100.

Michael, J. 1967. Trading stamp accounting. Management Accounting (August): 54-61.

Michael, R. R. 1996. Voluntary disclosure in a nineteenth century American corporation: The demise of managerial information as a significant element of financial reporting. The Accounting Historians Journal 23(2): 1-33. (JSTOR link).

Michael, R. R. and L. D. Lankton. 1994. Accounting innovations: The implications of a firm's response to post Civil War market disruptions. The Accounting Historians Journal 21(2): 41-84. (JSTOR link).

Michael, R. R. and P. A. Nelson. 1998. A labor-based explanation for accounting innovation in a late nineteenth century American corporation. The Accounting Historians Journal 25(1): 93-114. (JSTOR link).

Michaels, A. J. 1971. Establishing a PERT system. Management Accounting (October): 26-32.

Michaels, E. et al. 2001. The War for Talent. Harvard Business School Press.

Michaels, L. T. 1988. A control framework for factory automation. Management Accounting (May): 37-42.

Michaelsen, R. H. 1988. Development of an expert computer system to assist the classification of estate tax returns. Accounting Horizons (December): 63-70.

Michalko, M. 2006. Thinkertoys: A Handbook of Creative-Thinking Techniques. 2nd edition. Ten Speed Press.

Michel, A. A. 2007. A distributed cognition perspective on newcomers' change processes: The management of cognitive uncertainty in two investment banks. Administrative Science Quarterly 52(4): 507-557. (JSTOR link).

Michel, J. G. and D. C. Hambrick. 1992. Diversification posture and top management team characteristics. The Academy of Management Journal 35(1): 9-37. (JSTOR link).

Michel, S. D. 2013. FATCA: A new era of financial transparency: The IRS's powerful new tool chips away at bank secrecy. Journal of Accountancy (January): 52-56. (The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act).

Michelman, J. E. and B. E. Waldrup. 2008. Improving internal control over financial reporting. The CPA Journal (April): 30-34.

Michelman, J. E., B. E. Waldrup and A. Bird. 2011. Employee fraud at Miami Rehabilitation Services. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 3(3): 210-237.

Michelman, J. E., V. Gorman and G. M. Trompeter. 2011. Accounting fraud at CIT Computer Leasing Group, Inc. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 569-591.

Michelsen-Terry, C. J. 1973. A reply to Kernan and Schkade. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(1): 104-105. (JSTOR link).

Mickel, F. B. 1981. Stress: Race to the bottom line. Management Accounting (April): 15-20.

Mickelson, J. F. 1947. Standard costs applied to the manufacture of silverware. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 15): 445-458.

Mickle, C. E., J. D. Reed and D. L. Butler. 1985. Analyzing the profitability of branch banks. Management Accounting (December): 61-65.

Micklethwait, J. and A. Wooldridge. 2004. The Right Nation: Conservative Power in America. The Penguin Press.

Midanek, D. H. 2003. When crisis crosses borders. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 16-19.

Middaugh, J. K. II and T. I. Selling. 1992. Instructional case: Filmore College: The 1990 budget crisis. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 218-240.

Middleditch, L. Jr. 1917. Calculation of continuous compound interest. Journal of Accountancy (May): 338-348.

Middleditch, L. Jr. 1918. Should accounts reflect the changing value of the dollar? Journal of Accountancy (February): 114-120.

Middleton, J. H. 1933. Baking costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 15): 759-776.

Mielcarz, R. J. and A. Shekib. 1990. Telecommunications for the factory floor. Management Accounting (April): 42-44.

Mihajlov, T. P. and W. F. Miller. 2012. Carl Menconi case writing competition: Fraud at Buca di Beppo: A villa in Tuscany? Strategic Finance (July): 40-46.

Mihalek, P. H., A. J. Rich and C. S. Smith. 1987. Ethics and management accountants. Management Accounting (December): 34-36.

Mihalek, P. H., C. S. Smith and T. A. Morrison. 1991. Should the IMA require mandatory continuing education? Management Accounting (November): 30-32.

Miholcic, Z. and C. Clark. 2012. Multiple performance measurement in Australian top 500 companies. Advances in Management Accounting (20): 125-150.

Mikes, A. 2009. Risk management and calculative cultures. Management Accounting Research (March): 18-40.

Mikes, A. 2011. From counting risk to making risk count: Boundary-work in risk management. Accounting, Organizations and Society 36(4-5): 226-245.

Mikes, A., M. Hall and Y. Millo. 2013. How experts gain influence. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 70-74.

Mikesell, R. M. 1947. Wanted: More cost accounting for government. The Accounting Review (July): 241-247. (JSTOR link).

Mikesell, R. M. 1959. Statement of source and application of funds without formal working papers. The Accounting Review (April): 300-301. (JSTOR link).

Mikhail, M. B., B. R. Walther and R. H. Willis. 1997. Do security analysts improve their performance with experience? Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Experts and the Application of Expertise in Accounting, Auditing, and Tax): 131-157. (JSTOR link).

Mikhail, M. B., B. R. Walther and R. H. Willis. 1999. Does forecast accuracy matter to security analysts? The Accounting Review (April): 185-200. (JSTOR link).

Mikhail, M. B., B. R. Walther and R. H. Willis. 2003. The effect of experience on security analyst underreaction. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 101-116.

Mikkelson, W. H. and R. S. Ruback. 1985. Takeovers and managerial compensation a discussion. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 233-238.

Milacek, E. and C. Allen. 1992. Accounting education: Does more mean better? Management Accounting (July): 56-58.

Milani, K. 1975. LIFO and its limitations. Management Accounting (December): 31-32, 36.

Milani, K. 1975. The relationship of participation in budget-setting to industrial supervisor performance and attitudes: A field study. The Accounting Review (April): 274-284. (JSTOR link).

Milani, K. and J. M. Rivera. 2004. The rigorous business of budgeting for international operations. Management Accounting Quarterly (Winter): 38-50.

Milano, D. R. and J. R. Arens. 1987. Microcomputer test banks for accounting principles. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 85-93.

Milano, R. J. 2000. Activity-based management for colleges and universities. Management Accounting Quarterly (Spring): 43-48.

Miles, C. E. 1954. The objectives and material contents of elementary accounting courses for accounting majors and of courses for majors in fields other than accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 601-604. (JSTOR link).

Miles, G. H. 1926. The extent and application of psychology and psychological method in English industrial life. Harvard Business Review (January): 138-144.

Miles, J. W. 1960. The great game of cost reduction. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 90-91.

Miles, L. S. 2005. European Union: Annual Review 2003/2004. Blackwell Publishing.

Miles, M. B. 1977. On the origin of the concept "Temporary system". Administrative Science Quarterly 22(1): 134-135. (JSTOR link).

Miles, M. B. 1979. Qualitative data as an attractive nuisance: The problem of analysis. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(4): 590-601. (JSTOR link).

Miles, M. B., and A. M. Huberman. 1994. Qualitative Data Analysis: An Expanded Sourcebook. 2nd ed. Thousand Oaks: Sage.

Miles, R. E. 1964. Attitudes toward management theory as a factor in managers' relationships with their superiors. The Academy of Management Journal 7(4): 308-314. (JSTOR link).

Miles, R. E. and C. C. Snow. 1978. Organizational Strategy: Structure and Process. New York: McGraw Hill.

Miles, R. H. 1976. A comparison of the relative impacts of role perceptions of ambiguity and conflict by role. The Academy of Management Journal 19(1): 25-35. (JSTOR link).

Miles, R. H. 2010. Accelerating corporate transformations (Don't lose your nerve!). Harvard Business Review (January-February): 68-75.

Miles, R. H. and M. M. Petty. 1975. Relationships between role clarity, need for clarity, and job tension and satisfaction for supervisory and nonsupervisory roles. The Academy of Management Journal 18(4): 877-883. (JSTOR link).

Miles, R. H. and M. M. Petty. 1977. Leader effectiveness in small bureaucracies. The Academy of Management Journal 20(2): 238-250. (JSTOR link).

Miles, S. A. and M. D. Watkins. 2007. The leadership team. Harvard Business Review (April): 90-98.

Miles, S. A. and N. Bennett. 2008. 6 steps to (Re)building a top management team. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 60-64.

Milgram, S. 1965. Some conditions of obedience and disobedience to authority. Human Relations (18): 57-75.

Milgrom, P. 2004. Putting Auction Theory to Work (Churchill Lectures in Economics). Cambridge University Press.

Milgrom, P. and J. Roberts. 1995. Complementarities and fit strategy, structure, and organizational change in manufacturing. Journal of Accounting and Economics (March-May): 179-208.

Milko, E. M. 1970. Auditing: Through the computer or around? Management Accounting (August): 45-48.

Milkovich, G. T. and L. R. Gomez. 1976. Day care and selected employee work behaviors. The Academy of Management Journal 19(1): 111-115. (JSTOR link).

Mill, J. S. 1969. Utilitarianism. In Wolff, R. P. Editor. Ten Great Works of Philosophy. New American Library.

Millar, J. A. 1977. Split or dividend: Do the words really matter? The Accounting Review (January): 52-55. (JSTOR link).

Millar, J. A. 1979. Hospital equipment leasing: The breakeven discount rate. Management Accounting (July): 21-24, 26.

Miller, A. A. 1907. Educate the educators. Journal of Accountancy (January): 202-203.

Miller, A. D. and D. Oldroyd. 2011. In defense of stewardship. The CPA Journal (October): 6, 8.

Miller, A. L. 1958. Cycle counts for stores inventories. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 87-91.

Miller, A V. 1935. Pay-roll information required by social security laws. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 15): 384-391.

Miller, C. 2008. Virtual worlds, real exploits. Network Security (April): 4-6.

Miller, C. C. 2006. From the editors: Peer review in the organizational and management sciences: Prevalence and effects of reviewer hostility, bias, and dissensus. The Academy of Management Journal 49(3): 425-431. (JSTOR link).

Miller, C. C. and L. B. Cardinal. 1994. Strategic planning and firm performance: A synthesis of more than two decades of research. The Academy of Management Journal 37(6): 1649-1665. (JSTOR link).

Miller, C. C., L. B. Cardinal and W. H. Glick. 1997. Retrospective reports in organizational research: A reexamination of recent evidence. The Academy of Management Journal 40(1): 189-204. (JSTOR link).

Miller, C. C., W. H. Glick, Y. Wang and G. P. Huber. 1991. Understanding technology-structure relationships: Theory development and meta-analytic theory testing. The Academy of Management Journal 34(2): 370-399. (JSTOR link).

Miller, C. L., D. B. Fedor, and R. J. Ramsay. 2006. Effects of discussion of audit reviews on auditors’ motivation and performance. Behavioral Research in Accounting (18): 135-146.

Miller, C. R. 1973. Are accountants the public's protectors? Management Accounting (May): 16-18.

Miller, C. R. and A. Savage. 2009. Vouch and trace: A revenue recognition audit simulation. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 93-103.

Miller, D. 1923. Government control of foreign bills in Germany. Harvard Business Review (October): 28-36.

Miller, D. 1987. Strategy making and structure: Analysis and implications for performance. The Academy of Management Journal 30(1): 7-32. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D. 1988. Relating Porter's business strategies to environment and structure: Analysis and performance implications. The Academy of Management Journal 31(2): 280-308. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D. 1992. Environmental fit versus internal fit. Organization Science (3): 159-178.

Miller, D. 1993. Some organizational consequences CEO succession. The Academy of Management Journal 36(3): 644-659. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D. 1996. A preliminary typology of organizational learning: Synthesizing the literature. Journal of Management (22): 485-505.

Miller, D. 2001. Rod Hoover: Royal & SunAlliance sheds light on e-business and the state of insurance. Strategic Finance (March): 44-47.

Miller, D. and C. Dröge. 1986. Psychological and traditional determinants of structure. Administrative Science Quarterly 31(4): 539-560. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D. and J. Shamsie. 1996. The resource-based view of the firm in two environments: The Hollywood film studios from 1936 to 1965. The Academy of Management Journal 39(3): 519-543. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D. and L. A. Gordon. 1975. Conceptual levels and the design of accounting information systems. Decision Sciences 6(2): 259-269.

Miller, D. and M. Chen. 1994. Sources and consequences of competitive inertia: A study of the U.S. airline industry. Administrative Science Quarterly 39(1): 1-23. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D. and P. Friesen. 1980. Archetypes of organizational transition. Administrative Science Quarterly 25(2): 268-299. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D. and P. H. Friesen. 1980. Momentum and revolution in organizational adaptation. The Academy of Management Journal 23(4): 591-614. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D. and P. H. Friesen. 1982. Structural change and performance: Quantum versus piecemeal-incremental approaches. The Academy of Management Journal 25(4): 867-892. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D., C. Droge and J. Toulouse. 1988. Strategic process and content as mediators between organizational context and structure. The Academy of Management Journal 31(3): 544-569. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D., M. F. R. K. De Vries and J. Toulouse. 1982. Top executive locus of control and its relationship to strategy-making, structure, and environment. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 237-253. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D. C. 1983. Handbook of Research Design and Social Measurement. 4th ed. Longman.

Miller, D. C. and F. A. Shull, Jr. 1962. The prediction of administrative role conflict resolutions. Administrative Science Quarterly 7(2): 143-160. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D. C., E. Chamorro and J. C. Agulla. 1965. Community power perspectives and role definitions of North American executives in an Argentine community. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(3): 364-380. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D. J. 1995. CEO salary increases may be rational after all: Referents and contracts in CEO pay. The Academy of Management Journal 38(5): 1361-1385. (JSTOR link).

Miller, D. J., M. J. Fern and L. B. Cardinal. 2007. The use of knowledge for technological innovation within diversified firms. The Academy of Management Journal 50(2): 308-326. (JSTOR link).

Miller, E. L. 1973. The international selection decision: A study of some dimensions of managerial behavior in the selection decision process. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 239-252. (JSTOR link).

Miller, E. L. 2008. Mergers and Acquisitions: A Step-by-Step Legal and Practical Guide. Wiley.

Miller, E. L. and R. E. Hill. 1975. Some of the underlying selection criteria for middle management personnel in financial positions: A factor analytic study. Decision Sciences 6(4): 766-774.

Miller, F., C. A. Denison and L. J. Matuszewski. 2013. Modeling the antecedents of preferences for incomplete contracts in bilateral trade: An experimental investigation. Behavioral Research In Accounting 25(1): 135-159.

Miller, F. P., A. F. Vandome and J. McBrewster, Editors. 2009. Motivation: Motivation. Drive Theory, Cognitive Dissonance, Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs, Frederick Herzberg, Self-efficacy, Equity Theory, Expectancy Theory. Alphascript Publishing.

Miller, G., A. De Meyer and J. Nakane. 1992. Benchmarking Global Manufacturing. Illinois: Business One Irwin.

Miller, G. A. and L. W. Wager. 1971. Adult socialization, organizational structure, and role orientations. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(2): 151-163. (JSTOR link).

Miller, G. E. 2009. Empowering the Patient: How to Reduce the Cost of Healthcare and Improve Its Quality. Dog Ear Publishing, LLC.

Miller, G. S. 2002. Earnings performance and discretionary disclosure. Journal of Accounting Research (March): 173-204. (JSTOR link).

Miller, G. S. 2004. Discussion of what determines corporate transparency? Journal of Accounting Research (May): 253-268. (JSTOR link).

Miller, G. S. 2006. The press as a watchdog for accounting fraud. Journal of Accounting Research (December): 1001-1033. (JSTOR link).

Miller, G. S. and D. J. Skinner. 1998. Determinants of the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets under SFAS No. 109. The Accounting Review (April): 213-233. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. 1972. Environmental complexity and financial reports. The Accounting Review (January): 31-37. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. 1983. A synopsis. Issues In Accounting Education: 5-8. (Herbert E. Miller reflects on his career in accounting).

Miller, H. B. 1956. Coping with loss from small orders. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1106-1111.

Miller, H. C. 1913. Applying efficiency standards in central station accounting. Journal of Accountancy (December): 432-434.

Miller, H. C. 1915. Treatment of cash discounts. Journal of Accountancy (February): 162-163.

Miller, H. C. 1916. A problem of central station accounting. Journal of Accountancy (September): 187-189.

Miller, H. C. 1933. A five-year plan for training specialists. The Accounting Review (March): 36-37. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. C. 1934. Standards for a master's thesis in accounting. The Accounting Review (June): 178-182. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. C. 1935. The master's thesis. The Accounting Review (March): 33-49. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. C. 1938. A suggested program of education for the accountant. The Accounting Review (June): 191-194. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. C. 1939. The place of governmental accounting in the syllabus. The Accounting Review (June): 176-177. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. C. 1942. Cost inspection in the United States Navy. The Accounting Review (April): 94-99. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. C. 1949. Expense and accounting concepts and standards. The Accounting Review (April): 146-148. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. C. and C. F. Chizek. 1948. Association reports. The Accounting Review (January): 106-107. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. C., S. P. Garner, R. H. Hassler, E. A. Heilman and J. A. White. 1951. Interim report of the standards rating committee. The Accounting Review (January): 19-21. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. E. 1942. Accounting statements for publication. The Accounting Review (July): 251-256. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. E. 1944. Reserves for war contingencies and postwar adjustments. The Accounting Review (July): 248-253. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. E. 1945. Internship training in accounting. The Accounting Review (April): 187-191. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. E. 1947. Surplus reserves. The Accounting Review (April): 147-150. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. E. 1948. Quasi-reorganizations in reverse. The Accounting Review (April): 154-157. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. E. 1949. The 1948 Revision of the American Accounting Association's Statement of Principles A general appraisal. The Accounting Review (January): 44-49. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. E. 1961. After there is agreement on broad accounting principles - What then? Texas Certified Public Accountant (September): 3-6. For a note on this paper see the annotated bibliography in Rappaport, A. 1965. Seminar research on uniformity. The Accounting Review (July): 643-648. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. E. 1966. Discussion of the accounting period concept and its effect on management decisions. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 15-17. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. E. 1966. Textbooks or research. The Accounting Review (January): 1-7. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. E. 1974. Discussion of opportunities and implications of the report on objectives of financial statements. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Financial Accounting Objectives): 18-20. (JSTOR link).

Miller, H. G. 1953. Transportation costs analysis. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 515-520.

Miller, J. 1975. Isolation in organizations: Alienation from authority, control, and expressive relations. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(2): 260-271. (JSTOR link).

Miller, J. A. 1992. Designing and implementing a new cost management system. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 41-53.

Miller, J. A. 1992. Benchmarking performance. CMA Magazine (June): 23.

Miller, J. A. 1996. Implementing Activity-Based Management in Daily Operations. John Wiley & Sons.

Miller, J. A. 2006. The value of the strategic management process model. Cost Management (September/October): 11-19 .

Miller, J. D. 1973. Accounting for warrants and convertible bonds. Management Accounting (January): 26-28.

Miller, J. E., D. K. Hayes and L. R. Dopson. 2001. Food and Beverage Cost Control. John Wiley & Sons.

Miller, J. G. 1981. Fit production systems to the task. Harvard Business Review (January-February): 145-154.

Miller, J. G. and M. Miller. 2012. The rise of the supertemp. Harvard Business Review (May): 50-62.

Miller, J. G. and T. E. Vollmann. 1985. The hidden factory. Harvard Business Review (September-October): 142-150. (Summary).

Miller, J. H. 1960. A glimpse at practice in calculating and using return on investment. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 65-76. (Survey of 200 companies).

Miller, J. J. 1964. Automation, job creation, and unemployment. The Academy of Management Journal 7(4): 300-307. (JSTOR link).

Miller, J. R., S. A. Reed and R. H. Strawser. 1993. Bank load officers' perceptions of the new audit report. Accounting Horizons (March): 39-52.

Miller, J. S., R. M. Wiseman and L. R. Gomez-Mejia. 2002. The fit between CEO compensation design and firm risk. The Academy of Management Journal 45(4): 745-756. (JSTOR link).

Miller, K. D. and M. J. Leiblein. 1996. Corporate risk-return relations: Returns variability versus downside risk. The Academy of Management Journal 39(1): 91-122. (JSTOR link).

Miller, K. D. and P. Bromiley. 1990. Strategic risk and corporate performance: An analysis of alternative risk measures. The Academy of Management Journal 33(4): 756-779. (JSTOR link).

Miller, K. D. and W. Chen. 2004. Variable organizational risk preferences: Tests of the March-Shapira model. The Academy of Management Journal 47(1): 105-115. (JSTOR link).

Miller, K. D., M. Zhao and R. J. Calantone. 2006. Adding interpersonal learning and tacit knowledge to March's exploration-exploitation model. The Academy of Management Journal 49(4): 709-722. (JSTOR link).

Miller, K. E. 1940. Computing seasonal indexes. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 1): 1259-1270.

Miller, K. I. and P. R. Monge. 1986. Participation, satisfaction, and productivity: A meta-analytic review. The Academy of Management Journal 29(4): 727-753. (JSTOR link).

Miller, M. C. 1973. Goodwill - An aggregation issue. The Accounting Review (April): 280-291. (JSTOR link).

Miller, L. E. and J. E. Grush. 1988. Improving predictions in expectancy theory research: Effects of personality, expectancies, and norms. The Academy of Management Journal 31(1): 107-122. (JSTOR link).

Miller, L. W. and G. R. Knight. 1957. Applying accounting and engineering skills for better controls. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March): 863-868.

Miller, N., P. Resnick and R. Zeckhauser. 2005. Eliciting informative feedback: The peer-prediction method. Management Science (September): 1359-1373. (JSTOR link).

Miller, N. A. and W. H. Meserole. 1938. Departmental accounting in drug stores. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 1): 534-543.

Miller, P. 1986. Accounting for progress - National accounting and planning in France: A review essay. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(1): 83-104.

Miller, P. 1990. On the interrelations between accounting and the state. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(4): 315-338.

Miller, P. 1991. Accounting innovation beyond the enterprise: Problematizing investment decisions and programming economic growth in the U. K. in the 1960s. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(8): 733-762.

Miller, P. 1997. The multiplying machine. Accounting, Organizations and Society 22(3-4): 355-364.

Miller, P. 1998. The margins of accounting. European Accounting Review 7(4): 605-621.

Miller, P. and C. Napier. 1993. Genealogies of calculation. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(7-8): 631-647.

Miller, P. and T. O'Leary. 1987. Accounting and the construction of the governable person. Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(3): 235-265.

Miller, P. and T. O'Leary. 1990. Making accountancy practical. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(5): 479-498.

Miller, P. and T. O'Leary. 1993. Accounting expertise and the politics of the product: Economic citizenship and modes of corporate governance. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(2-3): 187-206.

Miller, P. and T. O'Leary. 1994. Accounting, "economic citizenship" and the spatial reordering of manufacture. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(1): 15-43.

Miller, P. and T. O'Leary. 1997. Capital budgeting practices and complementarity relations in the transition to modern manufacture: A field-based analysis. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 257-271. (JSTOR link).

Miller, P. and T. O'Leary. 1998. Finding things out. Accounting, Organizations and Society 23(7): 709-714.

Miller, P. and T. Wedell-Wedellsborg. 2013. The case for stealth innovation: When it's better to ask for forgiveness than seek permission. Harvard Business Review (March): 90-97.

Miller, P., L. Kurunmäki and T. O’Leary. 2008. Accounting, hybrids and the management of risk. Accounting, Organizations and Society 33(7-8): 942-967.

Miller, P., T. Hopper and R. Laughlin. 1991. The new accounting history: An introduction. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(5-6): 395-403.

Miller, P. B. 1990. The conceptual framework as reformation and counterreformation. Accounting Horizons (June): 23-32.

Miller, P. B. 2002. Viewing the 1996 FAF restructuring as policy making without a formal due process. Accounting Horizons (September): 199-214.

Miller, P. B. and R. J. Redding. 1992. Measuring the effects of political compromise on employers' accounting for defined benefit pensions. Accounting Horizons (March): 42-61.

Miller, P. B. W. 1969. The use of effective tax rates. Management Accounting (March): 57-59.

Miller, P. B. W. 1977. What is accounting research supposed to do? Management Accounting (December): 43-47, 52.

Miller, P. B. W. 1978. Accounting research needs a more efficient market. Management Accounting (November): 27-34.

Miller, P. B. W. 1979. Taxing capital gains with price indexes. Management Accounting (January): 50-52.

Miller, P. B. W. 1996. Reply to point/counterpoint: Is the 150-hour requirement really progress? vs. the demand for 150-hours: Let the market decide. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 471-475.

Miller, P. B. W. 2001. Will you adopt quality financial reporting? Strategic Finance (January): 50-55.

Miller, P. B. W. 2003. The five-year program debate continues: An updated analysis of the supply of and demand for master's degrees in accounting. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 211-220.

Miller, P. B. W. and P. R. Bahnson. 2002. Fast track to direct cash flow reporting. Strategic Finance (February): 51-57.

Miller, P. B. W. and P. R. Bahnson. 2007. Perfect storm prompts changes in pension accounting. Journal of Accountancy (May): 36-42.

Miller, P. B. W. and P. R. Bahnson. 2007. Refining fair value measurement. Journal of Accountancy (November): 30-34.

Miller, P. B. W. and P. R. Bahnson. 2007. The top 10 reasons to fix the FASB's conceptual framework. Strategic Finance (July): 42-49.

Miller, P. B. W. and P. R. Bahnson. 2010. Continuing the normative dialog: Illuminating the asset/liability theory. Accounting Horizons (September): 419-440.

Miller, P. B. W., G. Martin and P. R. Bahnson. 2012. A penny for your thoughts: Sizing up manipulative EPS rounding. Strategic Finance (July): 35-39.

Miller, P. B. W., P. R. Bahnson and B. P. McAllister. 2008. A new day for business combinations. Journal of Accountancy (June): 34-40.

Miller, P. B. W., R. J. Redding and P. R. Bahnson. 1998. The FASB: The People, the Process, and the Politics, 4th edition. Irwin/McGraw-Hill.

Miller, R. A. 1953. Why not use accounting terminology? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1642-1645.

Miller, R. A. 1958. How's your conferential arithmetic? N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 29-38.

Miller, R. B. 2006. Taming the volatile sales cycle. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 10-13.

Miller, R. D. 1970. A short-cut method to calculate declining balance depreciation. Management Accounting (July): 68-70.

Miller, R. D. 1971. Accounting and labor relations - Interrelated responsibilities. Management Accounting (November): 15-19.

Miller, R. D. and T. L. Robinson. 1970. Performance reports based on direct costing: A case study. Management Accounting (April): 43-47.

Miller, R. E. and P. D. Blair. 2009. Input-Output Analysis: Foundations and Extensions, 2nd edition. Cambridge University Press.

Miller, R. F. 1971. The new science of administration in the USSR. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(3): 247-257. (JSTOR link).

Miller, R. I. 2006. Liability for someone else's sins: The risks of accounting firm alliances. Journal of Accountancy (December): 30-32.

Miller, R. S. Jr. 1983. The Chrysler story. Management Accounting (August): 22-27.

Miller, S. 1984. Accounting for income taxes: An NAA conference. Management Accounting (May): 68-69.

Miller, S. 1984. International accounting - Users beware! Management Accounting (August): 46, 56. (Survey).

Miller, S. 1984. Pensions: Most oppose controversial proposals at FASB's public hearing. Management Accounting (March): 74-75.

Miller, S. 2008. The Adviser's Guide to Mergers, Acquisitions, and Sales of Closely Held Businesses. AICPA.

Miller, S. 2012. ESOPs: Savvy Strategy For Tax Management, Succession, and Continuity. AICPA.

Miller, S. 2012. Plan now for inside buyouts. Journal of Accountancy (October): 26-30.

Miller, S. D. 2010. The ESOP exit strategy. Journal of Accountancy (March): 32-37. (Popular tool for succession planning).

Miller, S. E. 2007. Valuing preferred stock. Journal of Accountancy (February): 55-59.

Miller, S. K. and J. J. Tucker III. 2005. Limit practice liability. Journal of Accountancy (September): 71-74.

Miller, S. R. and L. Eden. 2006. Local density and foreign subsidiary performance. The Academy of Management Journal 49(2): 341-355. (JSTOR link).

Miller, T. 1991. SLO Town Savings and Loan. Journal of Accounting Education 9(2): 381-397.

Miller, T. 1993. Instructional case: Central Coast Savings. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 358-377.

Miller, T. 1996. Distinguishing between loans and equity investments: Substance over form. Journal of Accounting Education 14(4): 551-578.

Miller , T. C. and D. N. Stone . 2009. Public speaking apprehension (PSA), motivation, and affect among accounting majors: A proof-of-concept intervention. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 265-298.

Miller, V. E. 1986. Cost Management: Providing reliable and meaningful economic information. Journal of Accounting and EDP (Spring): 67-70.

Miller, W. 2001. Development of freedom. Journal of Cost Management (September/October): 45. (Review of Sen's book).

Miller, W. D. 2008. The fatal flaw in SFAS No. 157. Strategic Finance (August): 40-47.

Miller, W. F. 2011. Cashing out at the top: Selling a company with a bill of goods. Strategic Finance (July): 48-51.

Miller, W. F. and D. A. Becker. 2010. Why are accounting professors hesitant to implement IFRS? The CPA Journal (August): 63-67.

Miller, W. W. 1946. Standard costs and their relation to cost control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (April 1): 663-673.

Miller, W. W. 1947. Costs for plans and policies. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 15): 55-64.

Millett, J. D. 1956. A critical appraisal of the study of public administration. Administrative Science Quarterly 1(2): 171-188. (JSTOR link).

Millians, P. M. 1937. Management control of ship-line operation. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 1): 1-18. (Volume 19, issue 1).

Millians, P. M. 1947. Profit planning and budgetary control. The Accounting Review (January): 65-68. (JSTOR link).

Milligan, B. L. 1969. Contribution margin in decision making. Management Accounting (October): 33-38.

Milliken, F. J. 1990. Perceiving and interpreting environmental change: An examination of college administrators' interpretation of changing demographics. The Academy of Management Journal 33(1): 42-63. (JSTOR link).

Milliken, F. J., L. L. Martins and H. Morgan. 1998. Explaining organizational responsiveness to work-family issues: The role of human resource executives as issue interpreters. The Academy of Management Journal 41(5): 580-592. (JSTOR link).

Milliron, V. C. 1985. A behavioral study of the meaning and influence of tax complexity. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 794-816. (JSTOR link).

Milliron, V. C. 2008. Exploring millennial student values and societal trends: Accounting course selection preferences. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 405-419.

Millman, G. J. 1991. Currency risk management at Monsanto. Management Accounting (April): 43-48.

Millman, R. W. 1964. Some unsettled questions in organization theory. The Academy of Management Journal 7(3): 189-195. (JSTOR link).

Millner, L. 2005. Working couples: Small firm solutions. Journal of Accountancy (December): 28-35.

Millo, Y. and D. MacKenzie. 2009. The usefulness of inaccurate models: Towards an understanding of the emergence of financial risk management. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(5): 638-653.

Mills, A. J. and P. Tancred. 1992. Gendering Organizational Analysis. Sage Publications.

Mills, C. C. 1959. The pseudo-corporation - More pitfalls. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 33-34.

Mills, E. S. 1957. Expectations and undesired inventory. Management Science (October): 105-109. (JSTOR link).

Mills, E. S. 1959. Discussion: A note on the asymptotic behavior of an optimal procurement policy. Management Science (January): 204-209. (JSTOR link).

Mills, G. T. 1994. Early accounting in Northern Italy: The role of commercial development and the printing press in the expansion of double-entry from Genoa, Florence and Venice. The Accounting Historians Journal 21(1): 81-96. (JSTOR link).

Mills, H. D. 1961. Inventory valuations - An analytic technique. Management Science (October): 58-68. (JSTOR link).

Mills, H. D. and B. Isvaran. 1965. Remarks on "Inventory valuations - An analytic technique" by Harlan D. Mills. Management Science (January): 487-488. (JSTOR link).

Mills, J. and T. Doyle. 1992. Money laundering. Management Accounting (January): 34-38. (Casino internal auditors implement safeguards to avoid violating the Money Laundering Act).

Mills, J. R. 1996. Controlling cash in casinos. Management Accounting (May): 38-40.

Mills, J. R. and J. Wong. 2009. TallTree 2 Hotel Casino. IMA Educational Case Journal 2(1): 1-9.

Mills, J. R., R. Mason and C. Carslaw. 2005. The Spanish Springs Casino slot revenue recognition case. Global Perspectives on Accounting Education (2): 99-111.

Mills, L. F. 1998. Book-tax differences and Internal Revenue Service adjustments. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 343-356. (JSTOR link).

Mills, L. F. and K. J. Newberry. 2005. Firms' off-balance sheet and hybrid debt financing: Evidence from their book-tax reporting differences. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 251-282. (JSTOR link).

Mills, P. A. 1986. Financial reporting and stewardship accounting in sixteenth-century Spain. The Accounting Historians Journal 13(2): 65-76. (JSTOR link).

Mills, P. A. 1987. The probative capacity of accounts in early-modern Spain. The Accounting Historians Journal 14(1): 95-108. (JSTOR link).

Mills, P. A. 1993. Accounting history as social science: A cautionary note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(7-8): 801-803.

Mills, P. A. 1993. The courts, accounting evolution and freedom of contract: A comment of the case law research. Accounting, Organizations and Society 18(7-8): 765-781.

Mills, P. A. 1995. Milianaw University: An instructional case in internal control and ethics. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 377-387.

Mills, P. A. and J. J. Young. 1999. From contract to speech: The courts and CPA licensing laws 1921-1996. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(3): 243-262.

Mills, P. K. and B. Z. Posner. 1982. The relationships among self-supervision, structure, and technology in professional service organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 437-443. (JSTOR link).

Mills, R. H. 1967. Investment loss reserves for corporate bond investors. The Accounting Review (January): 74-81. (JSTOR link).

Mills, R. H. 1987. Post-baccalaureate education for CPAs: Educational capacity and perceived academic quality of accounting students. Accounting Horizons (June): 49-58.

Mills, R. W. 1988. Management accounting for the new manufacturing environment. Journal of General Management UK 14(1): 67-77.

Mills, T. Y. 1996. The effect of cognitive style on external auditors' reliance decisions on internal audit functions. Behavioral Research In Accounting (8): 49-73.

Mills, W. B. 1983. Drawing up a budgeting system for an ad agency. Management Accounting (December): 46-51, 59.

Mills, W. H. 1997. Does your accounting software pass the year 2000 compliance test? Management Accounting (October): 28, 30, 32, 34-35.

Milne, M. J. 1996. On sustainability; the environment and management accounting. Management Accounting Research (March): 135-161.

Milne, R. A. and G. A. Vent. 1987. Publication productivity: A comparison of accounting faculty. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 94-102.

Milne, R. A., G. A. Vent and R. Neumann. 1987. Accounting for variable stock options. Journal of Accounting Education 5(2): 333-338.

Milne, R. S. 1970. Mechanistic and organic models of public administration in developing countries. Administrative Science Quarterly 15(1): 57-67. (JSTOR link).

Milroy, R. R., D. F. Istvan and R. M. Powell. 1961. The tax depreciation muddle. The Accounting Review (October): 539-547. (JSTOR link).

Miltenburg, G. J. and J. Wijngaard. 1991. Designing and phasing in just-in-time production systems. International Journal of Production Research. 29(1): 115-131.

Milton, L. P. and J. D. Westphal. 2005. Identity confirmation networks and cooperation in work groups. The Academy of Management Journal 48(2): 191-212. (JSTOR link).

Milton, M. 2009. Head First Data Analysis: A Learner's Guide to Big Numbers, Statistics, and Good Decisions. O'Reilly Media.

Milunovich, S. and A. Tsuei. 1996. EVA® in the computer industry. Journal of Applied Corporate Finance (Spring): 104-115.

Milutinovich, J. S. and A. A. Tsaklanganos. 1976. The impact of perceived community prosperity on job satisfaction of black and white workers. The Academy of Management Journal 19(1): 49-65. (JSTOR link).

Milway, K. S., A. G. Gregory, J. Davis-Peccoud and K. Yazbak. 2011. Get ready for your next assignment. Harvard Business Review (December): 125-128.

Min Antorini, Y., A. M. Muniz Jr. and T. Askildsen. 2012. Collaborating with customer communities: Lessons from the Lego group. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 73-79.

Minas, J. S. 1956. Formalism, realism and management science. Management Science (October): 9-14. (JSTOR link).

Minch, R. and E. Petri. 1972. Matrix models of reciprocal service cost allocation. The Accounting Review (July): 576-580. (JSTOR link).

Mindlin, S. E. and H. Aldrich. 1975. Interorganizational dependence: A review of the concept and a reexamination of the findings of the Aston group. Administrative Science Quarterly 20(3): 382-392. (JSTOR link).

Miner, A. S. 1987. Idiosyncratic jobs in formalized organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 32(3): 327-351. (JSTOR link).

Miner, A. S., P. Bassoff and C. Moorman. 2001. Organizational improvisation and learning: A field study. Administrative Science Quarterly 46(2): 304-337. (JSTOR link).

Miner, A. S., T. L. Amburgey and T. M. Stearns. 1990. Interorganizational linkages and population dynamics: Buffering and transformational shields. Administrative Science Quarterly 35(4): 689-713. (JSTOR link).

Miner, E. J. 1916. Salmon industry accounting. Journal of Accountancy (November): 361-378.

Miner, F. C. Jr. 1979. A comparative analysis of three diverse group decision making approaches. The Academy of Management Journal 22(1): 81-93. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1962. Conformity among university professors and business executives. Administrative Science Quarterly 7(1): 96-109. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1963. Psychology and the school of business curriculum. The Academy of Management Journal 6(4): 284-289. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1971. Changes in student attitudes toward bureaucratic role prescriptions during the 1960s. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(3): 351-364. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1971. Success in management consulting and the concept of eliteness motivation. The Academy of Management Journal 14(3): 367-378. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1972. Success in management consulting and the concept of eliteness motivation: Reply. The Academy of Management Journal 15(1): 127-128. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1973. The management consulting firm as a source of high-level managerial talent. The Academy of Management Journal 16(2): 253-264. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1974. Editorial comment. The Academy of Management Journal 17(1): 5. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1974. Editorial comment. The Academy of Management Journal 17(3): 405. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1975. Editorial comment. The Academy of Management Journal 18(1): 5. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1978. The Miner sentence completion scale: A reappraisal. The Academy of Management Journal 21(2): 283-294. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1980. The role of managerial and professional motivation in the career success of management professors. The Academy of Management Journal 23(3): 487-508. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. 1997. Participating in profound change. The Academy of Management Journal 40(6): 1420-1428. (JSTOR link).

Miner, J. B. and D. P. Crane. 1981. Motivation to manage and the manifestation of a managerial orientation in career planning. The Academy of Management Journal 24(3): 626-633. (JSTOR link).

Miner, R. B. 1953. What do expense surveys signify? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 186-199.

Mintchik, N. and J. Blaskovich. 2008. Manipulating the balanced scorecard. Strategic Finance (July): 52-53. (A teaching case).

Minter, F. C. 1989. Tax reform 1990? Management Accounting (December): 27.

Minter, F. C. 2002. Stock options: Accounting's Phoenix. Strategic Finance (October): 45-49.

Minter, F. C. 2007. Reflections on a half-century as an accounting professional. Strategic Finance (December): 48-51.

Minton, B. A., C. M. Schrand and B. R. Walther. 2002. The role of volatility in forecasting. Review of Accounting Studies 7(2-3): 195-215.

Mintz, S. L. 2010. Opening the door to financial regulatory history. Journal of Accountancy (June): 58-61.

Mintz, S. M. 1990. Ethics in the management accounting curriculum. Management Accounting (June): 51-54.

Mintz, S. M. 1993. Concerns about the generalizability of results of the AECC grant program. Journal of Accounting Education 11(1): 93-100.

Mintz, S. M. 1995. Ethical obligations of management accountants. Management Accounting (March): 42-45.

Mintz, S. M. 1995. Virtue ethics and accounting education. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 247-267.

Mintz, S. M. 2006. Accounting ethics education: Integrating reflective learning and virtue ethics. Journal of Accounting Education 24(2-3): 97-117.

Mintz, S. M. 2009. Proposed changes in revenue recognition under U.S. GAAP and IFRS. The CPA Journal (December): 34-39.

Mintz, S. M. 2011. Ethics, professional judgment, and principles-based decision making under IFRS. The CPA Journal (January): 68-72.

Mintz, S. M. 2011. Triple bottom line reporting for CPAs: Challenges and opportunities in social accounting. The CPA Journal (December): 26-33.

Mintz, S. M. and R. E. Morris. 2008. Ethical Obligations and Decision Making in Accounting: Text and Cases. McGraw-Hill Irwin.

Mintzberg, H. 1973. The Nature of Managerial Work. Harper & Row. (Based on Mintzberg's MIT Ph.D. dissertation, The Manager at Work: Determining His Activities, Roles and Programs by Structured Observation).

Minzberg, H. 1975. The manager's job: Folklore and fact: The classical view says that the manager organizes, coordinates, plans and controls; the facts suggest otherwise. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 51-61.

Mintzberg, H. 1978. Mintzberg's final paradigm. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(4): 635-636. (JSTOR link). (Reject any submitted paper with the word paradigm in the title).

Mintzberg, H. 1979. An emerging strategy of "direct" research. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(4): 582-589. (JSTOR link).

Mintzberg, H. 1981. Organization design: Fashion or fit. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 103-115.

Mintzberg, H. 1983. Designing Effective Organizations. Prentice-Hall.

Minztberg, H. 1989. Minztzberg on Management. Free Press.

Mintzberg, H. 2004. Managers Not MBAs: A Hard Look at the Soft Practice of Managing and Management Development. Berrett-Koehler Publishers. (Note and MIT Video).

Mintzberg, H. 2005. How inspiring. How sad. Comments on Sumantra Ghoshal's paper. Academy of Management Learning & Education (March): 108. (Related to Ghoshal's criticism of management theory).

Mintzberg, H. 2009. Rebuilding companies as communities. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 140-143.

Mintzberg, H. and A. McHugh. 1985. Strategy formation in an adhocracy. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(2): 160-197. (JSTOR link).

Mintzberg, H. and F. Westley. 2001. Decision making: It's not what you think. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 89-93. (The "thinking first" model of decision making (define, diagnose, design, decide) should be supplemented with a "seeing first" model (creative discovery includes preparation, incubation, illumination and verification) and a "doing first" model (experimentation includes enactment, selection, and retention. See below).

Thinking first Seeing first Doing first
Science Art Craft
Planning and programming Visioning and imagining Venturing and learning
The verbal The visual The visceral
Facts Ideas Experiences
Works best when the issue is clear. Works best when many elements have to be combined into creative solutions. Works best when the situation is novel and confusing.

Mintzberg, H. and J. A. Waters. 1982. Tracking strategy in an entrepreneurial firm. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 465-499. (JSTOR link).

Mintzberg, H. and L. Van der Heyden. 1999. Organigraphs: Drawing how companies really work. Harvard Business Review (September-October): 87-94. (Summary).

Mintzberg, H., A. Zaleznik, J. Badaracco, C. farkas, D. Laurie, R. A. Heifetz and J. Kotter. 1998. Harvard Business Review on Leadership. Harvard Business School Press.

Mintzberg, H., D. Raisinghani and A. Théorêt. 1976. The structure of "unstructured" decision processes. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(2): 246-275. (JSTOR link).

Mintzberg, H., R. Simons and K. Basu. 2002. Beyond selfishness. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 67-74.

Minyard, D. H. and R. H. Tabor. 1991. The effect of big eight mergers on auditor concentration. Accounting Horizons (December): 79-90.

Miotto, N. J. 1980. Evaluating internal accounting controls. Management Accounting (July): 15-18.

Miranti, P. J. Jr. 1986. Associationalism, statism and professional regulation: Public accountants and the reform of the financial markets 1896-1940. The Business History Review (Autumn).

Miranti, P. J. Jr. 1986. Robert H. Montgomery - A leader of the profession. The CPA Journal (August): 106.

Miranti, P. J. Jr. 1990. Accountancy Comes of Age: The Development of an American Profession, 1886-1940. University of North Carolina Press.

Mires, H. F. 1928. The income tax - Collection aspects. The Accounting Review (March): 1-6. (JSTOR link).

Mirrielees, R. K. 1954. Using replacement-value depreciation in costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1156-1163.

Mirrielees, R. K. 1957. Prepare for your better accounting system. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 83-91.

Mirrlees, J. A. 1982. The economic uses of utilitarianism. In Sen, A. and B. Williams. Editors. Utilitarianism and Beyond. Cambridge University Press.

Mirvis, P. H. and B. A. Macy. 1976. Accounting for the costs and benefits of human resource development programs: An interdisciplinary approach. Accounting, Organizations and Society 1(2 & 3): 179-193.

Mirvis, P. H. and E. E. Lawler III. 1983. Systems are not solutions: Issues in creating information systems that account for the human organization. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(2- 3): 175-190.

Mischler, J. J. 1946. Taxation of war loss recoveries. The Accounting Review (July): 283-288. (JSTOR link).

Miser, H. J. 1963. The environment for effective operations and systems research. Management Science (October): 1-7. (JSTOR link).

Mishra, A. K. and K. E. Mishra. 2009. Downsizing the company without downsizing morale. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 39-44.

Mishra, B. and I. Vaysman. 2001. Cost-system choice and incentives - Traditional vs. activity-based costing. Journal of Accounting Research (December): 619-641. (JSTOR link).

Misiewicz, K. M. 1977. A macro-case analysis approach to tax research. The Accounting Review (October): 935-938. (JSTOR link).

Misiewicz, K. M. 1978. The tax nucleus of gains and losses. The Accounting Review (October): 979-984. (JSTOR link).

Misiewicz, K. M. 1979. A macro-case analysis approach to tax research - A reply. The Accounting Review (July): 641-642. (JSTOR link).

Missroon, A. M. 1998. Automating the balanced scorecard methodology. Midrange Systems (November 30): 44.

Mistarz, J. E. 1984. Cost accounting: A solution, but a problem. Hospitals. (October): 96, 99, 101.

Mister, W. G. 1983. Note on the interpretation of standard cost variances. Journal of Accounting Education 1(2): 51-56.

Mistry, J. J. 2012. The role of egovernance in mitigating corruption. Accounting and the Public Interest (12): 137-159.

Misumi, J. and F. Seki. 1971. Effects of achievement motivation on the effectiveness of leadership patterns. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(1): 51-59. (JSTOR link).

Misumi, J. and M. F. Peterson. 1985. The performance-maintenance (PM) theory of leadership: Review of a Japanese research program. Administrative Science Quarterly 30(2): 198-223. (JSTOR link).

MIT Sloan Management Review. 2012. A sampling of innovations by Lego users. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 76-77.

MIT Sloan Management Review. 2013. Outsourcing business processes for innovation. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 63-69.

MIT Sloan Management Review. 2013. Optimizing your digital business model. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 71-78.

Mitchel, J. O. 1981. The effect of intentions, tenure, personal, and organizational variables on managerial turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 24(4): 742-751. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, A., P. Sikka and H. Willmott. 1998. Sweeping it under the carpet: The role of accountancy firms in moneylaundering. Accounting, Organizations and Society 23(5-6): 589-607.

Mitchell, B. 1930. The present situation in the southern textile industry. Harvard Business Review (April): 296-306.

Mitchell, B. N. 2005. Responsibility to embrace diversity. Journal of Accountancy (October): 28-30.

Mitchell, C. 2002. Selling the brand inside. Harvard Business Review (January): 99-105.

Mitchell, D. 1954. Control numbers for engineering department costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 550-557.

Mitchell, D. 1999. ijob.com recruiting online. Strategic Finance (May): 48-51. (Screening job applicants via the internet).

Mitchell, D. S. 1948. Production scheduling in the women's apparel industry. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 1): 795-807.

Mitchell, F. 1994. A commentary on the applications of activity-based costing. Management Accounting Research (September): 261-277.

Mitchell, F. and G. C. Reid. 2000. Editorial. Problems, challenges and opportunities: The small business as a setting for management accounting research. Management Accounting Research (December): 385-390.

Mitchell, F. 1988. High school accounting and student performance in the first level university accounting course: A UK study. Journal of Accounting Education 6(2): 279-291.

Mitchell, F. and S. P. Walker. 1997. Market pressures and the development of costing practice: The emergence of uniform costing in the U.K. printing industry. Management Accounting Research (March): 75-101.

Mitchell, F., H. Norrreklit and M. Jakobsen, eds. 2012. The Routledge Companion to Cost Management. Routledge Companions in Business. (Contents).

Mitchell, G. B. 1969. Breakeven analysis and capital budgeting. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 332-338. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, G. B. 1970. After-tax cost of leasing. The Accounting Review (April): 308-314. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, G. E. 1967. The make-or-buy decision - A case study. Management Accounting (November): 41-51.

Mitchell, J. D. and P. Robinson. 1999. Motivations of Australian listed companies effecting share buy-backs. Abacus 35(1): 91-119.

Mitchell, M., G. Krippel and S. J. Mitchell. 2009. Aiming higher...toward significance. Strategic Finance (October): 30-36.

Mitchell, P. D. 1920. Accounting for income in eleemosynary institutions. Journal of Accountancy (November): 344-353.

Mitchell, R. K., B. Smith, K. W. Seawright and E. A. Morse. 2000. Cross-cultural cognitions and the venture creation decision. The Academy of Management Journal 43(5): 974-993. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, T. and L. Beach. 1977. Expectancy theory, decision theory, and occupational preference and choice. Human Judgment and Decision Processes in Applied Settings. Academic Press: 203-226.

Mitchell, T. and M. Thomas. 2005. Can variance analysis make media marketing managers more accountable? Management Accounting Quarterly (Fall): 51-61.

Mitchell, T. R. 1973. Motivation and participation: An integration. The Academy of Management Journal 16(4): 670-679. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, T. R. and B. W. Knudsen. 1973. Instrumentality theory predictions of students' attitudes towards business and their choice of business as an occupation. The Academy of Management Journal 16(1): 41-52. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, T. R. and W. G. Scott. 1974. Reply to Argyris. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(1): 107-108. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, T. R., A. Biglan, G. R. Oncken and F. E. Fiedler. 1970. The contingency model: criticism and suggestions. The Academy of Management Journal 13(3): 253-267. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, T. R., B. C. Holtom, T. W. Lee, C. J. Sablynski and M. Erez. 2001. Why people stay: Using job embeddedness to predict voluntary turnover. The Academy of Management Journal 44(6): 1102-1121. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, T. R., C. M. Smyser and S. E. Weed. 1975. Locus of control: Supervision and work satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 18(3): 623-631. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, T. W. 1906. The report of the American Locomotive Company. Journal of Accountancy (November): 42-46.

Mitchell, T. W. 1906. The reports of the Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific Railway Company. Journal of Accountancy (December): 146-153.

Mitchell, T. W. 1906. Types of railway mortgages. Journal of Accountancy (March): 357-371.

Mitchell, T. W. 1907. Reviews of corporation reports: Reports of the Tennessee Coal, Iron and Railroad Company. Journal of Accountancy (June): 144-150.

Mitchell, T. W. 1907. Reports of the Great Northern. Journal of Accountancy (May): 50-59.

Mitchell, T. W. 1907. Reports of the International Paper Company. Journal of Accountancy (March): 395-402.

Mitchell, T. W. 1907. Reports of the Southern Pacific Company. Journal of Accountancy (April): 476-483.

Mitchell, T. W. 1907. Review of corporation reports: Reports of the Chicago and Alton. Journal of Accountancy (July): 219-227.

Mitchell, T. W. 1907. Reviews of Corporation Reports. The Northern Pacific Reports. Journal of Accountancy (September): 380-389.

Mitchell, T. W. 1907. The reports of the Union Pacific Railroad Company. Journal of Accountancy (January): 238-248.

Mitchell, T. W. 1907. The Southern Railway reports. Journal of Accountancy (February): 305-316.

Mitchell, W. 1989. Whether and when? Probability and timing of incumbents' entry into emerging industrial subfields. Administrative Science Quarterly 34(2): 208-230. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, W. 1994. The dynamics of evolving markets: The effects of business sales and age on dissolutions and divestitures. Administrative Science Quarterly 39(4): 575-602. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, W. Jr. 1962. Use of "live cases" in management development. The Journal of the Academy of Management 5(1): 86-91. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, W. C. 1923. Accountants and economics with reference to the business cycle. Journal of Accountancy (March): 161-171.

Mitchell, W. C. 1958. Occupational role strains: The American elective public official. Administrative Science Quarterly 3(2): 210-228. (JSTOR link).

Mitchell, W. E. 1958. Let's get practical about records retention. N.A.A. Bulletin (September): 76-78.

Mitchell, W. E. 1960. Vendor code numbers. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 92-93.

Mitchell, W. K. 1916. Uniform accounting system for California counties. Journal of Accountancy (April): 261-274.

Mitchell, W. K. 1918. School district accounting. Journal of Accountancy (February): 101-113.

Mitchell, W. K. and W. C. Wright. 1916. What the borrower owes. Journal of Accountancy (February): 156-157.

Mitchell, W. S. 1963. Relationship of laws of learning to methods of accounting instruction. The Accounting Review (April): 411-414. (JSTOR link).

Mitra, D. and I. Mitrani. 1990. Analysis of a kanban discipline for cell coordination in production lines. Management Science (I): 1548-1566.

Mitra, S. 2003. Your forensic bookshelf. Journal of Forensic Accounting (4): 325-330.

Mitra, S. 2004. Your forensic bookshelf. Journal of Forensic Accounting (5): 243-248.

Mitra, S. 2004. Your forensic bookshelf. Journal of Forensic Accounting (5): 565-570.

Mitra, S. 2005. Institutional investors, managerial ownership and accrual management. Journal of Forensic Accounting 6(1): 77-102.

Mitra, S. and J. Rodrique. 2002. Discretionary accounting accruals: A methodological issue in earnings management research. Journal of Forensic Accounting (3): 185-206.

Mitra, S., D. R. Deis and M. Hossain. 2009. Pre and post-SOX association between audit firm tenure and earnings management risk. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 1(1): 1-43.

Mitroff, I. I. and M. C. Alpaslan. 2003. Preparing for evil. Harvard Business Review (April): 109-115. (A crisis tool kit).

Mitroff, I. I. and R. O. Mason. 1983. Can we design systems for managing messes? or, why management information systems are uninformative. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(2- 3): 195-203.

Mittal, V., M. Sarkees and F. Murshed. 2008. The right way to manage unprofitable customers. Harvard Business Review (April): 94-102.

Mittelstaedt, H. F. 1989. An empirical analysis of the factors underlying the decision to remove excess assets from overfunded pension plans. Journal of Accounting and Economics (November): 399-418.

Mittelstaedt, H. F. and P. R. Regier. 1993. The market response to pension plan terminations. The Accounting Review (January): 1-27. (JSTOR link).

Mittelstaedt, H. F., P. R. Regier, S. Hsieh, K. Ferris and A. Chen. 1991. A note on securities market response to pension fund termination: Reply. Contemporary Accounting Research 8(1): 82-96.

Mittelstaedt, H. F., W. D. Nichols and P. R. Regier. 1995. SFAS No. 106 and benefit reductions in employer-sponsored retiree health care plans. The Accounting Review (October): 535-556. (JSTOR link).

Mitten, L. G. 1959. Sequencing n jobs on two machines with arbitrary time lags. Management Science (April): 293-298. (JSTOR link).

Mittendorf, B. 2006. Capital budgeting when managers value both honesty and perquisites. Journal of Management Accounting Research (18): 77-95.

Mittendorf, B. 2010. The role of audit thresholds in the misreporting of private information. Review of Accounting Studies 15(2): 243-263.

Mittendorf, B. and Y. Zhang. 2005. The role of biased earnings guidance in creating a healthy tension between managers and analysts. The Accounting Review (October): 1193-1209. (JSTOR Link).

Mittermaier, L. J. 1991. Representation on the editorial boards of academic accounting journals: An analysis of accounting faculties and doctoral programs. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 221-238.

Mittleman, I. 2012. Sales taxation of services: A look at New York, New Jersey, and Florida. The CPA Journal (June): 46-47.

Mixter, C. W. 1908. Measures for banking reform: Part I. Journal of Accountancy (April): 463-476.

Mixter, C. W. 1908. Measures for banking reform: Part II. A flexible credit bank note currency - security for its safety. Journal of Accountancy (June): 123-132.

Mixter, C. W. 1908. Measures for banking reform: Part III. Digression on branch banking. Journal of Accountancy (July): 194-203.

Mixter, C. W. 1923. The general question of extent and method of control under scientific management. Harvard Business Review (October): 13-22.

Miyasawa, K. 1968. Information structures in stochastic programming problems. Management Science (January): 275-291. (JSTOR link).

Mizashita, K. and D. W. Russell. 1995. Keiretsu: Inside the Hidden Japanese Conglomerates. McGraw-Hill.

Mizruchi, M. S. and D. Bunting. 1981. Influence in corporate networks: An examination of four measures. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(3): 475-489. (JSTOR link).

Mizruchi, M. S. and L. B. Stearns. 1988. A longitudinal study of the formation of interlocking directorates. Administrative Science Quarterly 33(2): 194-210. (JSTOR link).

Mizruchi, M. S. and L. B. Stearns. 1994. A longitudinal study of borrowing by large American corporations. Administrative Science Quarterly 39(1): 118-140. (JSTOR link).

Mizruchi, M. S. and L. C. Fein. 1999. The social construction of organizational knowledge: A study of the uses of coercive, mimetic, and normative isomorphism. Administrative Science Quarterly 44(4): 653-683. (JSTOR link).

Mladenovic, R. and R. Simnett. 1994. Examination of Contextual effects and changes in task predictability on auditor calibration. Behavioral Research In Accounting (6): 178-203.

Mlynarczyk, F. A. Jr. 1969. An empirical study of accounting methods and stock prices. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 63-81. (JSTOR link).

Moad, J. 1988. The latest challenge for IS is the executive suite. Datamation (May 15): 56-61, 64.

Moad, J. 1999. The 100 top innovators in manufacturing. PC Week (August 9): 58-59.

Moan, F. E. 1973. Does management practice lag behind theory in the computer environment? The Academy of Management Journal 16(1): 7-23. (JSTOR link).

Moberg, D. J. and J. L. Koch. 1975. A critical appraisal of integrated treatments of contingency findings. The Academy of Management Journal 18(1): 109-124. (JSTOR link).

Moberg, H. W. 1962. Principles of control for decentralized operations. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 56.

Moberly, L. E. and F. P. Wyman. 1973. An application of simulation to the comparison of assembly line configurations. Decision Sciences 4(4): 505-516.

Mobley, M. E. and J. Humphreys. 2006. How low will you go? Harvard Business Review (April): 33-44. (Case).

Mobley, S. C. 1966. The concept of realization: A useful device. The Accounting Review (April): 292-296. (JSTOR link).

Mobley, S. C. 1967. Revenue experience as a guide to asset valuation. The Accounting Review (January): 114-123. (JSTOR link).

Mobley, S. C. 1968. Measures of income. The Accounting Review (April): 333-341. (JSTOR link). (Financial statements expressing different concepts of income including: Distributed income, Validated income, Earned income, and Cumulative income).

Mobley, S. C. 1970. The challenges of socio-economic accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 762-768. (JSTOR link).

Mobley, W. H. 1982. Supervisor and employee race and sex effects on performance appraisals: A field study of adverse impact and generalizability. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 598-606. (JSTOR link).

Mobley, W. H. and B. M. Meglino. 1977. A behavioral choice model analysis of the budget allocation behavior of academic deans. The Academy of Management Journal 20(4): 564-572. (JSTOR link).

Mobrman, A.M., S. A. Mobrman and E. E. Lawler III. 1992. The performance management of teams. In W. Bruns, Jr. ed. Performance Measurement, Evaluation, and Incentives. Harvard Business School Press: 217-241.

Moch, M. K. 1976. Structure and organizational resource allocation. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(4): 661-674. (JSTOR link).

Mock, E. J. 1967. Post-completion audits of capital projects. Management Accounting (November): 25-32.

Mock, R. P. 2009. Using the new 'qualified joint venture'. The CPA Journal (February): 44-47.

Mock, R. P., A. Savage and M. G. Simkin. 2010. The ethics of indemnity clauses in academic publication contracts. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 267-278.

Mock, T. J. 1969. Comparative values of information structures. Journal of Accounting Research (Empirical Research in Accounting: Selected Studies): 124-159. (JSTOR link).

Mock, T. J. 1971. Concepts of information value and accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 765-778. (JSTOR link).

Mock, T. J. 1972. A decision tree approach to the methodological decision process. The Accounting Review (October): 826-829. (JSTOR link). (Note).

Mock, T. J. 1973. Concepts of information value and accounting: A reply. The Accounting Review (April): 394-397. (JSTOR link).

Mock, T. J. 1973. The value of budget information. The Accounting Review (July): 520-534. (JSTOR link).

Mock, T. J. 1976. Measurement and Accounting Information Criteria. Studies in Accounting Research (13). American Accounting Association.

Mock, T. J. 1987. 1988 USC/DH&S audit judgment symposium "audit judgment in the year 2000". Accounting, Organizations and Society 12(5): 547.

Mock, T. J. and M. A. Vasarhelyi. 1978. A synthesis of the information economics and lens models. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 414-423. (JSTOR link).

Mock, T. J., A. M. Wright, M. T. Washington and G. Krishnamoorthy. 1997. Auditors' uncertainty representation and evidence aggregation. Behavioral Research In Accounting (9 Supplement): 123-147.

Mock, T. J., K. V. Pincus and J. M. Andre. 1991. A systems approach to accounting curriculum development. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 178-192.

Mock, T. J., L. Sun, R. P. Srivastava and M. Vasarhelyi. 2009. An evidential reasoning approach to Sarbanes-Oxley mandated internal control risk assessment. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 10(2): 65-78.

Mock, T. J., T. L. Estrin and M. A. Vasarhelyi. 1972. Learning patterns, decision approach, and value of information. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 129-153. (JSTOR link).

Modansky, R. A. and J. P. Massimino. 2011. Asset-based financing basics. Journal of Accountancy (August): 40-44.

Modarress, B. and A. Ansari, A. 1987. Two new dimensions in the cost of quality. International Journal of Quality & Reliability Management 4(4): 9-20.

Modell, S. 2001. Performance measurement and institutional processes: A study of managerial responses to public sector reform. Management Accounting Research (December): 437-464.

Modell, S. 2002. Institutional perspectives on cost allocations: Integration and extension. The European Accounting Review 11(4): 653-679.

Modell, S. 2003. Goals versus institutions: The development of performance measurement in the Swedish university sector. Management Accounting Research (December): 333-359.

Modell, S. 2005. Triangulation between case study and survey methods in management accounting research: An assessment of validity implications. Management Accounting Research (June): 231-254.

Modell, S. 2009. In defence of triangulation: A critical realist approach to mixed methods research in management accounting. Management Accounting Research (September): 208-221.

Modell, S. 2010. Bridging the paradigm divide in management accounting research: The role of mixed methods approaches. Management Accounting Research (June): 124-129.

Modell, S. and F. Wiesel. 2008. Marketization and performance measurement in Swedish central government: A comparative institutionalist study. Abacus 44(3): 251-283.

Modell, S., K. Jacobs and F. Wiesel. 2007. A process (re)turn?: Path dependencies, institutions and performance management in Swedish central government. Management Accounting Research (December): 453-475.

Moder, J. J. and E. G. Rodgers. 1968. Judgment estimates of the moments of PERT type distributions. Management Science (October): B76-B83. (JSTOR link).

Modisette, J. P. 1973. Audit practice set grading guide. The Accounting Review (January): 170-171. (JSTOR link).

Moe, G. A. 1943. The Bureau of the Budget and governmental budgeting in wartime. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 15): 43-62.

Moeckel, C. 1990. The effect of experience on auditors' memory errors. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 368-387. (JSTOR link).

Moeckel, C. 1991. Two factors affecting an auditor's ability to integrate audit evidence. Contemporary Accounting Research 8(1): 270-292.

Moeckel, C. and J. D. Williams. 1990. The role of source availability in inference verification. Contemporary Accounting Research 6(2): 850-858.

Moeckel, C. L. and R. D. Plumlee. 1989. Auditors' confidence in recognition of audit evidence. The Accounting Review (October): 653-666. (JSTOR link).

Moehrle, S., T. Stober, K. Jamal, R. Bloomfield, et al. 2010. Response to the Financial Accounting Standards Board's and the International Accounting Standard Board's joint discussion paper entitled preliminary views on financial statement presentation. Accounting Horizons (March): 149-158.

Moehrle, S. R. 2002. Do firms use restructuring charge reversals to meet earnings targets? The Accounting Review (April): 397-413. (JSTOR link).

Moehrle, S. R. 2011. Previts, G. J. and B. D. Merino. 1998. A History of Accounting in the United States. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 886-887. (Book review).

Moehrle, S. R. and J. A. Reynolds-Moehrle. 2005. Earnings management in the context of pension accounting: A case. Global Perspectives on Accounting Education (2): 11-18.

Moehrle, S. R. and J. A. Reynolds-Moehrle. 2008. The proposed conceptual framework. The CPA Journal (November): 6-9.

Moehrle, S. R., K. L. Anderson, F. L. Ayres, C. E. Bolt-Lee, R. S. Debreceny, M. T. Dugan, C. E. Hogan, M. W. Maher and E. Plummer. 2009. The impact of academic accounting research on professional practice: An analysis by the AAA Research Impact Task Force. Accounting Horizons (December): 411-456.

Moehrle, S. R., J. A. Reynolds-Moehrle and J. S. Wallace. 2001. How informative are earnings numbers that exclude goodwill amortization? Accounting Horizons (September): 243-255.

Moehrle, S. R., J. A. Reynolds-Moehrle and J. S. Wallace. 2001. Pooling and rescinded or forgone stock repurchases. Accounting and the Public Interest (1): 115-133.

Moeller, G. H. and W. W. Charters. 1966. Relation of bureaucratization to sense of power among teachers. Administrative Science Quarterly 10(4): 444-465. (JSTOR link).

Moeller, R. 2009. Brink's Modern Internal Auditing: A Common Body of Knowledge, 7th Edition. Wiley.

Moeran, E. H. 1918. Auditor's responsibility in regard to verification of inventories. Journal of Accountancy (March): 176-186.

Moeran, E. H. 1918. Stock dividends. Journal of Accountancy (March): 239-240.

Moeran, E. H. 1921. Summary of tax exemptions - Liberty bonds and victory notes. Journal of Accountancy (February): 121-123.

Moeran, E. H. 1925. Valuation of industrial securities. Journal of Accountancy (May): 433-434.

Moers, F. 2005. Discretion and bias in performance evaluation: The impact of diversity and subjectivity. Accounting, Organizations and Society 30(1): 67-80.

Moers, F. 2006. Performance measure properties and delegation. The Accounting Review (July): 897-924. (JSTOR link).

Moffitt, D. S. 1951. Is own product research a current fixed expense? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1251-1254.

Moffitt, D. S. 1952. Preparing your argument in renegotiation. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1105-1110.

Moffitt, D. S. 1953. Consider the needs of the reportee. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 200-204.

Moffitt, D. S. 1953. Time control of contract research. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1340-1346.

Moffitt, D. S. 1954. Perspective on the new renegotiation act. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 513-519.

Moffitt, D. S. 1955. Fixed cost control to permit cycle analysis. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1463-1467.

Mogel, L. F. 1932. Accounting for loss of imperfects. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 1417-1422.

Mogel, L. F. 1935. Basic standard costs as applied to a hosiery mill. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May 1): 961-998.

Mogis, R. C. 1961. Do undisclosed liabilities distort financial statements? N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 45-53.

Mogis, R. C. and D. Rogoff. 1962. Statistics offers a solution to tomorrow's auditing complexities. The Accounting Review (October): 704-707. (JSTOR link).

Mohammed, R. 2010. The 1% Windfall: How Successful Companies Use Price to Profit and Grow. HaperBusiness.

Mohanram, P. and S. Rajgopal. 2009. Is PIN priced risk? Journal of Accounting and Economics (June): 226-243.

Mohanram, P. S. 2005. Separating winners from losers among low book-to-market stocks using financial statement analysis. Review of Accounting Studies 10(2-3): 133-170.

Mohd, E. 2005. Accounting for software development costs and information asymmetry. The Accounting Review (October): 1211-1231. (JSTOR Link).

Mohnen, A. and M. Bareket. 2007. Performance measurement for investment decisions under capital constraints. Review of Accounting Studies 12(1): 1-22.

Mohr, L. B. 1971. Organizational technology and organizational structure. Administrative Science Quarterly 16(4): 444-459. (JSTOR link).

Mohr, L. B. 1983. The reliability of the case study as a source of information. In Coulam, R. and R. Smith. Editors. Symposium on Information Processing in Organizations. J. A. I. Press.

Mohr, R. M. 1988. Unconsolidated finance subsidiaries: Characteristics and debt/equity effects. Accounting Horizons (March): 27-34.

Mohr, R. M. 1991. Illustrating the economic consequences of FASB Statement No. 94, Consolidation of All Majority-Owned Subsidiaries. Journal of Accounting Education 9(1): 123-136.

Mohr, R. M. and S. C. Dilley. 1984. Current cost and ACRS depreciation expense: A comparison. The Accounting Review (October): 690-701. (JSTOR link).

Mohrman, M. B. 1993. Debt contracts and FAS No. 19: A test of the debt covenant hypothesis. The Accounting Review (April): 273-288. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on the effects of violating debt covenants).

Mohrman, M. B. 1996. The use of fixed GAAP provisions in debt contracts. Accounting Horizons (September): 78-91.

Mohrman, M. B. 1999. Instructional case: General Host: Accounting for a bond refunding. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 451-464.

Mohrman, M. B. 2009. Depreciation of airplanes and garbage trucks: Information value and fraud prevention in financial reporting. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 105-107. (Class assignment).

Mohrman, S. A., C. B. Gibson and A. M. Mohrman Jr. 2001. Doing research that is useful to practice: A model and empirical exploration. The Academy of Management Journal 44(2): 357-375. (JSTOR link).

Mohrweis, L. C. 1991. The impact of writing assignments on accounting students' writing skills. Journal of Accounting Education 9(2): 309-325.

Mohrweis, L. C. 1993. Teaching audit planning and risk assessment: An empirical test of the Dermaceutics instructional resources. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 391-403.

Mohrweis, L. C. 2006. Recruiting top students: A letter writing approach. Journal of Accounting Education 24(4): 197-201.

Mohrweis, L. C. 2010. Tax credits for private school scholarships. The CPA Journal (February): 50-52.

Moilanen, S. 2008. The role of accounting and an intermediate subsidiary in the management control system. Management Accounting Research (September): 252-269.

Moinuddin, K., T. Collins and A. Bansal. 2007. Process activity mapping - Activity-based costing for semiconductor enterprises. Cost Management (March/April): 29-33.

Moizer, P. 2009. Publishing in accounting journals: A fair game? Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(2): 285-304.

Moldoveanu, M. C. and J. A. C. Baum. 2011. "I think you think I think you're lying": The interactive epistemology of trust in social networks. Management Science (February): 393-412.

Moles, W. A. 1967. Selling the accounting services. Management Accounting (September): 3-6.

Molinelli, J. J. 1968. A computer dilemma. Management Accounting (October): 21.

Molinsky, A. L., T. H. Davenport, B. Iyer and C. Davidson. 2012. 3 skills every 21st century manager needs. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 139-143.

Molka-Danielsen, J. and M. Deutschmann. (eds). 2009. Learning and Teaching in the Virtual World of Second Life. Tapir Academic Press.

Moll, J. an Z. Hoque. 2011. Budgeting for legitimacy: The case of an Australian university. Accounting, Organizations and Society 36(2): 86-101.

Mollica, K. A. and R. DeWitt. 2000. When others retire early: What about me? The Academy of Management Journal 43(6): 1068-1075. (JSTOR link).

Mollick, E. 2005. Tapping into the underground. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 21-24.

Molnar, J. J. and D. L. Rogers. 1979. A comparative model of interorganizational conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(3): 405-425. (JSTOR link).

Monahan, S. J. 2002. Discussion of The value relevance of revenue for internet firms: Does reporting grossed-up or barter revenue make a difference? Studies on Accounting, Entrepreneurship and E-Commerce. Journal of Accounting Research (May): 479-484. (JSTOR link).

Monahan, S. J. 2005. Conservatism, growth and the role of accounting numbers in the fundamental analysis process. Review of Accounting Studies 10(2-3): 227-260.

Monahan, S. J. 2006. Discussion of Why do managers voluntarily issue cash flow forecasts? Journal of Accounting Research (May): 431-436. (JSTOR link).

Monahan, S. J. 2008. Discussion of “Is financial reporting shaped by equity markets or debt markets? An international study of timeliness and conservatism”. Review of Accounting Studies 13(2-3): 206-215.

Monahan, S. J. 2011. Discussion of "Using earnings forecasts to simultaneously estimate firm-specific cost of equity and long-term growth" Review of Accounting Studies 16(3): 458-463.

Monahan, T. F. and B. N. Schwartz. 1986. Stock dividends vs. stock splits: Normative vs. descriptive approaches to accounting education. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 123-131.

Monahan, T. F., M. J. Liberatore and D. E. Stout. 1990. Decision support for capital budgeting: A model for classroom presentation. Journal of Accounting Education 8(2): 225-239.

Monczka, R. M., R. J. Trent and R. B. Handfield. 2002. Purchasing and Supply Chain Management, 2e. South-Western Educational Publishing.

Monden, Y. 1981. What makes the Toyota production system really tick. Industrial Engineering (January): 36-48.

Monden, Y. 1981. Kanban system. Industrial Engineering (May): 29-46.

Monden, Y. 1981. Production smoothing. Industrial Engineering (August): 42-51.

Monden, Y. 1981. Production smoothing, Part II. Industrial Engineering (September): 22-30.

Monden, Y. 1983. Toyota Production System. Atlanta, GA: Industrial Engineering Press.

Monden, Y. 1995. Cost Reduction Systems: Target Costing and Kaizen Costing. Productivity Press.

Monden, Y. 1998. Toyota Production System: An Integrated Approach to Just-In-Time. Atlanta, GA: Industrial Engineering Press.

Monden, Y. 1992. Cost Management in the New Manufacturing Age: Innovations in the Japanese Automotive Industry. Cambridge, MA: Productivity Press.

Monden, Y. and J. Lee. 1993. How a Japanese auto maker reduces costs. Management Accounting (August): 22-26. (Summary).

Monden, Y. and K. Hamada, 1991. Target costing and kaizen costing in Japanese automobile companies. Journal of Management Accounting Research (3): 16-34.

Monden, Y. and M. Sakurai, eds. 1990. Japanese Management Accounting: A World Class Approach to Profit Management. Cambridge, MA: Productivity Press.

Monden, Y. and M. Sakurai, eds. 1998. Japanese Management Accounting: A World Class Approach to Profit Management. Cambridge, MA: Productivity Press.

Monger, R. 2008. Islamic finance enters the mainstream. Management Accounting Quarterly (Spring): 1-6.

Monhemius, J. F. and K. P. Durkin. 2009. Detecting circular cash flow. Journal of Accountancy (December): 26-31.

Monical, C. 1985. Caution: RICO can hurt you. Management Accounting (April): 62-65. (Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act of 1970).

Monin, L. J. 1962. Co-operative control of R&D expenditures. N.A.A. Bulletin (July): 62.

Monks, A. A. G. and N. Minow. 2003. Corporate Governance. Blackwell Publishing.

Monroe, A. L. 1974. Discussion of opportunities and implications of the report on objectives of financial statements. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Financial Accounting Objectives): 21-24. (JSTOR link).

Monroe, K. B. 2002. Pricing: Making Profitable Decisions. McGraw-Hill/Irwin.

Monson, D. W. 2001. The conceptual framework and accounting for leases. Accounting Horizons (September): 275-287.

Monson, N. P. and J. A. Tracy. 1964. Stock rights and accounting wrongs. The Accounting Review (October): 890-893. (JSTOR link).

Montagna, P. 1991. Accounting elites and accounting theory. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(1): 93-99.

Montagna, P. D. 1987. Discussion comments. In Accounting and Culture: Plenary Session Papers and Discussants' Comments from the 1986 Annual Meeting of the American Accounting Association, edited by B. E. Cushing. American Accounting Association: 23-27. (Montagna's discussion follows papers by Hofstede and Schreuder.) (Summary).

Montagne, O. 2007. Metaverse Manifesto. Studio SFO.

Montague, N. R. 2012. Articulation agreements: No credits left behind. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 281-298. (Discussion of articulation agreements designed to facilitate transfer of credit between educational institutions).

Montagno, R. V. 1985. The effects of comparison others and prior experience on responses to task design. The Academy of Management Journal 28(2): 491-498. (JSTOR link).

Montauk, R. 2002. How to Get Into the Top MBA Programs. Prentice Hall Press.

Monte, C. F. and R. N. Sollod. 2002. Beneath the Mask: An Introduction to Theories of Personality. Wiley.

Monterio, B. J. 2011. XBRL and its impact on corporate tax departments. Strategic Finance (February): 56-58.

Monteverde, R. J. 1955. Some notes of reservation on the use of sampling tables in auditing. The Accounting Review (October): 582-591. (JSTOR link).

Montgomery, C. A. 1982. The measurement of firm diversification: Some new empirical evidence. The Academy of Management Journal 25(2): 299-307. (JSTOR link).

Montgomery, C. A. 1985. Product-market diversification and market power. The Academy of Management Journal 28(4): 789-798. (JSTOR link).

Montgomery, C. A. 2008. Putting leadership back into strategy. Harvard Business Review (January): 54-60.

Montgomery, C. A. and R. Kaufman. 2003. The board's missing link. Harvard Business Review (March): 86-93. (The link with shareholders).

Montgomery, C. A., A. R. Thomas and R. Kamath. 1984. Divestiture, market valuation, and strategy. The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 830-840. (JSTOR link).

Montgomery, D. C. 2000. Design and Analysis of Experiments, 5th edition. John Wiley & Sons.

Montgomery, D., J. B. Keats, G. Runger and W. Messina. 1994. Integrating statistical process control and engineering process control. Journal of Quality Technology (April): 79-87.

Montgomery, G. D. 1913. Investigations for financing purposes. Journal of Accountancy (December): 417-423.

Montgomery, J. D. 1972. Allocation of authority in land reform programs: A comparative study of administrative processes and outputs. Administrative Science Quarterly 17(1): 62-75. (JSTOR link).

Montgomery, J. L. 1965. Appraising capital expenditures. Management Accounting (September): 3-10.

Montgomery, J. P. 1958. Preparing for random access equipment. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 89-93.

Montgomery, M. A. 1998. Small Business Accounting. Prentice Hall College Division.

Montgomery, P. 2002. Effective rolling forecasts. Strategic Finance (February): 41-44.

Montgomery, R. H. 1905. Professional standards. A plea for co-operation among accountants. Journal of Accountancy (November): 28-39.

Montgomery, R. H. 1906. The work of the auditor. Journal of Accountancy (April): 492-500.

Montgomery, R. H. 1907. Professional ethics. Journal of Accountancy (December): 94-96.

Montgomery, R. H. 1912. Federal control of corporations. Journal of Accountancy (October): 272-290.

Montgomery, R. H. 1913. Auditing Theory and Practice. The Ronald Press Company. Google eBook.

Montgomery, R. H. 1913. The fallibility of unverified financial statements. Journal of Accountancy (July): 1-10.

Montgomery, R. H. 1913. The president's address. Journal of Accountancy (October): 265-267.

Montgomery, R. H. 1914. An accountancy laboratory. Journal of Accountancy (June): 405-411.

Montgomery, R. H. 1914. Memorandum on the right and desirability of experts to charge higher rates for the services of their assistants than the compensation directly paid to such assistants. Journal of Accountancy (May): 372-374.

Montgomery, R. H. 1914. Report of the president. Journal of Accountancy (October): 241-244.

Montgomery, R. H. 1919. Influence of the war on balance-sheets. Journal of Accountancy (July): 1-8.

Montgomery, R. H. 1921. Claims for refund of tax on stock dividends. Journal of Accountancy (July): 74.

Montgomery, R. H. 1922. Why should we have a new federal tax law? Journal of Accountancy (November): 334-345.

Montgomery, R. H. 1936. The natural business year. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 15): 305-322.

Montgomery, R. H., F. F. White and P. Morse. 1911. Support for the corporation tax amendment. Journal of Accountancy (December): 614-617.

Montgomery, W. B. 1934. Equipment and depreciation control through the use of tabulating cards. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 15): 1385-1394.

Montoya, M. M., A. P. Massey and N. S. Lockwood. 2011. 3D collaborative virtual environments: Exploring the link between collaborative behaviors and team performance. Decision Sciences 42(2): 451-467.

Montoya-Weiss, M. M., A. P. Massey and M. Song. 2001. Getting it together: Temporal coordination and conflict management in global virtual teams. The Academy of Management Journal 44(6): 1251-1262. (JSTOR link).

Moody, P. E. 2001. What's next after lean manufacturing? MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 12-13. (Genetic-algorithm software, VEC cells and manufacturing control via the internet).

Moody, R. G. 1971. Management accounting customer service. Management Accounting (March): 48-50.

Mookherjee, D. and S. Reichelstein. 1997. Budgeting and hierarchical control. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 129-155. (JSTOR link).

Moon, H., J. R. Hollenbeck, S. E. Humphrey, D. R. Ilgen, B. West, A. P. J. Ellis, C. O. L. H. Porter and S. P. J. Ellis. 2004. Asymmetric adaptability: Dynamic team structures as one-way streets. The Academy of Management Journal 47(5): 681-695. (JSTOR link).

Moon, P. 1988. Competitive tendering and under-capacity: An incident process case. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 445-452.

Moon, P. 1990. Some experimental evidence on functional fixation: A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society 15(3): 193-198.

Moon, P. and K. Bates. 1993. Core analysis in strategic performance appraisal. Management Accounting Research (June): 139-152.

Moon, P. and L. Fitzgerald. 1996. Delivering the goods at TNT: The role of the performance measurement system. Management Accounting Research (December): 431-457.

Moon, Y. 2005. Break free from the product life cycle. Harvard Business Review (May): 86-94.

Mooney, C. 2006. The Republican War on Science. Basic Books.

Mooney, C. and S. Kirshenbaum. 2009. Unscientific America: How Scientific Illiteracy Threatens our Future. Basic Books.

Mooney, J. L. and W. D. Pittman. 1996. A guide to electronic commerce. Management Accounting (September): 43-47.

Moonitz, M. 1942. The entity approach to consolidated statements. The Accounting Review (July): 236-242. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. 1943. Inventories and the statement of funds. The Accounting Review (July): 262-266. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. 1948. Adaptations to price-level changes. The Accounting Review (April): 137-147. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. 1949. Functions of the written examination. The Accounting Review (October): 432-435. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. 1956. Reporting on the flow of funds. The Accounting Review (July): 375-385. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. 1957. Income taxes in financial statements. The Accounting Review (April): 175-183. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. 1961. Direct costing and public reporting. N.A.A. Bulletin (October): 45-46.

Moonitz, M. 1961. The Basic Postulates of Accounting, Accounting Research Study No. 1. AICPA.

Moonitz, M. 1962. Should we discard the income concept? The Accounting Review (April): 175-180. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. 1963. Why do we need postulates and principles? Journal of Accountancy (December): 42-46. For a note on this paper see the annotated bibliography in Rappaport, A. 1965. Seminar research on uniformity. The Accounting Review (July): 643-648. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. 1965. General v. specific price changes: A note. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 253-254. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. 1966. Some reflections on the investment credit experience. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 47-61. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. 1967. Can laws coerce accounting? Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 129-130. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. 1967. Chambers on the price level study. Abacus 3(1): 55-61.

Moonitz, M. 1970. Price-level accounting and scales of measurement. The Accounting Review (July): 465-475. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. 1970. Three contributions to the development of accounting principles prior to 1930. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 145-155. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. 1974. Obtaining Agreement on Standards in the Accounting Profession. Studies in Accounting Research (8). American Accounting Association.

Moonitz, M. 1982. Chambers at the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Abacus 18(2): 106-111.

Moonitz, M. 1982. Memorial: Carman George Blough 1895-1981. The Accounting Review (January): 147-160. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. 1984. Some career influences. Issues In Accounting Education: 1-8.

Moonitz, M. 1986. History of Accounting at Berkeley. University of California at Berkeley.

Moonitz, M. 1991. Memorial: William Joseph Vatter, (1905-1990). The Accounting Review (October): 862-865. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. and A. C. Littleton. 1965. Significant Accounting Essays. Prentice-Hall. Review by M. E. Peloubet. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. and A. Russ. 1966. Accrual accounting for employers' pension costs. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 155-168. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. and C. L. Nelson. 1960. Recent developments in accounting theory. The Accounting Review (April): 206-217. (JSTOR link).

Moonitz, M. and E. C. Brown. 1939. The annuity method of estimating depreciation. The Accounting Review (December): 424-429. (JSTOR link).

Moore, B. 1975. A Plant-Wide Productivity Plan in Action: Three Years of Experience with the Scanlon Plan. National Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life.

Moore, B. and T. L. Ross. 1978. The Scanlon Way to Improved Productivity: A Practical Guide. John Wiley & Sons.

Moore, C., B. J. Rowe and S. K. Widener. 2001. HCS: Designing a balanced scorecard in a knowledge-based firm. Issues in Accounting Education (November): 569- 601.

Moore, C. L. 1962. The concept of the P/V graph applied to capital investment planning. The Accounting Review (October): 721-729. (JSTOR link).

Moore, C. L. 1964. The present-value method and the replacement decision. The Accounting Review (January): 94-102. (JSTOR link).

Moore, C. L. 1969. An extension of break-even analysis. Management Accounting (May): 55-58.

Moore, C. N. 1961. Some experience in teaching electronic data processing without a computer. The Accounting Review (April): 297-299. (JSTOR link).

Moore, D., M. Thome and K. Haigh. 2008. Scripting Your World: The Official Guide to Second Life Scripting. Sybex.

Moore, D. C. 1991. Accounting on trial: The critical legal studies movement and its lessons for radical accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 16(8): 763-791.

Moore, D. E. 1962. Instant data processing - and control. N.A.A. Bulletin (December): 57.

Moore, D. G. 1960. Behavioral science and business education. The Journal of the Academy of Management 3(3): 187-191. (JSTOR link).

Moore, D. P. 1984. Evaluating in-role and out-of-role performers. The Academy of Management Journal 27(3): 603-618. (JSTOR link).

Moore, F. E. 1947. An auditing teacher looks at the CPA examination in auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 6-12. (JSTOR link).

Moore, G. 1963. The reporting responsibility of accountants. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 56.

Moore, G. A. 2004. Darwin and the demon: Innovating within established enterprises. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 86-92.

Moore, G. A. 2005. Strategy and your stronger hand. Harvard Business Review (December): 62-72. (Two distinct models of business: A complex systems model and a volume operations model).

Moore, G. A. 2007. To succeed in the long term, focus on the middle term. Harvard Business Review (July-August): 84-90.

Moore, G. E. 1971. Principia Ethica. 1903. Reprint. Cambridge University Press.

Moore, H. A. 1946. Cost records for the home building industry. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 1): 407-414.

Moore, J. 1988. Push-down accounting: FAS 200? Management Accounting (November): 53-58. (Related to business combinations).

Moore, J. A. 2012. Empirical evidence on the impact of external monitoring on book-tax differences. Advances in Accounting: Incorporating Advances in International Accounting 28(2): 254-269.

Moore, J. H. and A. B. Whinston. 1966. Experimental methods in quadratic programming. Management Science (September): 58-76. (JSTOR link).

Moore, J. H. and G. W. Miner. 1903. Accounting and business practice. Ginn & Company. Google eBook.

Moore, J. M. 1968. An n job, one machine sequencing algorithm for minimizing the number of late jobs. Management Science (September): 102-109. (JSTOR link).

Moore, L. 1989. Beta Alpha Psi, From Omega to Zeta Omega: The Making of a Comprehensive Fraternity, 1946-1984 by Terry K. Sheldahl. The Accounting Historians Journal 16(1): 140-142. (JSTOR link).

Moore, L. 1990. Electronic file cabinets for the white collar factory. Management Accounting (August): 49-51.

Moore, L. 2009. Economic "reality" and the myth of the bottom line. Accounting Horizons (September): 327-340. ("Why do accounting practitioners, users, and standard setters continue to pursue a mythical, determinate "bottom line" in spite of the known limitations of accounting measures?").

Moore, L. B. 1958. Experiencing reality in management education. The Journal of the Academy of Management 1(3): 7-14. (JSTOR link).

Moore, L. J. and D. F. Scott Jr. 1971. Long-range planning and the decentralized firm. Management Accounting (November): 35-39.

Moore, M. 2002. Cash flow management in a leveraged environment. Strategic Finance (January): 30-33.

Moore, M. 2003. Dude, Where's My Country? Warner.

Moore, M. A. 1954. Responsibilities of the industrial accountant. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1564-1574.

Moore, M. L. 1973. Management changes and discretionary accounting decisions. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 100-107. (JSTOR link).

Moore, M. L. and S. Buzby. 1972. The quality of corporate financial disclosure: A comment. The Accounting Review (July): 581-584. (JSTOR link).

Moore, M. L., B. M. Steece and C. W. Swenson. 1985. Some empirical evidence on taxpayer rationality. The Accounting Review (January): 18-32. (JSTOR link).

Moore, M. L., B. M. Steece and C. W. Swenson. 1987. An analysis of the impact of state income tax rates and bases on foreign investment. The Accounting Review (October): 671-685. (JSTOR link).

Moore, M. L., E. Outslay and G. A. McGill. 2005. U.S. Tax Aspects of Doing Business Abroad. AICPA.

Moore, M. R. 1968. A management audit of the EDP center. Management Accounting (March): 23-32.

Moore, P. M., T. H. Oxner and J. Kusel. 1987. Determining common stock equivalency of convertible securities: A teaching approach. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 152-156.

Moore, R. 2008. The project professional: Flexible human capital to enable growth. Strategic Finance (January): 50-55.

Moore, R. K. 1959. Inventory accounting in strip mining of coal. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 45-50. (Accounting and valuation of "coal drilled and blasted" and "coal stripped" on a monthly basis).

Moore, S. F. 1998. Aligning environmental decision making with business strategy: Georgia-Pacific's economic value added approach. Strategic Environmental Management (1): 69-76.

Moore, T. E. 1997. The corporate university: Transforming management education. Accounting Horizons (March): 77-85.

Moores, K. and G. T. Steadman. 1986. The comparative viewpoints of groups of accountants: More on the entity - proprietary debate. Accounting, Organizations and Society 11(1): 19-34.

Moores, K. and S. Yuen. 2001. Management accounting systems and organizational configuration: A life-cycle perspective. Accounting, Organizations and Society 26(4-5): 351-389. (Summary).

Moores, T. and G. E. White. 1985. Perceptions of the control and effectiveness of schools of accountancy. Issues In Accounting Education: 20-27.

Moorhouse, E. 1912. The mission of the certified accountant. Journal of Accountancy (April): 266-271.

Moorman, H. C. 1932. A unified method of cost keeping and production control for a small plant. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 1): 1317-1330.

Moorman, R. H., G. L. Blakely and B. P. Niehoff. 1998. Does perceived organizational support mediate the relationship between procedural justice and organizational citizenship behavior? The Academy of Management Journal 41(3): 351-357. (JSTOR link).

Moors, J. J. A. and M. J. B. T. Janssens. 1989. Exact distributions of Bayesian Cox-Snell bounds in auditing. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 135-144. (JSTOR link).

Moosa, I. A. 2013. The capital asset pricing model (CAPM): The history of a failed revolutionary idea in finance? Comments and extensions. Abacus 49(Supplement): 62-68.

Moran, M. and G. J. Previts. 1984. The SEC and the profession, 1934-84: The realities of self-regulation. Journal of Accountancy (July): 68-80.

Moravec, A. F. 1959. The operations research approach to the budget forecast - A case study. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 15-23.

Moravec, R. D. and M. S. Yoemans. 1992. Using ABC to support business re-engineering in the department of defense. Journal of Cost Management (Summer): 32-41.

Morawetz, V. 1908. Evils of excessive credit expansion. Journal of Accountancy (March): 345-356.

Morden, T. 2004. Principles of Management (Innovative Business Textbooks). Ashgate Publishing.

Moreland, K. A. 2007. International financial reporting - Inventory costing at Exxon and BP. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 549-561.

Moreno, K., T. Kida and J. F. Smith. 2002. The impact of affective reactions on risky decision making in accounting contexts. Journal of Accounting Research (December): 1331-1349. (JSTOR link).

Moreno, R. G. 1964. The unification of the professional teaching of accounting in the Americas. The Accounting Review (October): 990-995. (JSTOR link).

Morey, L. 1918. Financial reports of public institutions. Journal of Accountancy (July): 33-37.

Morey, L. 1918. Miscellaneous incomes of public institutions. Journal of Accountancy (November): 357-360.

Morey, L. 1926. Fund and proprietary accounts in governmental accounting. The Accounting Review (June): 77-84. (JSTOR link).

Morey, L. 1927. Finding correct principles of public accounts. The Accounting Review (September): 213-222. (JSTOR link).

Morey, L. 1932. Accounting procedures for universities and colleges. The Accounting Review (March): 54-60. (JSTOR link).

Morey, L. 1934. Principles of municipal accounting. The Accounting Review (December): 319-325. (JSTOR link).

Morey, L. 1940. A communication from Lloyd Morey. The Accounting Review (December): 526-528. (JSTOR link).

Morey, L. 1942. Financial reporting in the federal government. The Accounting Review (April): 73-82. (JSTOR link).

Morey, L. 1948. Trends in governmental accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 227-234. (JSTOR link).

Morey, L. 1955. Remarks before annual meeting of American Accounting Association. The Accounting Review (January): 25-26. (JSTOR link).

Morey, L. 1958. Greater recognition is needed of applicable principles in governmental and institutional accounting. The Accounting Review (July): 469-471. (JSTOR link).

Morey, L. 1963. Progress of the independent post audit program in Illinois. The Accounting Review (January): 102-108. (JSTOR link).

Morey, R. 1976. Operations management in selected nonmanufacturing organizations. The Academy of Management Journal 19(1): 120-124. (JSTOR link).

Morgan, A. M. 1977. Computer selection processes. Management Accounting (May): 39-42, 51.

Morgan, B. W. 1991. The economic reality of deposit intangibles. Accounting Horizons (March): 75-77.

Morgan, C. 1927. Measures of business efficiency. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 1).

Morgan, C. P. and M. A. Hitt. 1977. Validity and factor structure of House and Rizzo's effectiveness scales. The Academy of Management Journal 20(1): 165-169. (JSTOR link).

Morgan, C. P. and R. W. Beatty. 1976. Information relevant to the task in the risky shift phenomenon. The Academy of Management Journal 19(2): 304-308. (JSTOR link).

Morgan, D. S. and F. W. Morgan. 1980. How confirmation reporting can be applied to market control systems. Management Accounting (January): 26-28.

Morgan, G. 1979. Response to Mintzberg. Administrative Science Quarterly 24(1): 137-139. (JSTOR link).

Morgan, G. 1980. Paradigms, metaphors, and puzzle solving in organization theory. Administrative Science Quarterly 25(4): 605-622. (JSTOR link).

Morgan, G. 1981. Erratum: Paradigms, metaphors, and puzzle solving in organization theory. Administrative Science Quarterly 26(1): 140. (JSTOR link).

Morgan, G. 1983. More on metaphor: Why we cannot control tropes in administrative science. Administrative Science Quarterly 28(4): 601-607. (JSTOR link).

Morgan, G. 1983. Social science and accounting research: A commentary on Tomkins and Groves. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(4): 385-388.

Morgan, G. 1988. Accounting as reality construction: Towards a new epistemology for accounting practice. Accounting, Organizations and Society 13(5): 477-485.

Morgan, G. 2009. Chapter 3 highly interactive scalable online worlds. Advances in Computers 75-120.

Morgan, I. 2006. Growing negative services. MIT Sloan Management Review (Spring): 69-74. (Services needed in emergencies that most hope they will not need, e.g., services for toothaches, leaky roofs, collision repairs, flooded basements etc.).

Morgan, I. and J. Rao. 2003. Making routine customer experiences fun. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 93-95.

Morgan, J. and P. Stocken. 1998. The effects of business risk on audit pricing. Review of Accounting Studies 3(4): 365-385.

Morgan, J. B. 1960. "Off-site" cost control. N.A.A. Bulletin (May): 73-82. (Control in the field of missilery - science related to guided missiles).

Morgan, J. M. 2006. The Toyota Product Development System: Integrating People, Process And Technology. Productivity Press.

Morgan, L. L. 1977. Business ethics start with the individual. Management Accounting (March): 11-14.

Morgan, M. 1998. Staying competitive in applications software. Management Accounting (May): 20-22, 24, 26.

Morgan, M. 2002. Career-building strategies. Strategic Finance (June): 38-43.

Morgan, M. 2009. Navigating the economic downturn. Strategic Finance (April): 24-29.

Morgan, M. 2011. Building skill excellence. Strategic Finance (June): 16-19.

Morgan, M. 2012. Are we headed for a fall? Addressing global economic turmoil requires fundamental shifts in strategy and action. Strategic Finance (March): 42-48.

Morgan, M. D. 2008. Determining the tax treatment of profits from domain name sales. The CPA Journal (November): 62-65.

Morgan, M. J. 2001. A new role for finance: Architect of the enterprise in the information age. Strategic Finance (August): 36-43. (Related to ERP systems).

Morgan, M. J. and P. S. H. Weerakoon. 1989. Japanese management accounting: Its contribution to the Japanese economic miracle. Management Accounting U.K. (June): 40-43.

Morgan, P. 2002. Managing Yourself: Coach Yourself to Optimum Emotional Intelligence. Momentum WCZE.

Morgan, M. 2011. Keeping your 2011 career resolutions. Strategic Finance (January): 15-17.

Morgan, M. 2011. Leveraging self-awareness. Strategic Finance (March): 21-23.

Morgan, N. 2008. Managing yourself: How to become an authentic speaker. Harvard Business Review (November): 115-119.

Morgan, R. A. 1947. Disposal of peacetime surpluses. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 1): 1230-1238.

Morgan, R. A. 1948. Meeting management's need for men trained in industrial accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 1): 1219-1227.

Morgan, R. A. 1965. Consistency - Art thou a virtue? N.A.A. Bulletin (August): 56-58.

Morgan, R. A. 1981. Regulation, deregulation or self-regulation? Management Accounting (October): 54-55.

Morgan, R. A. 1985. The bottom line. Management Accounting (July): 32-35, 38, 57.

Morgan, R. A. 1985. The bottom line. Management Accounting (August): 62-67.

Morgan, R. A. 1985. The bottom line. Management Accounting (September): 51-53.

Morgan, R. A. 1985. The bottom line. Management Accounting (December): 67-69.

Morgan, R. B. 1993. Self- and co-worker perceptions of ethics and their relationships to leadership and salary. The Academy of Management Journal 36(1): 200-214. (JSTOR link).

Morgan, R. G. and M. J. Cerullo. 1984. Decision making, management science techniques, and the corporate controller. Managerial Planning. (March-April): 42-46).

Morgan, R. G., J. Soroosh and C. J. Woelfel. 1985. Are ethics dangerous to your job? Management Accounting (February): 24-32.

Morgan-Thomas, M. and H. Levine. 2012. Tax-gap closers of recent U.S. budget proposals and tax legislation. The CPA Journal (December): 34-40.

Morgen, D. 1973. Showdown at the 'GAAP'. Management Accounting (December): 59-61.

Morgenstern, O. 1930. Developments in the Federal Reserve System. Harvard Business Review (October): 1-7.

Moriarity, S. 1975. Another approach to allocating joint costs. The Accounting Review (October): 791-795. (JSTOR link).

Moriarity, S. 1975. Discussion of decision theory aspects of internal control system design/ compliance and substantive tests. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Statistical Methodology in Auditing): 30-34. (JSTOR link).

Moriarity, S. 1976. Another approach to allocating joint costs: A reply. The Accounting Review (July): 686-687. (JSTOR link).

Moriarity, S. 1979. Communicating financial information through multidimensional graphics. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 205-224. (JSTOR link).

Moriarity, S. (ed.) 1985. Cases From Management Accounting Practice Volume 1. National Association of Accountants. (8 cases).

Moriarity, S. (ed.) 1985. Cases From Management Accounting Practice Volume 1: Instructors Manual. National Association of Accountants. (8 cases).

Moriarity, S. (ed.) 1986. Cases From Management Accounting Practice Volume 2. National Association of Accountants. (9 cases).

Moriarity, S. (ed.) 1986. Cases From Management Accounting Practice Volume 2: Instructors Manual. National Association of Accountants. (9 cases).

Moriarity, S. (ed.) 1987. Cases From Management Accounting Practice Volume 3. National Association of Accountants. (6 cases).

Moriarity, S. (ed.) 1987. Cases From Management Accounting Practice Volume 3: Instructors Manual. National Association of Accountants. (6 cases).

Moriarity, S. (ed.) 1987. Cases From Management Accounting Practice Volume 4. National Association of Accountants. (5 cases).

Moriarity, S. (ed.) 1987. Cases From Management Accounting Practice Volume 4: Instructors Manual. National Association of Accountants. (5 cases).

Moriartiy, S. 2000. Trends in ethical sanctions within the accounting profession. Accounting Horizons (December): 427-439.

Moriarity, S. 2005. An exploration of the competitive value of an accurate accounting system. Abacus 41(1): 40-54.

Moriarity, S. and F. H. Barron. 1976. Modeling the materiality judgments of audit partners. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 320-341. (JSTOR link).

Moriarity, S. and F. H. Barron. 1979. A judgment-based definition of materiality. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Auditing-Selections from the "Research Opportunities in Auditing" Program): 114-135. (JSTOR link).

Moriarity, S., L. Hopkins and A. Slessor. 2010. TransGlobal Airlines. Strategic Finance (August): 44-51. (IMA student case competition).

Moriarity, S., L. Hopkins and A. Slessor. 2011. TransGlobal Airlines. IMA Educational Case Journal 4(3): 1-7.

Morieux, Y. 2011. Smart rules: Six ways to get people to solve problems without you. Harvard Business Review (September): 78-86.

Morita, A. 1992. Partnering for competitiveness: The role of Japanese business. Harvard Business Review. (May-June): 76-83.

Morita, J. G., T. W. Lee and R. T. Mowday. 1993. The regression-analog to survival analysis: A selected application to turnover research. The Academy of Management Journal 36(6): 1430-1464. (JSTOR link).

Moritsen M. 2013. Is your organization managing or mangling its technology assets? Strategic Finance (January): 34-41.

Morley, E. 1974. Human support services in complex manufacturing organizations: A special case of differentiation. Administrative Science Quarterly 19(3): 295-318. (JSTOR link).

Morley, J. E. Jr. 1978. Cash management - Working for the extra 1% or 2%. Management Accounting (October): 17-22.

Morley, M. F. 1979. The value added statement in Britain. The Accounting Review (July): 618-629. (JSTOR link).

Moroney, R. and P. Carey. 2011. Industry - versus task-based experience and auditor performance. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory 30(2): 1-18.

Moroney, R. and R. Simnett. 2009. Differences in industry specialist knowledge and business risk identification and evaluation. Behavioral Research In Accounting 21(2): 73-89.

Morrel-Samuels, P. 2002. Getting the truth into workplace surveys. Harvard Business Review (February): 111-118.

Morrill, J. B., C. K. J. Morrill and L. S. Kopp. 2012. Internal control assessment and interference effects. Behavioral Research In Accounting 24(1): 73-90.

Morriss, A., R. J. Ely and F. X. Frei. 2011. Stop holding yourself back. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 160-163.

Morris, B. W. and A. B. Pushkin. 1995. Determinants of information systems audit involvement in EDI systems development. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 111-128.

Morris, D. 2010. Children and the AMT: Saved by the Kiddie tax. The CPA Journal (November): 48-49.

Morris, D. 2010. Tax penalties and deterrence: Determining effectiveness and taxpayer perception. The CPA Journal (September): 28-33.

Morris, J. 2000. Software Industry Accounting. John Wiley & Sons.

Morris, J. 2004. Accounting for M&A, Equity, and Credit Analysts. McGraw-Hill.

Morris, J. H. and J. D. Sherman. 1981. Generalizability of an organizational commitment model. The Academy of Management Journal 24(3): 512-526. (JSTOR link).

Morris, J. H., R. M. Steers and J. L. Koch. 1979. Influence of organization structure on role conflict and ambiguity for three occupational groupings. The Academy of Management Journal 22(1): 58-71. (JSTOR link).

Morris, J. J. 2011. The impact of enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems on the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 129-157.

Morris, J. J. and I. Laksmana. 2010. Measuring the impact of enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems on earnings management. Journal of Emerging Technologies in Accounting (7): 47-71.

Morris, J. L. 2005. The change game: A review of FASB Statement No 154. Journal of Accountancy (December): 67-73.

Morris, J. M. 2000. Mergers and Acquisitions: Business Strategies for Accountants. John Wiley & Sons.

Morris, J. T. and C. W. Thomas. 2011. Clarified auditing standards: The quiet revolution. Journal of Accountancy (June): 24-28.

Morris, J. T., F. Grippo and N. Barsky. 2012. A new era of accountability? What accountants and financial professionals need to know about changes in proxy statement disclosures. Strategic Finance (May): 42-45.

Morris, M. H. and D. F. Kuratko. 2002. Corporate Entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurial Development within Organizations. South-Western Educational Publishing.

Morris, M. H. and W. D. Nichols. 1988. Consistency exceptions: Materiality judgments and audit firm structure. The Accounting Review (April): 237-254. (JSTOR link).

Morris, M. W. and P. C. Moore. 2000. The lessons we (don't) learn: Counterfactual thinking and organizational accountability after a close call. Administrative Science Quarterly 45(4): 737-765. (JSTOR link).

Morris, P. F. 1969. Widget pricing. Management Accounting (December): 12-14. (Related to factors affecting the return on capital employed).

Morris, R. D. 1984. Corporate disclosure in a substantially unregulated environment. Abacus 20(1): 52-86.

Morris, R. D. 1991. Distributable profit in Britain since 1980: A critical appraisal. Abacus 27(1): 15-31.

Morris, R. D. and I. Gordon. 2006. Equity accounting adoption in regulated and unregulated settings: An empirical study. Abacus 42(1): 22-42.

Morris, R. D., T. Pham and S. J. Gray. 2011. The value relevance of transparency and corporate governance in Malaysia before and after the Asian financial crisis. Abacus 47(2): 205-233.

Morris, T. and L. Empson. 1998. Organisation and expertise: An exploration of knowledge bases and the management of accounting and consulting firms. Accounting, Organizations and Society 23(5-6): 609-624.

Morris, T. P. 1956. A conversion to punched card accounting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August): 1457-1469.

Morris, T. P. 1960. Design for conversion to full costs by a publishing company. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 15-25.

Morris, W. T. 1958. Diversification. Management Science (July): 382-391. (JSTOR link).

Morris, W. T. 1959. Some analysis of purchasing policy. Management Science (July): 443-452. (JSTOR link).

Morris, W. T. 1967. Intuition and relevance. Management Science (December): B157-B165. (JSTOR link).

Morris, W. T. 1967. On the art of modeling. Management Science (August): B707-B717. (JSTOR link).

Morrison, A. J. 1998. How well is your employer managing your 401(k) plan? Management Accounting (March): 32-36.

Morrison A. J. 1998. 401(k) plan sponsors, the labor department is watching you! Management Accounting (September): 40-43.

Morrison, D. and A. Perry. 1970. Some data based models for analyzing sales fluctuations. Decision Sciences 1(3-4): 258-274.

Morrison, D. G. 1967. Measurement problems in cluster analysis. Management Science (August): B775-B780. (JSTOR link).

Morrison, D. G. 1970. On forming confidence intervals for certain Poisson ratios. Decision Sciences 1(1-2): 234-236.

Morrison, D. J. 1948. Accounting control of the operations of a small hospital. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June 15): 1289-1298.

Morrison, D. L. 1992. Win/win business sales. Management Accounting (August): 36-40. (Related to buying or selling a business).

Morrison, D. L. 1993. Customized deferred compensation. Management Accounting (November): 57-59.

Morrison, E. R. 1993. Off-balance sheet risks: What are they and why is their disclosure important? Journal of Accounting Education 11(2): 313-320.

Morrison, E. W. 1993. Newcomer information seeking: Exploring types, modes, sources, and outcomes. The Academy of Management Journal 36(3): 557-589. (JSTOR link).

Morrison, E. W. 1994. Role definitions and organizational citizenship behavior: The importance of the employee's perspective. The Academy of Management Journal 37(6): 1543-1567. (JSTOR link).

Morrison, E. W. 2002. Newcomers' relationships: The role of social network ties during socialization. The Academy of Management Journal 45(6): 1149-1160. (JSTOR link).

Morrison, E. W. and C. C. Phelps. 1999. Taking charge at work: Extrarole efforts to initiate workplace change. The Academy of Management Journal 42(4): 403-419. (JSTOR link).

Morrison, L. F. 1952. Some accounting limitations of statement interpretation. The Accounting Review (October): 490-495. (JSTOR link).

Morrison, M., R. Mark, R. Ray, G. Manderlink and D. Ulrich. 2007. The very model of a modern senior manager. Harvard Business Review (January): 27-39. (Case study).

Morrison, P. L. 1935. Reports to stockholders. The Accounting Review (March): 77-83. (JSTOR link).

Morrison, P. L. 1937. The interest of the investor in accounting principles. The Accounting Review (March): 37-42. (JSTOR link).

Morrison, T. A. 1966. Taxation of international investments. The Accounting Review (October): 704-713. (JSTOR link).

Morrison, T. A. and E. Kaczka. 1969. A new application of calculus and risk analysis to cost-volume-profit changes. The Accounting Review (April): 330-343. (JSTOR link).

Morrison, T. A. and S. L. Buzby. 1968. Effect of the investment tax credit on the capitalize-expense decision. The Accounting Review (July): 517-521. (JSTOR link).

Morrissey, E. 1999. Meeting the challenge of Stage Four. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 39-40.

Morrow, I. 1992. Comment: An historical and contemporary note on “The decline of operational expertise in the knowledge-base of management accounting”. Management Accounting Research (March): 77-78.

Morrow, J. F. and J. Pastor. 2007. Eight habits of highly effective audit committees. Journal of Accountancy (September): 46-51.

Morrow, P. C. 1981. Work related communication, environmental uncertainty, and subunit effectiveness: A second look at the information processing approach to subunit communication. The Academy of Management Journal 24(4): 851-858. (JSTOR link).

Morse, D. 1981. Discussion of on the politics of accounting disclosure and measurement: An analysis of economic incentives. Journal of Accounting Research (Studies on Standardization of Accounting Practices: An Assessment of Alternative Institutional Arrangements): 36-42. (JSTOR link).

Morse, D. 1981. Price and trading volume reaction surrounding earnings announcements: A closer examination. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 374-383. (JSTOR link).

Morse, D. 1984. An econometric analysis of the choice of daily versus monthly returns in tests of information content. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 605-623. (JSTOR link).

Morse, D. and G. Richardson. 1983. The LIFO/FIFO decision. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 106-127. (JSTOR link).

Morse, D. and N. Ushman. 1983. The effect of information announcements on the market microstructure. The Accounting Review (April): 247-258. (JSTOR link).

Morse, D., J. Stephan and E. K. Stice. 1991. Earnings announcements and the convergence (or divergence) of beliefs. The Accounting Review (April): 376-388. (JSTOR link).

Morse, E. H. Jr. 1961. The joint financial management improvement program in the federal government. The Accounting Review (July): 362-373. (JSTOR link).

Morse, E. H. Jr. 1967. Management accounting in the federal government. Management Accounting (February): 55-59.

Morse, E. H. Jr. 1973. Comments on survey of attitudes on management auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 120-122. (JSTOR link).

Morse, E. V. and G. Gordon. 1974. Cognitive skills: A determinant of scientists' local-cosmopolitan orientation. The Academy of Management Journal 17(4): 709-723. (JSTOR link).

Morse, G. 2002. Management by fire: A conversation with Chef Anthony Bourdain. Harvard Business Review (July): 57-61.

Morse, G. 2004. Audit committees can't add. Harvard Business Review (May): 21-24.

Morse, G. 2006. Decisions and desire: The primitive, emotional parts of our brains have a powerful influence on the choices we make. Now, neuroscientists are mapping the risk and reward systems in the brain that drive our best - and worst - decision making. Harvard Business Review (January): 42, 44-51.

Morse, G. 2009. Six sources of limitless energy. Harvard Business Review (September): 66-67.

Morse, G. 2011. Retail isn't broken, stores are. Harvard Business Review (December): 78-82. (Interview with Ron Johnson).

Morse, G. 2012. The science behind the smile. Harvard Business Review (January/February): 84-90.

Morse, H. C. 1984. Cost Reduction Guide for Management. New York: AMACOM.

Morse, H. S. 1918. Examination, for credit purposes, of a book publishing house. Journal of Accountancy (October): 278-289.

Morse, J. J. and F. R. Wagner. 1978. Measuring the process of managerial effectiveness. The Academy of Management Journal 21(1): 23-35. (JSTOR link).

Morse, W. J. 1972. Reporting production costs that follow the learning curve phenomenon. The Accounting Review (October): 761-773. (JSTOR link).

Morse, W. J. 1973. A note on the relationship between human assets and human capital. The Accounting Review (July): 589-593. (JSTOR link).

Morse, W. J. 1975. Toward a model for human resource valuation: A comment. The Accounting Review (April): 345-347. (JSTOR link).

Morse, W. J. 1983. Measuring quality costs. Cost and Management (July-August): 16-20. (Summary).

Morse, W. J. 1990. Instructional case: Rantoul Tool, Inc. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 78-87.

Morse, W. J. and I. A. Posey. 1979. Income taxes do make a difference in C-V-P analysis. Management Accounting (December): 20-24.

Morse, W. J. and K. M. Poston. 1987. Accounting for quality costs in CIM. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 5-11.

Morse, W. J., and H. P. Roth. 1983. Let's help measure and report quality costs. Management Accounting (August): 50-53.

Morse, W. J., and H. P. Roth. 1987. Why quality costs are important. Management Accounting (November): 42-43.

Morse, W. J., H. P. Roth and K. M. Poston. 1987. Measuring Planning and Controlling Quality Costs. Montvale, N. J.: National Association of Accountants.

Morse, W. J., J. R. Davis and A. L. Hartgraves. 2002. Management Accounting: A Strategic Approach. South-Western.

Morsfield, S. G. and C. E. L. Tan. 2006. Do venture capitalists influence the decision to manage earnings in initial public offerings? The Accounting Review (October): 1119-1150. (JSTOR link).

Morssinkhof, S., M. Wouters and L. Warlop. 2008. Effects of reflective thinking and professional experience on purchasing decisions with inaccurate cost information. Advances in Management Accounting (17): 81-112.

Mortensen, R. 1994. Accounting for business combinations in the global economy: Purchase, pooling, or __________? ? Journal of Accounting Education 12(1): 81-87.

Morton, J. E. and W. L. Felix Jr. 1991. A critique of statement on auditing standards No. 55. Accounting Horizons (March): 1-10.

Morton, J. R. 1974. DR Scott. The Accounting Historians Journal 1(1-4): 27-29. (JSTOR link).

Morton, J. R. 1974. Qualitative objectives of financial accounting: A comment on relevance and understandability. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 288-298. (JSTOR link).

Morton, S. 1993. Strategic auditing for fraud. The Accounting Review (October): 825-839. (JSTOR link).

Morton, T. 2004. Principles of Management. Ashgate Publishing.

Morton, T. H. 1961. Use of recording equipment reduces timekeeping costs. N.A.A. Bulletin (June): 87-90.

Mory, K. J. 1983. How South Central Bell confirms accountants receivable. Management Accounting (August): 40-43.

Mosberg, J. F. 1991. Managing for profit. Management Accounting (August): 50-53. (Related to profit center incentives).

Mosbus, J. L. 2011. Developing collective intentionality and writing the rules of the game for environmental reporting: A content analysis of SOP 96-1 comment letters. Accounting and the Public Interest (11): 68-95.

Moscarello, L. C., F. C. Grau and R. C. Chapman. 1976. Retail Accounting and Financial Control, 4th edition. John Wiley & Sons.

Moscove, S. A. 1977. Accountants' legal liability. Management Accounting (May): 25-26, 30.

Moscove, S. A. 1998. Enhancing detective controls through performance reporting. Journal of Cost Management (March/April): 26-29.

Moscove, S. A., M. G. Simkin and N. A. Bagranoff. 2002. Core Concepts of Accounting Information Systems. Wiley.

Moseley, O. B. and R. E. Whitis. 1995. Preventing software piracy. Management Accounting (December): 42-48.

Moseley, R. 1972. The controller: A mythical executive? Management Accounting (March): 42-44.

Moser, D. V. 1989. The effects of output interference, availability, and accounting information on investors' predictive judgments. The Accounting Review (July): 433-448. (JSTOR link).

Moser, D. V. 1998. Using an experimental economics approach in behavioral accounting research. Behavioral Research In Accounting (10 Supplement): 94-110.

Moser, D. V. 2012. Is accounting research stagnant? Accounting Horizons (December): 845-850.

Moser, D. V., J. G. Birnberg and S. Do. 1994. A similarity strategy for decisions involving sequential events. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(4-5): 439-459.

Moser, D. V., J. H. Evans, III and C. K. Kim. 1995. The effects of horizontal and exchange inequity on tax reporting decisions. The Accounting Review (October): 619-634. (JSTOR link).

Moser, W. K. Newberry and A. Puckett. 2011. Bank debt covenants and firms' responses to FAS 150 liability recognition: evidence from trust preferred stock. Review of Accounting Studies 16(2): 355-376.

Moses, O. D. 1987. Factors explaining performance in graduate level accounting. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 281-291.

Moses, O. D. 1987. Income smoothing and incentives: Empirical tests using accounting changes. The Accounting Review (April): 358-377. (JSTOR link).

Mosich, A. N. 1965. Impact of merger accounting on post-merger financial reports. Management Accounting (December): 21-28.

Mosich, A. N. 1967. Ingenuity in auditing. The Accounting Review (April): 369-371. (JSTOR link).

Mosich, A. N. 1974. Henry Whitcomb Sweeney. The Accounting Historians Journal 1(1-4): 25-27. (JSTOR link).

Moskowitz, H. 1971. Managers as partners in business decision research. The Academy of Management Journal 14(3): 317-325. (JSTOR link).

Moskowitz, H. 1974. Effects of problem representation and feedback on rational behavior in Allais and Morlat-type problems. Decision Sciences 5(2): 225-242.

Moskowitz, H., P. Drnevich, O. Ersoy, K. Altinkemer and A. Chaturvedi. 2011. Using real-time decision tools to improve distributed decision-making capabilities in high-magnitude crisis situations. Decision Sciences 42(2): 477-493.

Moskowitz, J. I. 1988. What's your business worth? Management Accounting (March): 30-34. (See What is a Business Valuation?).

Moskowitz, M. 2011. How do tax returns affect a mortgage application? The CPA Journal (September): 52-53.

Mosler, S. D. 1970. A value added base for G&A on government contracts. Management Accounting (December): 45-48.

Moss, A. G. 1914. The value of an audited statement. Journal of Accountancy (December): 455-459.

Moss, A. G. 1923. Treatment of appreciation of fixed assets. In the accounts and balance-sheet and for income-tax purposes. Journal of Accountancy (September): 161-179.

Moss, D. A. 2012. Fixing what's wrong with U.S. politics. Harvard Business Review (March): 134-139.

Moss, D. A. and S. Brennan. 2002. National Economic Accounting: Past, Present, and Future. Harvard Business School Case 9-703-026.

Moss, K. C. 1957. Paper grading - An accounting instructor's dilemma. The Accounting Review (January): 125-127. (JSTOR link).

Moss, K. C. 1957. Practice set procedures in American colleges and universities. The Accounting Review (October): 650-652. (JSTOR link).

Moss, K. C. 1960. Admission of a partner - Step by step. The Accounting Review (January): 123-125. (JSTOR link).

Moss, M. F. 1954. The presentation of errors in valuation. The Accounting Review (April): 308-310. (JSTOR link).

Moss, M. F. 1962. Management services and the CPA examination. The Accounting Review (October): 730-740. (JSTOR link).

Moss, M. F. and W. C. Haseman. 1957. Some comments on the applicability of direct costing to decision making. The Accounting Review (April): 184-193. (JSTOR link).

Moss, M. J. 1954. Developmental costs in the plant. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1114-1123.

Mossholder, K. W., A. G. Bedeian and A. A. Armenakis. 1982. Group process-work outcome relationships: A note on the moderating impact of self-esteem. The Academy of Management Journal 25(3): 575-585. (JSTOR link).

Mossholder, K. W., R. P. Settoon and S. C. Henagan. 2005. A relational perspective on turnover: Examining structural, attitudinal, and behavioral predictors. The Academy of Management Journal 48(4): 607-618. (JSTOR link).

Mossin, J. 1966. On a class of optimal stock depletion policies. Management Science (September): 120-130. (JSTOR link).

Mosso, D. 2009. Early warning and quick response. The CPA Journal (July): 6-10.

Mosso, D. 2010. Transparency unveiled: Financial crisis prevention through accounting reform. Accounting Horizons (March): 95-107.

Mosso, D. 2011. Financial analysts need sharper accounting tools. Accounting Horizons (June): 419-435.

Most, K. S. 1967. The value of inventories. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 39-50. (JSTOR link).

Most, K. S. 1969. Two forms of experimental accounts. The Accounting Review (January): 145-152. (JSTOR link).

Most, K. S. 1971. Gordon's transfer price model for a socialist economy: A comment. The Accounting Review (October): 779-782. (JSTOR link).

Most, K. S. 1972. Sombart's propositions revisited. The Accounting Review (October): 722-734. (JSTOR link).

Most, K. S. 1972. The cost center problem in the oil industry. Management Accounting (December): 39-41, 47.

Most, K. S. 1973. The planning hypothesis as a basis for accounting theory. Abacus 9(2): 127-136.

Most, K. S. 1974. Some notes on the obsolescence of accounting textbooks. The Accounting Review (July): 598-600. (JSTOR link).

Most, K. S. 1976. How wrong was Sombart? The Accounting Historians Journal 3(1-4): 22-28. (JSTOR link).

Most, K. S. 1979. A new method of accounting for oil and gas producers. Management Accounting (May): 53-58.

Most, K. S. 1984. Depreciation expense and the effect of inflation. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 782-788. (JSTOR link).

Most, K. S. 1984. Editorial. The Accounting Historians Journal 11(2): vii-ix. (JSTOR link).

Most, K. S. 1986. Editorial. The Accounting Historians Journal 13(2): vii-viii. (JSTOR link).

Mostyn, G. R. 2012. Cognitive load theory: What it is, why it's important for accounting instruction and research. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 227-245.

Motowidlo, S. J. 1984. Does job satisfaction lead to consideration and personal sensitivity? The Academy of Management Journal 27(4): 910-915. (JSTOR link).

Mott, C. H. 1973. Forecast disclosure. Management Accounting (July): 17-18, 28.

Mott, H. S. 1908. The real value of speculation. Journal of Accountancy (May): 10-25.

Motyka, W. 1990. The impact of Western Europe on accounting development in Tsarist Russia prior to 1800. Abacus 26(1): 36-62.

Mouck, T. 1989. The irony of "the golden age" of accounting methodology. The Accounting Historians Journal 16(2): 85-106. (JSTOR link).

Mouck, T. 1993. The "Revolution" in financial reporting theory: A Kuhnian interpretation. The Accounting Historians Journal 20(1): 33-57. (JSTOR link).

Mouck, T. 1995. Irving Fisher and the mechanistic character of twentieth century accounting thought. The Accounting Historians Journal 22(2): 43-83. (JSTOR link).

Mouck, T. 1998. Capital markets research and real world complexity: The emerging challenge of chaos theory. Accounting, Organizations and Society 23(2): 189-215.

Mouck, T. 2000. Beyond Panglossian theory: Strategic capital investing in a complex adaptive world. Accounting, Organizations and Society 25(3): 261-283.

Mouck, T. 2004. Ancient Mesopotamian accounting and human cognitive evolution. The Accounting Historians Journal 31(2): 97-124. (JSTOR link).

Mouck, T. 2004. Institutional reality, financial reporting and the rules of the game. Accounting, Organizations and Society 29(5-6): 525-541.

Mouland, E. L. 1960. Standard costs are for financial statements. N.A.A. Bulletin (January): 93-94.

Moulton, S., E. Oakley and C. Krumer. 1993. How to assure your quality initiative really pays off. Management Accounting (January): 26-28.

Mounce, P. H. and J. J. Frazier. 2002. The effects of forensic accounting education on an accountant's employment potential. Journal of Forensic Accounting (3): 91-102.

Mounce, P. H., D. S. Mauldin and R. L. Braun. 2004. The importance of relevant practical experience among accounting faculty: An empirical analysis of student's perceptions. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 399-411.

Mount, O. E. 1947. Management and the accountant. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (January 15): 608-616.

Mountz, M. 2012. Kiva the disrupter: A young company changed its customers' view of automation. But it took an army of robots - and more. Harvard Business Review (December): 74-80.

Mourelatos, A. 1975. Bankruptcy. Management Accounting (July): 33-34.

Mouritsen, J. 1994. Rationality, institutions and decision making: Reflections on March and Olsen's rediscovering institutions. Accounting, Organizations and Society 19(2): 193-211.

Mouritsen, J. 1996. Five aspects of accounting departments' work. Management Accounting Research (September): 283-303. (Survey of 370 Danish chief management accountants).

Mouritsen, J. 1998. Driving growth: Economic value added versus intellectual capital. Management Accounting Research (December): 461-482.

Mouritsen, J. and A. Bekke. 1999. A space for time: Accounting and time based management in a high technology company. Management Accounting Research (June): 159-180.

Mouritsen, J. 1999. The flexible firm: Strategies for a subcontractor's management control. Accounting, Organizations and Society 24(1): 31-55.

Mouritsen, J. and H. T. Larsen. 2005. The 2nd wave of knowledge management: The management control of knowledge resources through intellectual capital information. Management Accounting Research (September): 371-394.

Mouritsen, J. and S. Thrane. 2006. Accounting, network complementarities and the development of inter-organisational relations. Accounting, Organizations and Society 31(3): 241-275.

Mouritsen, J., A. Hansen and C. O. Hansen. 2001. Inter-organizational controls and organizational competencies: Episodes around target cost management/functional analysis and open book accounting. Management Accounting Research (June): 221-244.

Mouritsen, J., A. Hansen and C. O. Hansen. 2009. Short and long translations: Management accounting calculations and innovation management. Accounting, Organizations and Society 34(6-7): 738-754.

Mouritsen, J., H. T. Larsen and P. N. D. Bukh. 2001. Intellectual capital and the 'capable firm': Narrating, visualising and numbering for managing knowledge. Accounting, Organizations and Society 26(7-8): 735-762.

Mouritsen M. L. and R. Mano. 2007. Do you know where your computers are? Strategic Finance (January): 46-53.

Moussalli, S. 2005. Accounting for the journal's first 100 years: A timeline from 1905-2005. Journal of Accountancy (October): 43-45, 47-48, 51-53, 55-56, 59-60, 63,6 5-66, 71-72.

Moussalli, S. D. 2008. State and local government accounting in 19th century America: A review of the literature. The Accounting Historians Journal 35(1): 167-195. (JSTOR link).

Moussalli, S. D., O. R. Gray and G. Karahan. 2011. One hundred years of disappointed expectations: A quantitative content analysis of the auditor's responsibility to discover fraud traced through Montgomery's Auditing, 1912-1998. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 3(3): 68-110.

Moville, W. D. and A. G. Petrie. 1989. Accounting for a bargain purchase in a business combination. Accounting Horizons (September): 38-43.

Mowday, R. T. 1978. The exercise of upward influence in organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(1): 137-156. (JSTOR link). 1978. Erratum: The exercise of upward influence in operations. Administrative Science Quarterly 23(3): 487. (JSTOR link).

Mowday, R. T. 1979. Leader characteristics, self-confidence, and methods of upward influence in organizational decision situations. The Academy of Management Journal 22(4): 709-725. (JSTOR link).

Mowday, R. T. 1988. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 31(1): 5-7. (JSTOR link).

Mowday, R. T. 1988. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 31(2): 233. (JSTOR link).

Mowday, R. T. 1989. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 32(3): 485-487. (JSTOR link).

Mowday, R. T. 1989. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 32(4): 685-686. (JSTOR link).

Mowday, R. T. 1990. From the editor. The Academy of Management Journal 33(4): 657-661. (JSTOR link).

Mowday, R. T. 1997. Celebrating 40 years of the Academy of Management Journal. The Academy of Management Journal 40(6): 1400-1413. (JSTOR link).

Mowday, R. T. 1997. The journal editor as well-intentioned steward. The Academy of Management Journal 40(6): 1442-1449. (JSTOR link).

Mowday, R. T. 2001. A scholar first and foremost: In remembrance of Janice M. Beyer. The Academy of Management Journal 44(4): 619-620. (JSTOR link).

Mowday, R. T. and D. G. Spencer. 1981. The influence of task and personality characteristics on employee turnover and absenteeism incidents. The Academy of Management Journal 24(3): 634-642. (JSTOR link).

Mowday, R. T., C. S. Koberg and A. W. McArthur. 1984. The psychology of the withdrawal process: A cross-validational test of Mobley's intermediate linkages model of turnover in two samples. The Academy of Management Journal 27(1): 79-94. (JSTOR link).

Mowen, R. F. 1962. Conservation of assets through a prudent insurance program. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 49-58.

Mowll, C. A. 1989. Successful management based on key principles. Healthcare Financial Management (June): 122-124.

Mowry, G. P. and B. G. Jacobi. 1970. Planning communications in a computer network. Management Accounting (June): 38-40. (Management information system for a national grocery chain).

Mowry, N. A. and M. P. Donelan. 2001. The pursuit of excellence in HR management at the U.S. DOT. Journal of Cost Management (January/February): 21-28.

Moxey, E. P. 1906. Causes, methods and prevention of bank defalcation. Journal of Accountancy (January): 223-232.

Moxey, E. P. Jr. 1906. Types of street railway consolidation. Journal of Accountancy (October): 420-429.

Moxey, E. P. Jr. 1911. Accounting Systems: A description of systems appropriate to different kinds of business. Alexander Hamilton Institute. Google eBook.

Moxey, E. P., H. D. Greeley, H. M. Jefferson and O. A. Grundman. 1913. Practical accounting methods: A description of systems appropriate to various kinds of business. Key. Google eBook.

Moye, J. and D. Upton. 2001. Data warehousing 101. Strategic Finance (February): 34-39.

Moyer, C. A. 1939. Economic aspects of fixed-capital obsolescence. The Accounting Review (September): 285-296. (JSTOR link).

Moyer, C. A. 1940. Should obsolescence be separately accrued? The Accounting Review (June): 225-231. (JSTOR link).

Moyer, C. A. 1943. Social factors affecting obsolescence. The Accounting Review (April): 110-122. (JSTOR link).

Moyer, C. A. 1945. Professional accounting education. The Accounting Review (April): 182-186. (JSTOR link).

Moyer, C. A. 1948. The problem of selecting standards. The Accounting Review (April): 193-199. (JSTOR link).

Moyer, C. A. 1951. Early developments in American auditing. The Accounting Review (January): 3-8. (JSTOR link).

Moyer, C. A. 1956. The attraction and selection of accounting majors. The Accounting Review (January): 33-35. (JSTOR link).

Moyer, C. A. 1957. Some common misconceptions relating to accounting education. The Accounting Review (October): 531-535. (JSTOR link).

Moyer, C. A. 1958. Report of the 1957 President. The Accounting Review (April): 293-296. (JSTOR link).

Moyer, J. K. 1928. The income tax - Accounting aspects. The Accounting Review (March): 18-22. (JSTOR link).

Moyer, M. S. 1912. The audit of banks of discount and deposits. Journal of Accountancy (April): 261-265.

Moyer, M. S. 1912. The audit of banks of discount and deposit (third article). Journal of Accountancy (August): 107-112.

Moyer, R. C. and F. Mastrapasqua. 1973. Socio-economic accounting and external diseconomies: A comment. The Accounting Review (January): 126-127. (JSTOR link).

Moyer, R. C. and J. H. Crockett. 1976. Academic journals: Policies, trends and issues. The Academy of Management Journal 19(3): 489-495. (JSTOR link).

Moyer, S. E. 1990. Capital adequacy ratio regulations and accounting choices in commercial banks. Journal of Accounting and Economics (July): 123-154.

Moyer, S. E. and S. G. Weihrich. 2000. Espresso, Inc.: Analyzing the impact of employee stock options. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 513-534.

Moyes, G. D. and A. Anandarajan. 2006. CPAs' perceptions of factors influencing the quality of financial statement audits: Substandard performance and impaired independence. Journal of Forensic Accounting 7(1): 133-162.

Moyes, G. D. and C. R. Baker. 2003. Auditors' beliefs about fraud detection effectiveness of standard audit procedures. Journal of Forensic Accounting (4): 199-216.

Moyes, G. D., P. A. Williams and B. Z. Quigley. 2000. The relation between perceived treatment discrimination and job satisfaction among African-American accounting professionals. Accounting Horizons (March): 21-48.

Moyle, J. H. 1987. Justifying retrofit projects. Management Accounting (April): 59-61. (Determining the ROI on new projects after modifying existing capacity using the replacement cost and opportunity cost methods).

Mozes, H. A. 1998. The FASB's conceptual framework and political support: The lesson from employee stock options. Abacus 34(2): 141-161.

Mozes, H. A. 2002. The value relevance of financial institutions' fair value disclosures: A study in the difficulty of linking unrealized gains and losses to equity values. Abacus 38(1): 1-15.

Mozes, H. A. and A. I. Schiff. 1995. A critical look at SFAS 34: Capitalization of interest cost. Abacus 31(1): 1-17.

Mucenski-Keck, L. 2012. U.S. corporate tax reform proposals: Staying competitive in a global economic downturn. The CPA Journal (December): 42-47.

Muchinsky, P. M. 1977. A comparison of within-and across-subjects analyses of the expectancy-valence model for predicting effort. The Academy of Management Journal 20(1): 154-158. (JSTOR link).

Muchinsky, P. M. 1977. Organizational communication: Relationships to organizational climate and job satisfaction. The Academy of Management Journal 20(4): 592-607. (JSTOR link).

Muchinsky, P. M. 1977. The consistency of intrasubject valence and instrumentality measures: A methodological consideration. The Academy of Management Journal 20(2): 321-327. (JSTOR link).

Muchnic, G. 1930. Are foreign securities undervalued in the American market? Harvard Business Review (April): 289-295.

Mucklow, W. 1916. Profits from real estate sales. Journal of Accountancy (May): 321-332.

Mucklow, W. 1917. Measuring financial efficiency of institutions. Journal of Accountancy (February): 81-98.

Mucklow, W. 1920. Accounting terminology. Journal of Accountancy (December): 479-480.

Mucklow, W. 1922. The accountants' dictionary. Journal of Accountancy (August): 149-150.

Mucklow, W. 1923. Accountants' working papers. Journal of Accountancy (August): 148-149.

Mucklow, W. 1924. Financial and operating ratios in management. Journal of Accountancy (February): 152-154.

Mucklow, W. 1925. The Principles of Investment. Journal of Accountancy (January): 73-74.

Mucklow, W., E. H. Moeran and J. H. Jackson. 1922. Terminology department. Journal of Accountancy (June): 467-470; (August): 147-148; (November): 390-391; (September): 232-234; (October): 311-315; (December): 472-475.

Mucklow, W., E. H. Moeran and J. H. Jackson. 1923. Terminology department. Journal of Accountancy (January): 63-64.

Mudde, P. and P. R. Sopariwala. 2008. Cost restructuring and revenue building: A strategic benchmarking analysis. Cost Management (January/February): 36-46.

Mudde, P. A. and P. R. Sopariwala. 2008. Examining Southwest Airlines’ strategic execution: A strategic variance analysis. Management Accounting Quarterly (Summer): 20-32.

Mudde, P. A. and P. R. Sopariwala. 2011. Relative strategic variance analysis: The case of American Airlines. Cost Management (May/June): 25-40.

Muehlmann, B. W. and P. A. Burnaby. 2011. The travels of a T-shirt in the global world of taxation: Teaching multi-jurisdictional taxation. Issues In Accounting Education (February): 67-86.

Muehlmann, B. W., P. Burnaby and M. Howe. 2012. The use of forensic accounting experts in tax cases as identified in court opinions. Journal of Forensic & Investigative Accounting 4(2): 1-34.

Mueller, A. T. 1959. The ratio and proportion method of preparing a program of priorities for cash distribution in partnership liquidation. The Accounting Review (July): 469-472. (JSTOR link).

Mueller, D. C. 1976. Public choice: A survey. Journal of Economic Literature. 395-433.

Mueller, F. and C. Carter. 2007. ‘We are all managers now’: Managerialism and professional engineering in UK electricity utilities. Accounting, Organizations and Society 32(1-2): 181-195.

Mueller, G. 1988. Presidential address: Quo Vadis AAA. Accounting Horizons (December): 98-102.

Mueller, G. G. 1961. Some thoughts about the International Congress of Accountants. The Accounting Review (October): 548-554. (JSTOR link).

Mueller, G. G. 1963. The dimensions of the international accounting problem. The Accounting Review (January): 142-147. (JSTOR link).

Mueller, G. G. 1964. Accounting Practices in West Germany. University of Washington. Review by K. Engelmann. (JSTOR link).

Mueller, G. G. 1964. Valuing inventories at other than historical costs - Some international differences. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 148-157. (JSTOR link).

Mueller, G. G. 1965. Whys and hows of international accounting. The Accounting Review (April): 386-394. (JSTOR link).

Mueller, G. G. 1966. International news notes. The Accounting Review (July): 592-593. (JSTOR link).

Mueller, G. G. and H. Yoshida. 1968. Accounting Practices in Japan. Graduate School of Business Administration, University of Washington. Review by S. Minemura. (JSTOR link).

Mueller, G. G. and J. K. Simmons. 1989. Change in accounting education. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 247-251.

Mueller, J. K. 1989. Issues and opportunities in the single European market. Journal of Cost Management (Fall): 55-58.

Mueller, J. K. 1989. Logistics in the global market. Journal of Cost Management (Winter): 47-49.

Mueller, J. M. and J. C. Anderson. 2002. Decision aids for generating analytical review alternatives: The impact of goal framing and audit-risk level. Behavioral Research In Accounting (14): 157-178.

Mueller, R. K. 1953. Statistical control aids management-by-exception. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1297-1306. (Discussion and illustration of a control chart).

Mueller, R. K. 1985. How the changing role of the board will affect controllers. Management Accounting (December): 22-30.

Mueller, S. L. and L. D. Clarke. 1998. Political-economic context and sensitivity to equity: Differences between the United States and the transition economies of central and eastern Europe. The Academy of Management Journal 41(3): 319-329. (JSTOR link).

Mueller, W. E. 1931. Cost accounting for a fleet of delivery trucks. N.A.C.A. Bulletin Section II (October 15).

Mueller-Merbach, H. 1966. An improved starting algorithm for the Ford-Fulkerson approach to the transportation problem. Management Science (September): 97-104. (JSTOR link).

Muhanna, W. A. and M. D. Stoel. 2010. How do investors value IT? An empirical investigation of the value relevance of IT capability and IT spending. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 43-66.

Muhlberg, G. K. 1962. Pre-audit for determining use tax liability. N.A.A. Bulletin (February): 31-40.

Mukherji, A. 1996. The Handbook of Experimental Economics: A review essay. Behavioral Research In Accounting (8): 217-231.

Mukherji, A. 1998. Hiring faculty: The "best fit" or "best athlete". Issues In Accounting Education (August): 721-723.

Mukherji, A. 1998. Rebuttal. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 727-728.

Mukunda, G. 2012. Great leaders don't need experience. Harvard Business Review (October): 30-31.

Mulcahy, A. 2010. Why succession shouldn't be a horse race. Harvard Business Review (October): 47-51.

Mulcahy, D. 2013. 6 myths about venture capitalists. Harvard Business Review (May): 80-83.

Mulcahy, R. 2009. PMP Exam Prep, Sixth Edition: Rita's Course in a Book for Passing the PMP Exam. RMC Publications, Inc.

Mulder, M. 1971. Power equalization through participation? Administrative Science Quarterly 16(1): 31-38. (JSTOR link).

Mulford, C. L. 1976. Comment on measurement of effectiveness. Administrative Science Quarterly 21(1): 156-157. (JSTOR link).

Mulford, C. W. 1985. The importance of a market value measurement of debt in leverage ratios: Replication and extensions. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 897-906. (JSTOR link).

Mulford, C. W. and A. Schneider. 1988. An empirical study of structural and controllable factors affecting faculty evaluations. Advances in Accounting: 205-215.

Mulford, C. W. and E. E. Comiskey. 2002. The Financial Numbers Game: Detecting Creative Accounting Practices. John Wiley & Sons.

Mulford, C. W., D. B. Smith, D. E. Stout, M. S. Stone and T. R. Weirich. 1992. Bridging the gap between accounting education and practice: The SEC academic fellow program. Accounting Horizons (December): 86-92.

Mulherin, F. X. 1950 Control of unmetered taxicab revenue and operations. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (May): 1105-1106.

Mulhern, J. J. and U. Robert. 1922. Steamship operating and terminal costs. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (November 15): 3-16.

Muliawan, A. D., P. F. Green and D. A. Robb. 2009. The turnover intentions of information systems auditors. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 10(3): 117-136.

Mulki, J., F. Bardhi, F. Lassk and J. Nanavaty-Dahl. 2009. Set up remote workers to thrive. MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall): 63-69.

Mullen, J. H. 1965. Differential leadership modes and productivity in a large organization. The Academy of Management Journal 8(2): 107-126. (JSTOR link).

Mullen, L. G., D. T. Sinclair and M. L. Thomas. 2012. Interviewing the fraudsters: An update to the male white-collar criminal profile. The CPA Journal (February): 68-71.

Mullen, W. H. 1924. Some aspects of chain-store development. Harvard Business Review (October): 69-80.

Mullen, W. H. 1928. Some principles underlying the interpretations of an industrial relations agreement. Harvard Business Review (April): 293-303.

Muller, C. 2007. Zero-Base Budgeting (German Edition). GRIN Verlag.

Muller, K. A. III. 1999. An examination of the voluntary recognition of acquired brand names in the United Kingdom. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 179-191.

Muller, K. A. III. and E. J. Riedl. 2002. External monitoring of property appraisal estimates and information asymmetry. Journal of Accounting Research (June): 865-881. (JSTOR link).

Muller, K. A. III., E. J. Riedl and T. Sellhorn. 2011. Mandatory fair value accounting and information asymmetry: Evidence from the European real estate industry. Management Science (June): 1138-1153.

Muller, M. 2011. Essentials of Inventory Management, 2nd edition. AMACOM.

Muller, R. 1926. Crop and field cost accounting on Hawaii's sugar plantations. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December 15): 357-380.

Muller, W. A. 1952. A study in materials control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (July): 1330-1338.

Mullett, M. J. 1978. Benefits from standard costing in the restaurant industry. Management Accounting (September): 47-53.

Mullick, S. K. and D. P. Haussener. 1974. Production decisions for new products. Management Accounting (August): 27-32.

Mulligan, P. and A. J. Nanni, Jr. 2011. Dräger Medical Systems, Inc.: Technology for life. IMA Educational Case Journal 4(1): 1-10.

Mulligan, P., A. Nanni Jr. and S. Ansari. 2008. Hammond Cards, Inc: The creative acquisition. IMA Educational Case Journal 1(1): 1-10.

Mulligan, R. G. 1966. Forecasting and recording profits for incentive type contracts (PERT/Fee). Management Accounting (June): 48-56.

Mulligan, R. G. 1970. An alternative to uniform cost accounting standards. Management Accounting (April): 18-20.

Mulligan, T. 1986. A critique of Milton Friedman's essay "The social responsibility of business is to increase profits". Journal of Business Ethics (5): 265-269. See Friedman, M. 1970. The social responsibility of business is to increase its profits. The New York Times Magazine (September 13). These papers are reprinted in Brooks, L. J. 2000. Business Professional Ethics for Accountants. Southwestern College Publishing: 26-33.

Mullin, R. 1996. Knowledge management: A cultural evolution. Journal of Business Strategy (September/October): 56-61.

Mullin, R. 2001. The undergraduate revolution: Change the system or give incrementalism another 30 years? Change (September/October): 54-58.

Mullin, R. and G. Wilson. 2000. Quality of undergraduate education: Examining the current paradigm and system. Journal of Quality Management 5(2): 225-246. (ScienceDirect Abstract).

Mullin, R. F. 2006. Spotting quality: A quality management view. Decision Line (March): 19-26. (Link).

Mullins, E. N. Jr. 1975. Variable budgeting for financial planning and control. Management Accounting (February): 43-45.

Mullins, J. 2013. Use customer cash to finance your start-up. Harvard Business Review (July/August): 19-21.

Mullins, J. W. 2004. Take the money - or run? Harvard Business Review (November): 35-47. (Case study).

Mullins, J. W. 2007. Discovering "unk-unks". MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 17-21. (Discovering the unknown unknowns. Discovering the things you don't know that you don't know, or things that your customers don't know that they don't know).

Mullins, J. W., I. Farneti, F. Hassan, R. M. Johnson, and C. Zott. 2007. Good money after bad. Harvard Business Review (March): 37-48. (Case study - marketing problem).

Mullis, D. and J. Orloff. 2008. The Accounting Game: Basic Accounting Fresh from the Lemonade Stand. Sourcebooks, Inc.

Mullman, M. S. 2000. Pre-nups for small business. Strategic Finance (December): 64-66. (Plan your exit before you start).

Mulnix, H. E. 1916. Trend and comparative cost of government. Journal of Accountancy (March): 184-188.

Mumby, K. 2000. Co-sourcing versus contracting internal audit. Management (November): 30-32.

Mumford, G. S. 1930. The concentration of banking resources. Harvard Business Review (January): 137-146.

Mumford, M. J. 1980. An historical defence of Henry Rand Hatfield. Abacus 16(2): 151-157.

Mumford, M. J. 1986. Obituary: Professor Edward Stamp, 1928-86. Abacus 22(2): 162-163.

Mumford, M. J. 1987. Memorial: Professor Edward Stamp. Accounting Horizons (March): 71-74.

Munday, M. 1991. A case of Japanisation. Management Accounting U.K. (March): 32-33.

Munday, M. 1992. Accounting cost data disclosure and buyer-supplier partnerships - A research note. Management Accounting Research (September): 245-250.

Mundee, C. R. Jr. 1975. Primer on the professional corporation. Management Accounting (January): 25-28.

Mundheim, R. H. and N. E. Leech, editors. 1985. The SEC and accounting: The first 50 years. Journal of Comparative Business and Capital Market Law (December). (See MAAW's SEC bibliography for more SEC history).

Mundy, J. 2010. Creating dynamic tensions through a balanced use of management control systems. Accounting, Organizations and Society 35(5): 499-523.

Munsif, V., K. Raghunandan, D. V. Rama and M. Singhvi. 2011. Audit fees after remediation of internal control weaknesses. Accounting Horizons (March): 87-105.

Munter, P. 1996. Commentary on Ethics and environmental auditing: An investigation of environmental auditors' levels of moral reasoning. Behavioral Research In Accounting (8 Supplement): 215-218.

Munter, P. and P. M. J. Reckers. 2009. IFRS and collegiate accounting curricula in the United States: 2008 A survey of the current state of education conducted by KPMG and the Education Committee of the American Accounting Association. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 131-139.

Munter, P. and P. M. J. Reckers. 2010. Uncertainties and budget shortfalls hamper curriculum progress on IFRS. Issues In Accounting Education (May): 189-198.

Munter, P. and S. D. Willits. 1986. Understanding the new pension math. Management Accounting (December): 34-35, 38-39.

Munter, P. and T. A. Ratcliffe. 1980. On the attributes of an asset. Abacus 16(2): 116-123.

Munter, P., R. Sacasas and L. Dimatteo. 1997. Employee leasing's legal snares. Management Accounting (November): 28, 30, 32, 34.

Munter, P., T. Moores and T. A. Ratcliffe. 1994. A new look at market value accounting. Management Accounting (March): 41-45. (Related to the FASB's Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 115).

Murai, H. 1999. Review: Japanese Management Accounting: A Historical and Institutional Perspective by Hiroshi Okano. The Accounting Historians Journal 26(2): 170-172. (JSTOR link).

Muralidhar, K. and R. Sarathy. 2006. Data shuffling: A new masking approach for numerical data. Management Science (May): 658-670. (JSTOR link).

Murase, G. 1962. The present status of the public accounting profession in Japan. The Accounting Review (January): 88-91. (JSTOR link).

Murdoch, A. A. 1906. The proper treatment of machine costs - A criticism and a theory. Journal of Accountancy (December): 123-130.

Murdoch, B. 1986. The information content of FAS 33 returns on equity. The Accounting Review (April): 273-287. (JSTOR link).

Murdock, H. 2009. Using Surveys in Internal Audits. The Institute of Internal Auditors Research Foundation.

Murnighan, J. K. and D. E. Conlon. 1991. The dynamics of intense work groups: A study of British string quartets. Administrative Science Quarterly 36(2): 165-186. (JSTOR link).

Murnighan, J. K. and M. H. Bazerman. 1990. A perspective on negotiation research in accounting and auditing. The Accounting Review (July): 642-657. (JSTOR link). (Part of a forum on negotiation research in accounting).

Murnighan, J. K., J. W. Kim and A. R. Metzger. 1993. The volunteer dilemma. Administrative Science Quarterly 38(4): 515-538. (JSTOR link).

Murph, A. F. 1960. Problem solving through mathematical and statistical techniques - Correlation and sampling. N.A.A. Bulletin -1960 Conference Proceedings III (September): 15-21.

Murph, A. F. 1961. Mathematics in the accounting curriculum. The Accounting Review (April): 299-300. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, A. E. 1934. The "how" of budgeting. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (March 15): 839-849.

Murphy, D. P. and K. G. Stanga. 1994. The effects of frequent testing in an income tax course: An experiment. Journal of Accounting Education 12(1): 27-41.

Murphy, D. S. 1990. Expert system use and the development of expertise in auditing: A preliminary investigation. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 18-35.

Murphy, E. 2010. Managing S corporation at-risk loss limitations. Journal of Accountancy (February): 26-32.

Murphy, E. and K. Gunter. 2008. Real tax savings in real estate. Journal of Accountancy (February): 68-72.

Murphy, E. A. and C. J. Hoeppner. 2002. Using technology and library resources in financial accounting courses. Journal of Accounting Education 20(4): 331-346.

Murphy, G. J. 1970. Algebraic double entry. The Accounting Review (April): 366-369. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, G. J. 1975. Historical vignette: Benjamin Franklin on accounting. The Accounting Historians Journal 2(1-4): 49-50. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, G. J. 1976. A numerical representation of some accounting conventions. The Accounting Review (April): 277-286. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, G. J. 1980. Some aspects of auditing evolution in Canada. The Accounting Historians Journal 7(2): 45-61. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, G. J. 1984. Early Canadian financial statement disclosure legislation. The Accounting Historians Journal 11(2): 39-59. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, G. J. 1986. A chronology of the development of corporate financial reporting in Canada: 1850 to 1983. The Accounting Historians Journal 13(1): 31-62. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, G. J. 1987. The choice and consequences of generally accepted accounting alternatives. Issues In Accounting Education (Fall): 373-382.

Murphy, G. J. 1997. The Inter-Institute Vision Task Force: Report and research review. Accounting Horizons (March): 169-173.

Murphy, G. J. and B. D. Merino. 1987. Review essay: Some eighteenth century accounting treatises. A Treatise of Bookkeeping or Merchants Accounts in the Italian Method of Debtor and Creditor by Alexander Malcolm; Bookkeeping Modernized or Merchant Accounts by Double Entry by John Mair; A New and Complete System of Bookkeeping By An Improved Method of Double Entry by William Mitchell. The Accounting Historians Journal 14(2): 115-123. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, J. A. 1956. How an airline uses its operating statistics. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 415-424.

Murphy, K. J. 1985. Corporate performance and managerial remuneration: An empirical analysis. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 11-42.

Murphy, K. J. 2000. Performance standards in incentive contracts. Journal of Accounting and Economics (December): 245-278.

Murphy, K. J. 2003. Stock-based pay in new economy firms. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January): 129-147.

Murphy, K. J. and J. L. Zimmerman. 1993. Financial performance surrounding CEO turnover. Journal of Accounting and Economics (January-July): 273-315.

Murphy, K. J. and T. Sandino. 2010. Executive pay and “independent” compensation consultants. Journal of Accounting and Economics (April): 247-262.

Murphy, M. E. 1938. Education and training of English accountants. The Accounting Review (December): 404-410. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1940. The profession of accountancy in England: The client and the investor. The Accounting Review (June): 241-260. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1940. The profession of accountancy in England: The public, the government, and the profession. The Accounting Review (September): 328-343 . (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1940. The rise of the profession of accountancy in England. The Accounting Review (March): 62-71. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1946. Proposed amendment of British company law. The Accounting Review (January): 37-46. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1948. Libraries for students of accounting. The Accounting Review (October): 420-421. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1952. Accounting in the liberal arts college. The Accounting Review (October): 517-522. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1952. Role of accountants in the British nationalization program. The Accounting Review (January): 63-72. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1954. Fulbrighter in the Antipodes. The Accounting Review (July): 413-422. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1955. Centenary of the Scottish Institute of Chartered Accountants. The Accounting Review (July): 455-462. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1957. The teaching of social accounting: A research planning paper. The Accounting Review (October): 630-645. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1958. Comparative professional accountancy. The Accounting Review (October): 615-621. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1959. Comparative professional accountancy - Australia. The Accounting Review (January): 46-51. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1960. Comparative professional accountancy - Netherlands and Belgium. The Accounting Review (January): 111-116. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1960. Comparative professional accountancy - South America. The Accounting Review (July): 471-475. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1960. Computer developments in the Soviet Union. The Journal of the Academy of Management 3(2): 99-106. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, M. E. 1961. The seven international congresses of accountants. The Accounting Review (October): 555-563. (JSTOR link).

Murphy, P. R. 2012. Attitude, Machiavellianism and the rationalization of misreporting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 37(4): 242-259.

Murphy, R. C. 1975. A computer model approach to budgeting. Management Accounting (June): 34-36, 38.

Murphy, R. J. 1971. Service bureaus and the bookkeeping function. Management Accounting (September): 36-38.

Murphy, R. N. 1958. Steamship accounting aligned to operations. N.A.A. Bulletin (November): 5-14.

Murphy, R. P. 1985. Local government's hidden resource - University interns. Journal of Accounting Education 3(1): 173-177.

Murphy, R. T. 1989. Power without purpose: The crisis of Japan's global financial dominance. Harvard Business Review (March-April): 71-83.

Murphy, T., V. O'Connell and C. Ó h Ógartaigh. 2013. Discourses surrounding the evolution of the IASB/FASB Conceptual Framework: What they reveal about the "living law" of accounting. Accounting, Organizations and Society 38(1): 72-91.

Murphy, T. P. 1969. Political economy and geographic distribution of federal funds for research and development: The Midwest case. Administrative Science Quarterly 14(3): 426-441. (JSTOR link).

Murray, B. and B. Gerhart. 1998. An empirical analysis of a skill-based pay program and plant performance outcomes. The Academy of Management Journal 41(1): 68-78. (JSTOR link).

Murray, C. A. 2009. Real Education: Four Simple Truths for Bringing America's Schools Back to Reality. Three Rivers Press. (Our education system's failures stem from the fundamental lie that every child can be anything he or she wants. The recommended solution begins with recognizing four truths: Ability varies, half of our children are below average, too many people are going to college, and our future depends on how we educate the academically gifted).

Murray, D. 1983. The effect of certain research design choices on the assessment of the market's reaction to LIFO changes: A methodological study. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 128-140. (JSTOR link).

Murray, D. 1990. The performance effects of participative budgeting: An integration of intervening and moderating variables. Behavioral Research In Accounting (2): 104-123.

Murray, D. 1991. Data fixation: Methodological refinements and additional empirical evidence. Behavioral Research In Accounting (3): 25-38.

Murray, D. 2010. What are the essential features of a liability? Accounting Horizons (December): 623-633.

Murray, D. and K. B. Frazier. 1986. A within-subjects test of expectancy theory in a public accounting environment. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 400-404. (JSTOR link).

Murray, D. and R. W. Regel. 1992. Accuracy and consensus in accounting studies of decision making. Behavioral Research In Accounting (4): 127-139.

Murray, D. R. 1981. How management accountants can make a manufacturing control system more effective. Management Accounting (July): 25-31, 48.

Murray, E. and K. Frazier. 1986. A within-subjects test of expectancy theory in a public accounting environment. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 400-404.

Murray, F. W. 1948. Cost estimating for long-term contracts in a machine shop. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 1493-1499.

Murray, G. R. Jr. and E. A. Silver. 1966. A Bayesian analysis of the style goods inventory problem. Management Science (July): 785-797. (JSTOR link).

Murray, J. and R. Wood, Editors. 2010. The Sustainability Practitioner's Guide to Input-Output Analysis. Common Ground Publishing.

Murray, J. P. 1953. Flexing the flexible budget before - Not after. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November): 321-329.

Murray, J. P. 1984. How an information center improved productivity. Management Accounting (March): 38-39, 42-44.

Murray, J. R. 1969. Sensitivity analysis in the return on investment computation. Management Accounting (May): 23-25.

Murray, K. B. 2012. Why dominant companies are vulnerable. MIT Sloan Management Review (Winter): 12-14.

Murray, L. M. 1973. Management audit of divisional performance. Management Accounting (March): 26-28.

Murray, M., T. K. Flesher and D. L. Flesher. 2012. Pioneer specialists. Journal of Accountancy (June): 35-38.

Murray, M. A., R. A. Zimmermann and D. J. Flaherty. 1997. Can benchmarking give you a competitive edge? Management Accounting (August): 46-48 and 50. (Summary).

Murray, V. V. 1973. Comment on Pondy. Administrative Science Quarterly 18(1): 106-107. (JSTOR link).

Murrell, E. 1955. Taking purchase-related costs to products. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (December): 540-542.

Murrin, T. 1982. Rejecting the Traditional Ways of Doing Business. American Production and Inventory Control Society.

Murtha, B. R., G. Challagalla and A. K. Kohli. 2011. The threat from within: Account managers' concern about opportunism by their own team members. Management Science (September): 1580-1593.

Murthy, U. S.1994. An empirical analysis of risk assessments and computer audit strategy under varying conditions of application stability.Advances in Accounting Information Systems (3): 101-135.

Murthy, U.S. 2002. Group support systems research in accounting: A theory-based framework and directions for future research, In Information Systems Research Monograph. Arnold V. and Sutton S. (Eds). American Accounting Association.

Murthy, U. S. 2004. An analysis of the effects of continuous monitoring controls on ecommerce system performance. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 29-47.

Murthy, U. S. 2010. Tampa Electronics: An instructional case in computer-assisted fraud examination. Issues In Accounting Education (August): 547-552.

Murthy, U. S. and B. A. Schafer. 2011. The effects of relative performance information and framed information systems feedback on performance in a production task. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 159-184.

Murthy, U. S.and C. E. Wiggins. 1993. Object-oriented modeling approaches for designing accounting information systems. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 97-111.

Murthy, U. S. and C. E. Wiggins Jr. 1999. A perspective on accounting information systems research. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 3-6.

Murthy, U. S. and C. E. Wiggins Jr. 1999. Editors' foreword. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 1-2.

Murthy, U. S. and C. E. Wiggins Jr. 2001. Editorial: The sections of the journal. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 1-2.

Murthy, U. S. and C. E. Wiggins Jr. 2002. Why manuscripts are rejected: An analysis of JIS rejections. Journal of Information Systems (Spring): 41-48.

Murthy, U. S. and D. S. Kerr. 2003. Decision making performance of interacting groups: An experimental investigation of the effects of task type and communication mode. Information & Management (May): 351-360.

Murthy, U. S. and D. S. Kerr. 2004. Comparing audit team effectiveness via alternative modes of computer-mediated communication. Auditing: A Journal of Practice & Theory (March): 141-152.

Murthy, U. S.and J. A. Swanson. 1992. Integrating expert systems and database technologies: An intelligent decision support system for investigating cost variances. Journal of Information Systems (Fall): 18-40.

Murthy, U. S. and S. M. Groomer. 2004. A continuous auditing web services model for XML-based accounting systems. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 5(2): 139-163.

Murthy, U. S. and S. M. Groomer. 2004. Reply to the discussions of a Continuous auditing web services model for XML-based accounting systems. International Journal of Accounting Information Systems 5(2): 175-181.

Musaji, Y. F. 2002. Integrated Auditing of ERP Systems. John Wiley & Sons.

Muse, W. V. 1967. The universality of management. The Academy of Management Journal 10(2): 179-184. (JSTOR link).

Muse, W. V. 1968. The universality of management: A reply. The Academy of Management Journal 11(1): 123-126. (JSTOR link).

Musgrave, W. A. 1923. Cotton mill costs. National Association of Cost Accountants Official Publications (August 1): 3-19 .

Mushkat, M. 1983. Using macro-societal accounting data: Some critical afterthoughts. Accounting, Organizations and Society 8(1): 99-108.

Musser, S. J. and E. Orke. 1992. Ethical value systems: A typology. The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 28(3): 348-362.

Mutchler, J. and P. Shane. 1995. A comparative analysis of firms included in and excluded from the NAARS database. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring): 193-202. (JSTOR link).

Mutchler, J. F. 1985. A multivariate analysis of the auditor's going-concern opinion decision. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 668-682. (JSTOR link).

Mutchler, J. F. and K. Pany. 1993. A comment on "The influence of the source of professional standards on juror decision making". The Accounting Review (January): 176-178. (JSTOR link).

Mutchler, J. F., J. H. Turner and D. D. Williams. 1987. The performance of female versus male accounting students. Issues In Accounting Education (Spring): 103-111.

Mutchler, J. F., W. Hopwood and J. M. McKeown. 1997. The influence of contrary information and mitigating factors on audit opinion decisions on bankrupt companies. Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn): 295-310. (JSTOR link).

Muth, F. J. 1947. Selling budgetary control to the supervisor. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 15): 1501-1511.

Muth, F. J. 1950. Establishing priority and profitability tests for proposed capital expenditures. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (June): 1187-1196.

Muth, F. J. 1954. Return on capital employed - Measure of management. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February): 699-710.

Muthitcharoen, A., P. C. Palvia and V. Grover. 2011. Building a model of technology preference: The case of channel choices. Decision Sciences 42(1): 205-237.

Myatt-Price, E. M. 1960. The twelve at Tattershall. The Accounting Review (October): 680-685. (JSTOR link).

Myatt-Price, E. M. 1966. Examples of techniques in medieval building accounts. Abacus 2(1): 41-48.

Myer, J. C. 1931. Teaching the accountant the history and ethics of his profession. The Accounting Review (March): 47-50. (JSTOR link).

Myer, J. N. 1944. Statements accounting for balance sheet changes. The Accounting Review (January): 31-38. (JSTOR link).

Myer, P. E. 1973. The accounting entity. Abacus 9(2): 116-126.

Myers, F. T. 1975. Filing pro forma financial statements. Management Accounting (December): 25-26, 30.

Myers, G. R. 1952. Timekeeping for incentives and process control. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (October): 246-253.

Myers, H. J. 1931. The installation of standard costs. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (August 1): 1843-1858.

Myers, H. J. 1937. Standards for manufacturing expense. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (November 15): 318-329.

Myers, H. J. 1942. Co-ordinating material with production needs: Principles seem simple. N.A.C.A. Bulletin (February 1): 793-812.

Myers, H. J. 1943. Do standard costs aid war production? N.A.C.A. Bulletin (September 1): 3-16. (Volume 25, issue 1).

Myers, J. 2007. Virtual Worlds: Rewiring Your Emotional Future. Myers Publishing LLC.

Myers, J. H. 1948. Presentation of long-term lease liabilities in the balance sheet. The Accounting Review (July): 289-295. (JSTOR link).

Myers, J. H. 1953. Special inventory problems of the dealer in collectors' items. The Accounting Review (October): 562-564. (JSTOR link).

Myers, J. H. 1958. Useful formulae for DDB and SYD depreciation. The Accounting Review (January): 93-95. (JSTOR link).

Myers, J. H. 1959. Footnotes. The Accounting Review (July): 381-388. (JSTOR link).

Myers, J. H. 1959. More efficient utilization of teaching staff. The Accounting Review (April): 221-225. (JSTOR link).

Myers, J. H. 1959. The critical event and recognition of net profit. The Accounting Review (October): 528-532. (JSTOR link).

Myers, J. H. 1960. Influence of salvage value upon choice of tax depreciation methods. The Accounting Review (October): 598-602. (JSTOR link).

Myers, J. H. 1964. Research projects in accounting 1964. The Accounting Review (October): 1079-1085. (JSTOR link).

Myers, J. H. 1985. Spiraling upward: Auditing methods as described by Montgomery and his successors. The Accounting Historians Journal 12(1): 53-72. (JSTOR link).

Myers, J. H. and J. R. Kinney. 1972. A computer experiment in the auditing class. The Accounting Review (April): 390-392. (JSTOR link).

Myers, J. N. 1999. Implementing residual income valuation with linear information dynamics. The Accounting Review (January): 1-28. (JSTOR link).

Myers, J. N., L. A. Myers and T. C. Omer. 2003. Exploring the term of the auditor-client relationship and the quality of earnings: A case for mandatory auditor rotation? The Accounting Review (July): 779-799. (JSTOR link).

Myers, K. N. 1989. How to keep your company running. Management Accounting (April): 39-41. (Discussion of how to develop a disaster recovery plan).

Myers, M. B. and M. Cheung. 2008. Sharing global supply chain knowledge. MIT Sloan Management Review (Summer): 67-73.

Myers, R. 1996. The metric wars. CFO: The Magazine for Chief Financial Officers (October): 41-50.

Myers, R. 2005. Accounting education changes course. Journal of Accountancy (October): 108-113.

Myers, R. 2005. Not your grandfather's CPA firm. Journal of Accountancy (October): 51-56.

Myers, R. 2006. Katrina's harsh lessons. Journal of Accountancy (June): 54-58.

Myers, R. 2006. Start your own practice. Journal of Accountancy (April): 51-56.

Myers, R. 2010. Getting there from here: As more U.S. companies expand overseas, new sources of capital are opening up. CFO (October): 54-59.

Myers, R. 2010. Ratings disaster: Congress takes another stab at reforming the credit-rating agencies, whose AAA seal of approval helped fuel the subprime crisis. But will any change truly make a difference? CFO (June): 50-54 .

Myers, R. 2010. The calm before reform: With sweeping new legislation on the horizon, companies (and their banks) try to gauge the impact. CFO (October): 54-59 .

Myers, R. 2010. The coast is clearing: As the recession eases, CFOs see new opportunities on the horizon. CFO (December): 36-41 .

Myers, R. 2010. Waiting, wondering, worrying: What if 10% unemployment is the new normal? CFO (November): 58-62 .

Myers, R. 2011. Fit to be tied: Corporate America and Uncle Sam may finally see eye to eye on tax reform. CFO (May): 48-53.

Myers, R. 2011. Gearing up: Manufacturers pick up the pace amid predictions of a U.S. resurgence. CFO (December): 50-55.

Myers, R. 2011. Integration acceleration: Why successful M&A now depends on getting your ducks in a row as early as possible. CFO (January/February): 52-57.

Myers, R. 2011. Smoother sailing: A new breed of adviser is helping companies successfully navigate key capital markets. CFO (March): 53-57.

Myers, R. 2011. "This is the renaissance of rail". CFO (April): 40-42.

Myers, R. 2012. Unfinished business: Two years after the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, the law's implementation is far behind schedule, and its success is still in doubt. CFO (July/August): 39-44. (The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 includes 848 pages but crucial details are missing).

Myers, R. and R. Ritchie. 2012. Like it or not, you're in the EURO zone: CFOs have to prepare for almost anything in Europe. The good news: It's not all bad news. CFO (April): 40-45.

Myers, R., R. D. Plumlee, J. E. Trapnell and S. J. Kachelmeier. 2006. Teaching for the love of it: The joy of being an educator - Eight career changers tell their stories. Journal of Accountancy (June): 30-38.

Myers, R. E. 1966. Performance review of capital expenditures. Management Accounting (December): 21-26.

Myers, S. 1984. Finance theory and financial strategy. Interfaces (January-February): 126-137.

Myhrvold, N. 2010. Funding eureka! Harvard Business Review (March): 40-50.

Myring, M. J. and R. Bloom. 2007. International transfer pricing and intellectual property: The PrimeCo case. Issues In Accounting Education (November): 769-774.



A  B  C  D  E  F  G  H  I  J  K  L  M  N  O  P  Q  R  S  T  U  V  W  X Y Z